annotate lisp/loaddefs.el @ 31903:3e0a1f91c149

(freeze_window_starts): Construct last argument for foreach_window differently.
author Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
date Tue, 26 Sep 2000 12:36:55 +0000
parents c0199a9a07fa
children 5357a26e85d1
Ignore whitespace changes - Everywhere: Within whitespace: At end of lines:
rev   line source
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
2 ;;
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
3 ;;; Code:
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
5 ;;;### (autoloads (5x5-crack 5x5-crack-xor-mutate 5x5-crack-mutating-best
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
6 ;;;;;; 5x5-crack-mutating-current 5x5-crack-randomly 5x5) "5x5"
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7 ;;;;;; "play/5x5.el" (14247 4566))
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
9
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10 (autoload (quote 5x5) "5x5" "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11 Play 5x5.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14 squares you must fill the grid.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
16 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
17 \\<5x5-mode-map>
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
18 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current]
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
19 Move up \\[5x5-up]
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
20 Move down \\[5x5-down]
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
21 Move left \\[5x5-left]
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
22 Move right \\[5x5-right]
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
23 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game]
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
24 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize]
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
25 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly]
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
26 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current]
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
27 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best]
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
28 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate]
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
29 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]" t nil)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
30
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
31 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-randomly) "5x5" "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
32 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions." t nil)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
33
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
34 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-current) "5x5" "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
35 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution." t nil)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
36
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
37 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-best) "5x5" "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
38 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution." t nil)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
39
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
40 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-xor-mutate) "5x5" "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
41 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xor the current and best solution and then
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
42 mutating the result." t nil)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
43
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
44 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack) "5x5" "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
45 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
46
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
47 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
48 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
49 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
50 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution." t nil)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
51
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
52 ;;;***
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
53
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
54 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-mode ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el"
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
55 ;;;;;; (14716 9490))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
56 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
57
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
58 (autoload (quote ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "\
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
59 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
60 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
61 extensions.
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
62 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against the file
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
63 name" nil nil)
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
64
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
65 (autoload (quote ada-mode) "ada-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
66 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
67
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
68 Bindings are as follows: (Note: 'LFD' is control-j.)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
69
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
70 Indent line '\\[ada-tab]'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
71 Indent line, insert newline and indent the new line. '\\[newline-and-indent]'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
72
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
73 Re-format the parameter-list point is in '\\[ada-format-paramlist]'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
74 Indent all lines in region '\\[ada-indent-region]'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
75
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
76 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in region '\\[ada-adjust-case-region]'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
77 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in buffer '\\[ada-adjust-case-buffer]'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
78
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
79 Fill comment paragraph, justify and append postfix '\\[fill-paragraph]'
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
80
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
81 Next func/proc/task '\\[ada-next-procedure]' Previous func/proc/task '\\[ada-previous-procedure]'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
82 Next package '\\[ada-next-package]' Previous package '\\[ada-previous-package]'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
83
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
84 Goto matching start of current 'end ...;' '\\[ada-move-to-start]'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
85 Goto end of current block '\\[ada-move-to-end]'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
86
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
87 Comments are handled using standard GNU Emacs conventions, including:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
88 Start a comment '\\[indent-for-comment]'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
89 Comment region '\\[comment-region]'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
90 Uncomment region '\\[ada-uncomment-region]'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
91 Continue comment on next line '\\[indent-new-comment-line]'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
92
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
93 If you use imenu.el:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
94 Display index-menu of functions & procedures '\\[imenu]'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
95
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
96 If you use find-file.el:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
97 Switch to other file (Body <-> Spec) '\\[ff-find-other-file]'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
98 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
99 Switch to other file in other window '\\[ada-ff-other-window]'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
100 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window]
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
101 If you use this function in a spec and no body is available, it gets created with body stubs.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
102
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
103 If you use ada-xref.el:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
104 Goto declaration: '\\[ada-point-and-xref]' on the identifier
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
105 or '\\[ada-goto-declaration]' with point on the identifier
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
106 Complete identifier: '\\[ada-complete-identifier]'." t nil)
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
107
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
108 ;;;***
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
109
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
110 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-header) "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el"
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
111 ;;;;;; (14716 9444))
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
112 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
113
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
114 (autoload (quote ada-header) "ada-stmt" "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
115 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
116
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
117 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
118
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
119 ;;;### (autoloads (change-log-redate change-log-merge add-log-current-defun
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
120 ;;;;;; change-log-mode add-change-log-entry-other-window add-change-log-entry
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
121 ;;;;;; find-change-log prompt-for-change-log-name add-log-mailing-address
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
122 ;;;;;; add-log-full-name) "add-log" "add-log.el" (14746 24124))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
123 ;;; Generated autoloads from add-log.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
124
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
125 (defvar add-log-full-name nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
126 *Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
127 This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.")
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
128
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
129 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
130 *Electronic mail address of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
131 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
132
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
133 (autoload (quote prompt-for-change-log-name) "add-log" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
134 Prompt for a change log name." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
135
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
136 (autoload (quote find-change-log) "add-log" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
137 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
138
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
139 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
140 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
141 If 'change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
142 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
143
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
144 If 'change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
145 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
146 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
147
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
148 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
149 current buffer to the complete file name." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
150
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
151 (autoload (quote add-change-log-entry) "add-log" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
152 Find change log file and add an entry for today.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
153 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
154 name and site.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
155
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
156 Second arg is FILE-NAME of change log. If nil, uses `change-log-default-name'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
157 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
158 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
159 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
160 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
161
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
162 Today's date is calculated according to `change-log-time-zone-rule' if
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
163 non-nil, otherwise in local time." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
164
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
165 (autoload (quote add-change-log-entry-other-window) "add-log" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
166 Find change log file in other window and add an entry for today.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
167 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
168 name and site.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
169 Second optional arg FILE-NAME is file name of change log.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
170 If nil, use `change-log-default-name'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
171
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
172 Affected by the same options as `add-change-log-entry'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
173 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "a" 'add-change-log-entry-other-window)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
174
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
175 (autoload (quote change-log-mode) "add-log" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
176 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text Mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
177 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
178 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
179 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
180 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
181
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
182 (defvar add-log-lisp-like-modes (quote (emacs-lisp-mode lisp-mode scheme-mode dsssl-mode lisp-interaction-mode)) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
183 *Modes that look like Lisp to `add-log-current-defun'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
184
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
185 (defvar add-log-c-like-modes (quote (c-mode c++-mode c++-c-mode objc-mode)) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
186 *Modes that look like C to `add-log-current-defun'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
187
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
188 (defvar add-log-tex-like-modes (quote (TeX-mode plain-TeX-mode LaTeX-mode plain-tex-mode latex-mode)) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
189 *Modes that look like TeX to `add-log-current-defun'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
190
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
191 (autoload (quote add-log-current-defun) "add-log" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
192 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
193
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
194 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
28523
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
195 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
196
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
197 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
198 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
28523
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
199 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
200 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
201 `add-log-current-defun-function'
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
202
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
203 Has a preference of looking backwards." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
204
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
205 (autoload (quote change-log-merge) "add-log" "\
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
206 Merge the contents of ChangeLog file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
207 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
208 the appropriate motion commands).
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
209
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
210 Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
211 old-style time formats for entries are supported." t nil)
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
212
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
213 (autoload (quote change-log-redate) "add-log" "\
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
214 Fix any old-style date entries in the current log file to default format." t nil)
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
215
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
216 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
217
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
218 ;;;### (autoloads (defadvice ad-add-advice ad-default-compilation-action
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
219 ;;;;;; ad-redefinition-action) "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (14660
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
220 ;;;;;; 49405))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
221 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
222
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
223 (defvar ad-redefinition-action (quote warn) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
224 *Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
225 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
226 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
227 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
228 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
229 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
230 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
231 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
232 interpreted as `error'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
233
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
234 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action (quote maybe) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
235 *Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
236 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
237 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
238 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
239 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
240 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
241 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
242
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
243 (autoload (quote ad-add-advice) "advice" "\
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
244 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
245 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the specified
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
246 CLASS then POSITION determines where the new piece will go. The value
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
247 of POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number where 0 corresponds
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
248 to `first'. Numbers outside the range will be mapped to the closest
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
249 extreme position. If there was already a piece of ADVICE with the same
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
250 name, then the position argument will be ignored and the old advice
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
251 will be overwritten with the new one.
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
252 If the FUNCTION was not advised already, then its advice info will be
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
253 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of the cache-id
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
254 will clear the cache." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
255
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
256 (autoload (quote defadvice) "advice" "\
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
257 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
258 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
259
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
260 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
261 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
262 BODY... )
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
263
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
264 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
265 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
266 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
267 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
268 see also `ad-add-advice'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
269 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
270 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
271 before/around/after-advices will be used.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
272 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'|`freeze'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
273 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
274 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
275 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
276 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
277 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
278
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
279 Semantics of the various flags:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
280 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
281 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
282 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
283
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
284 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
285 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
286
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
287 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
288 advised function should be compiled.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
289
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
290 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
291 during activation until somebody enables it.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
292
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
293 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
294 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
295 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
296 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
297
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
298 `freeze': Expands the `defadvice' into a redefining `defun/defmacro' according
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
299 to this particular single advice. No other advice information will be saved.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
300 Frozen advices cannot be undone, they behave like a hard redefinition of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
301 the advised function. `freeze' implies `activate' and `preactivate'. The
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
302 documentation of the advised function can be dumped onto the `DOC' file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
303 during preloading.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
304
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
305 See Info node `(elisp)Advising Functions' for comprehensive documentation." nil (quote macro))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
306
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
307 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
308
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
309 ;;;### (autoloads (align-newline-and-indent align-unhighlight-rule
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
310 ;;;;;; align-highlight-rule align-current align-entire align-regexp
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
311 ;;;;;; align) "align" "align.el" (14763 31071))
27327
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
312 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
313
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
314 (autoload (quote align) "align" "\
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
315 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
316 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
317 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
318 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
319 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
320 rule's `separate' attribute).
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
321
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
322 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
323 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
324 `separate' attribute set.
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
325
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
326 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
327 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
328 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
329 on the format of these lists." t nil)
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
330
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
331 (autoload (quote align-regexp) "align" "\
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
332 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
333 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. This function will prompt
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
334 for the REGEXP to align with. If no prefix arg was specified, you
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
335 only need to supply the characters to be lined up and any preceding
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
336 whitespace is replaced. If a prefix arg was specified, the full
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
337 regexp with parenthesized whitespace should be supplied; it will also
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
338 prompt for which parenthesis GROUP within REGEXP to modify, the amount
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
339 of SPACING to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule throughout
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
340 the line. See `align-rules-list' for more information about these
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
341 options.
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
342
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
343 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
344 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
345
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
346 Fred (123) 456-7890
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
347 Alice (123) 456-7890
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
348 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
349 Joe (123) 456-7890
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
350
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
351 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
352 using a REGEXP like \"(\". All you would have to do is to mark the
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
353 region, call `align-regexp' and type in that regular expression." t nil)
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
354
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
355 (autoload (quote align-entire) "align" "\
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
356 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
357 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
358 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
359 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
360 align that section." t nil)
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
361
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
362 (autoload (quote align-current) "align" "\
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
363 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
364 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
365 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
366 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
367 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
368 been used to align that section." t nil)
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
369
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
370 (autoload (quote align-highlight-rule) "align" "\
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
371 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
372 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
373 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
374 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
375 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
376 to be colored." t nil)
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
377
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
378 (autoload (quote align-unhighlight-rule) "align" "\
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
379 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'." t nil)
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
380
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
381 (autoload (quote align-newline-and-indent) "align" "\
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
382 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes." t nil)
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
383
27327
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
384 ;;;***
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
385
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
386 ;;;### (autoloads (ange-ftp-hook-function ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp"
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
387 ;;;;;; "net/ange-ftp.el" (14723 62215))
28212
7252a5d43f22 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28162
diff changeset
388 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
389 (defalias 'ange-ftp-re-read-dir 'ange-ftp-reread-dir)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
390
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
391 (autoload (quote ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
392 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
393 The implementation of remote ftp file names caches directory contents
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
394 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
395 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
396 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
397
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
398 (autoload (quote ange-ftp-hook-function) "ange-ftp" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
399
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
400 (or (assoc "^/[^/:]*[^/:.]:" file-name-handler-alist) (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons (quote ("^/[^/:]*[^/:.]:" . ange-ftp-hook-function)) file-name-handler-alist)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
401
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
402 (or (assoc "^/[^/:]*\\'" file-name-handler-alist) (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons (quote ("^/[^/:]*\\'" . ange-ftp-completion-hook-function)) file-name-handler-alist)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
403
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
404 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
405
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
406 ;;;### (autoloads (antlr-set-tabs antlr-mode) "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el"
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
407 ;;;;;; (14642 37233))
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
408 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
409
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
410 (autoload (quote antlr-mode) "antlr-mode" "\
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
411 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
412 \\{antlr-mode-map}" t nil)
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
413
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
414 (autoload (quote antlr-set-tabs) "antlr-mode" "\
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
415 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
416 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'." nil nil)
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
417
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
418 ;;;***
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
419
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
420 ;;;### (autoloads (appt-make-list appt-delete appt-add appt-display-diary
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
421 ;;;;;; appt-display-duration appt-msg-window appt-display-mode-line
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
422 ;;;;;; appt-visible appt-audible appt-message-warning-time appt-issue-message)
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
423 ;;;;;; "appt" "calendar/appt.el" (14726 36008))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
424 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
425
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
426 (defvar appt-issue-message t "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
427 *Non-nil means check for appointments in the diary buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
428 To be detected, the diary entry must have the time
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
429 as the first thing on a line.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
430
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
431 (defvar appt-message-warning-time 12 "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
432 *Time in minutes before an appointment that the warning begins.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
433
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
434 (defvar appt-audible t "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
435 *Non-nil means beep to indicate appointment.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
436
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
437 (defvar appt-visible t "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
438 *Non-nil means display appointment message in echo area.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
439
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
440 (defvar appt-display-mode-line t "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
441 *Non-nil means display minutes to appointment and time on the mode line.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
442
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
443 (defvar appt-msg-window t "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
444 *Non-nil means display appointment message in another window.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
445
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
446 (defvar appt-display-duration 10 "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
447 *The number of seconds an appointment message is displayed.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
448
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
449 (defvar appt-display-diary t "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
450 *Non-nil means to display the next days diary on the screen.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
451 This will occur at midnight when the appointment list is updated.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
452
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
453 (autoload (quote appt-add) "appt" "\
28523
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
454 Add an appointment for the day at NEW-APPT-TIME and issue message NEW-APPT-MSG.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
455 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
456
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
457 (autoload (quote appt-delete) "appt" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
458 Delete an appointment from the list of appointments." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
459
28523
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
460 (autoload (quote appt-make-list) "appt" "\
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
461 Create the appointments list from todays diary buffer.
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
462 The time must be at the beginning of a line for it to be
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
463 put in the appointments list.
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
464 02/23/89
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
465 12:00pm lunch
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
466 Wednesday
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
467 10:00am group meeting
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
468 We assume that the variables DATE and NUMBER
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
469 hold the arguments that `list-diary-entries' received.
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
470 They specify the range of dates that the diary is being processed for." nil nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
471
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
472 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
473
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
474 ;;;### (autoloads (apropos-documentation apropos-value apropos apropos-command
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
475 ;;;;;; apropos-variable apropos-mode) "apropos" "apropos.el" (14671
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
476 ;;;;;; 47519))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
477 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
478
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
479 (autoload (quote apropos-mode) "apropos" "\
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
480 Major mode for following hyperlinks in output of apropos commands.
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
481
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
482 \\{apropos-mode-map}" t nil)
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
483
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
484 (autoload (quote apropos-variable) "apropos" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
485 Show user variables that match REGEXP.
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
486 With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
487 normal variables." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
488
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
489 (fset (quote command-apropos) (quote apropos-command))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
490
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
491 (autoload (quote apropos-command) "apropos" "\
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
492 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match APROPOS-REGEXP.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
493 With optional prefix DO-ALL, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
494 noninteractive functions.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
495
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
496 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
497 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
498
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
499 (autoload (quote apropos) "apropos" "\
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
500 Show all bound symbols whose names match APROPOS-REGEXP.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
501 With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
502 show unbound symbols and key bindings, which is a little more
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
503 time-consuming. Returns list of symbols and documentation found." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
504
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
505 (autoload (quote apropos-value) "apropos" "\
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
506 Show all symbols whose value's printed image matches APROPOS-REGEXP.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
507 With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
508 at the function and at the names and values of properties.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
509 Returns list of symbols and values found." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
510
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
511 (autoload (quote apropos-documentation) "apropos" "\
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
512 Show symbols whose documentation contain matches for APROPOS-REGEXP.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
513 With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also use
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
514 documentation that is not stored in the documentation file and show key
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
515 bindings.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
516 Returns list of symbols and documentation found." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
517
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
518 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
519
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
520 ;;;### (autoloads (archive-mode) "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (14665
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
521 ;;;;;; 58573))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
522 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
523
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
524 (autoload (quote archive-mode) "arc-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
525 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
526 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
527 Letters no longer insert themselves.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
528 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
529 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
530
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
531 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
532 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
533 archive.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
534
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
535 \\{archive-mode-map}" nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
536
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
537 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
538
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
539 ;;;### (autoloads (array-mode) "array" "array.el" (14460 38616))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
540 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
541
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
542 (autoload (quote array-mode) "array" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
543 Major mode for editing arrays.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
544
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
545 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
546 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
547 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
548
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
549 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
550
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
551 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
552 Setting the variable 'array-respect-tabs to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
553 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
554
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
555 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
556 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
557 supply. These variables are all local the the buffer. Other buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
558 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
559 The variables are:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
560
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
561 Variables you assign:
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
562 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
563 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
564 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
565 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
566 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
567 row numbers in the buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
568
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
569 Variables which are calculated:
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
570 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
571 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
572
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
573 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
574 take a numeric prefix argument):
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
575
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
576 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
577 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
578 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
579 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
580
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
581 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
582 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
583 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
584 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
585
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
586 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
587 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
588 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
589 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
590
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
591 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
592 between that of point and mark.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
593
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
594 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
595 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
596
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
597 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
598 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
599 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
600 newlines inside rows)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
601
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
602 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
603
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
604 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
605
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
606 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
607
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
608 ;;;### (autoloads (asm-mode) "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (14286
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
609 ;;;;;; 393))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
610 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
611
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
612 (autoload (quote asm-mode) "asm-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
613 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
614 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
615
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
616 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
617 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
618 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
619 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
620
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
621 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
622 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;').
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
623
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
624 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
625 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
626
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
627 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
628
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
629 Special commands:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
630 \\{asm-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
631 " t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
632
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
633 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
634
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
635 ;;;### (autoloads (authors) "authors" "emacs-lisp/authors.el" (14744
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
636 ;;;;;; 23030))
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
637 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/authors.el
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
638
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
639 (autoload (quote authors) "authors" "\
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
640 Extract author information from change logs and Lisp source files.
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
641 ROOT is the root directory under which to find the files. If called
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
642 interactively, ROOT is read from the minibuffer. Result is a
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
643 buffer *Authors* containing authorship information." t nil)
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
644
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
645 ;;;***
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
646
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
647 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-show-mode auto-show-mode) "auto-show" "auto-show.el"
27949
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
648 ;;;;;; (14516 149))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
649 ;;; Generated autoloads from auto-show.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
650
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
651 (defvar auto-show-mode nil "\
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
652 Obsolete.")
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
653
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
654 (autoload (quote auto-show-mode) "auto-show" "\
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
655 This command is obsolete." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
656
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
657 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
658
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
659 ;;;### (autoloads (autoarg-kp-mode autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "autoarg.el"
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
660 ;;;;;; (14651 36399))
28919
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
661 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
662
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
663 (autoload (quote autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "\
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
664 Toggle Autoarg minor mode globally.
28919
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
665 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
666 \\<autoarg-mode-map>
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
667 In Autoarg mode digits are bound to `digit-argument' -- i.e. they
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
668 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do -- and
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
669 C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT. \\[autoarg-terminate] terminates the prefix sequence
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
670 and inserts the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
671 Without a numeric prefix arg the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] is
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
672 invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
673
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
674 For example:
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
675 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer, as does `C-6 C-9'.
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
676 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
677 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate] \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer and
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
678 then invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate].
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
679 `C-u \\[autoarg-terminate]' invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] four times.
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
680
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
681 \\{autoarg-mode-map}" t nil)
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
682
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
683 (autoload (quote autoarg-kp-mode) "autoarg" "\
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
684 Toggle Autoarg-KP minor mode globally.
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
685 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
686 \\<autoarg-kp-mode-map>
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
687 This is similar to \\[autoarg-mode] but rebinds the keypad keys `kp-1'
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
688 &c to supply digit arguments.
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
689
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
690 \\{autoarg-kp-mode-map}" t nil)
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
691
28919
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
692 ;;;***
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
693
28077
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
694 ;;;### (autoloads (autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el"
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
695 ;;;;;; (14532 61420))
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
696 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
697
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
698 (autoload (quote autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "\
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
699 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.in files." t nil)
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
700
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
701 ;;;***
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
702
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
703 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-insert-mode define-auto-insert auto-insert)
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
704 ;;;;;; "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (14410 18534))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
705 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
706
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
707 (autoload (quote auto-insert) "autoinsert" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
708 Insert default contents into a new file if `auto-insert' is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
709 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
710
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
711 (autoload (quote define-auto-insert) "autoinsert" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
712 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
713 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
714 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
715
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
716 (autoload (quote auto-insert-mode) "autoinsert" "\
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
717 Toggle Auto-insert mode.
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
718 With prefix ARG, turn Auto-insert mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
719 Returns the new status of Auto-insert mode (non-nil means on).
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
720
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
721 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
722 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
723
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
724 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
725
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
726 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-update-autoloads update-autoloads-from-directories
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
727 ;;;;;; update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el"
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
728 ;;;;;; (14659 23014))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
729 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
730
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
731 (autoload (quote update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
732 Update the autoloads for FILE in `generated-autoload-file'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
733 \(which FILE might bind in its local variables)." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
734
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
735 (autoload (quote update-autoloads-from-directories) "autoload" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
736 Update loaddefs.el with all the current autoloads from DIRS, and no old ones.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
737 This uses `update-file-autoloads' (which see) do its work." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
738
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
739 (autoload (quote batch-update-autoloads) "autoload" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
740 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
741 Calls `update-autoloads-from-directories' on the command line arguments." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
742
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
743 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
744
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
745 ;;;### (autoloads (global-auto-revert-mode turn-on-auto-revert-mode
27949
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
746 ;;;;;; auto-revert-mode global-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "autorevert.el"
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
747 ;;;;;; (14495 17959))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
748 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
749
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
750 (defvar auto-revert-mode nil "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
751 *Non-nil when Auto-Revert Mode is active.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
752
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
753 Never set this variable directly, use the command `auto-revert-mode'
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
754 instead.")
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
755
27949
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
756 (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil "\
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
757 When on, buffers are automatically reverted when files on disk change.
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
758
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
759 Set this variable using \\[customize] only. Otherwise, use the
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
760 command `global-auto-revert-mode'.")
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
761
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
762 (custom-add-to-group (quote auto-revert) (quote global-auto-revert-mode) (quote custom-variable))
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
763
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
764 (custom-add-load (quote global-auto-revert-mode) (quote autorevert))
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
765
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
766 (autoload (quote auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
767 Toggle reverting buffer when file on disk changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
768
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
769 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on if and only if arg is positive.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
770 This is a minor mode that affects only the current buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
771 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
772
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
773 (autoload (quote turn-on-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
774 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
775
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
776 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
777 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode)" nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
778
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
779 (autoload (quote global-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
780 Revert any buffer when file on disk change.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
781
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
782 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on globally if and only if arg is positive.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
783 This is a minor mode that affects all buffers.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
784 Use `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
785
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
786 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
787
28162
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
788 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-avoidance-mode mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid"
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
789 ;;;;;; "avoid.el" (14743 46413))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
790 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
791
28162
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
792 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil "\
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
793 Activate mouse avoidance mode.
28162
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
794 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
795 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
796 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.")
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
797
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
798 (custom-add-to-group (quote avoid) (quote mouse-avoidance-mode) (quote custom-variable))
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
799
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
800 (custom-add-load (quote mouse-avoidance-mode) (quote avoid))
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
801
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
802 (autoload (quote mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
803 Set cursor avoidance mode to MODE.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
804 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
805 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
806
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
807 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish'
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
808 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
809 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
810
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
811 Effects of the different modes:
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
812 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
813 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
814 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
815 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
816 a random distance & direction.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
817 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
818 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
819 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
820
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
821 Whenever the mouse is moved, the frame is also raised.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
822
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
823 \(see `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
824 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
825 definition of \"random distance\".)" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
826
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
827 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
828
28212
7252a5d43f22 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28162
diff changeset
829 ;;;### (autoloads (awk-mode) "awk-mode" "progmodes/awk-mode.el" (14546
7252a5d43f22 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28162
diff changeset
830 ;;;;;; 45178))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
831 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/awk-mode.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
832
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
833 (autoload (quote awk-mode) "awk-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
834 Major mode for editing AWK code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
835 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. It uses
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
836 the same keymap as C mode and has the same variables for customizing
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
837 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
838
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
839 Turning on AWK mode calls the value of the variable `awk-mode-hook'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
840 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
841
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
842 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
843
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
844 ;;;### (autoloads (backquote) "backquote" "emacs-lisp/backquote.el"
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
845 ;;;;;; (14455 30228))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
846 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/backquote.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
847
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
848 (autoload (quote backquote) "backquote" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
849 Argument STRUCTURE describes a template to build.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
850
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
851 The whole structure acts as if it were quoted except for certain
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
852 places where expressions are evaluated and inserted or spliced in.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
854 For example:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
855
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
856 b => (ba bb bc) ; assume b has this value
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
857 `(a b c) => (a b c) ; backquote acts like quote
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
858 `(a ,b c) => (a (ba bb bc) c) ; insert the value of b
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
859 `(a ,@b c) => (a ba bb bc c) ; splice in the value of b
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
860
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
861 Vectors work just like lists. Nested backquotes are permitted." nil (quote macro))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
862
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
863 (defalias (quote \`) (symbol-function (quote backquote)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
864
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
865 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
866
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
867 ;;;### (autoloads (display-battery battery) "battery" "battery.el"
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
868 ;;;;;; (14693 50816))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
869 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
870
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
871 (autoload (quote battery) "battery" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
872 Display battery status information in the echo area.
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
873 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
874 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
875
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
876 (autoload (quote display-battery) "battery" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
877 Display battery status information in the mode line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
878 The text beeing displayed in the mode line is controlled by the variables
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
879 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
880 The mode line will be updated automatically every `battery-update-interval'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
881 seconds." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
882
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
883 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
884
27949
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
885 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (14504
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
886 ;;;;;; 9460))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
887 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
888
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
889 (autoload (quote bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
890 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
891
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
892 To submit a problem report, enter \\[bibtex-submit-bug-report] from a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
893 BibTeX mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
894 version information already added. You just need to add a description
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
895 of the problem, including a reproducable test case and send the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
896 message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
897
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
898
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
899 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
900
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
901 You should use commands as \\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
902 specific entry. You should then fill in all desired fields using
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
903 \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field to field. After having filled
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
904 in all desired fields in the entry, you should clean the new entry
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
905 with command \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
906
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
907 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
908 bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries to t. However, then BibTeX mode will
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
909 work with buffer containing only valid (syntactical correct) entries
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
910 and with entries being sorted. This is usually the case, if you have
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
911 created a buffer completely with BibTeX mode and finished every new
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
912 entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
913
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
914 For third party BibTeX buffers, please call the function
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
915 `bibtex-convert-alien' to fully take advantage of all features of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
916 BibTeX mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
917
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
918
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
919 Special information:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
920
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
921 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] will outline the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
922
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
923 The optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored by BibTeX.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
924 Alternatives from which only one is required start with the string ALT.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
925 The OPT or ALT string may be removed from a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
926 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
927 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
928 \\[bibtex-yank] will yank the last recently killed field after the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
929 current field.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
930 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
931 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
932
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
933 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
934 from all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that no required
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
935 fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
936 bibtex-entry-format.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
937 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
938 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
939 idea to remove `realign' from bibtex-entry-format.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
940
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
941 Use \\[bibtex-find-text] to position the cursor at the end of the current field.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
942 Use \\[bibtex-next-field] to move to end of the next field.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
943
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
944 The following may be of interest as well:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
945
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
946 Functions:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
947 bibtex-entry
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
948 bibtex-kill-entry
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
949 bibtex-yank-pop
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
950 bibtex-pop-previous
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
951 bibtex-pop-next
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
952 bibtex-complete-string
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
953 bibtex-complete-key
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
954 bibtex-print-help-message
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
955 bibtex-generate-autokey
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
956 bibtex-beginning-of-entry
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
957 bibtex-end-of-entry
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
958 bibtex-reposition-window
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
959 bibtex-mark-entry
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
960 bibtex-ispell-abstract
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
961 bibtex-ispell-entry
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
962 bibtex-narrow-to-entry
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
963 bibtex-sort-buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
964 bibtex-validate
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
965 bibtex-count
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
966 bibtex-fill-entry
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
967 bibtex-reformat
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
968 bibtex-convert-alien
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
969
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
970 Variables:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
971 bibtex-field-delimiters
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
972 bibtex-include-OPTcrossref
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
973 bibtex-include-OPTkey
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
974 bibtex-user-optional-fields
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
975 bibtex-entry-format
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
976 bibtex-sort-ignore-string-entries
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
977 bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
978 bibtex-entry-field-alist
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
979 bibtex-predefined-strings
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
980 bibtex-string-files
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
981
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
982 ---------------------------------------------------------
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
983 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook' if that value is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
984 non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
985
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
986 \\{bibtex-mode-map}" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
987
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
988 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
989
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
990 ;;;### (autoloads (blackbox) "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (13229
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
991 ;;;;;; 27947))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
992 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
993
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
994 (autoload (quote blackbox) "blackbox" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
995 Play blackbox. Optional prefix argument is the number of balls;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
996 the default is 4.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
997
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
998 What is blackbox?
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
999
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1000 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1001 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1002 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1003 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1004 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1005 your score.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1006
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1007 Overview of play:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1008
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1009 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1010 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1011 four.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1012
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1013 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1014 movement keys.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1015
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1016 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1017 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1018
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1019 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1020 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1021
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1022 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1023 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1024 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1025 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1026 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1027 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1028
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1029 Details:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1030
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1031 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1032
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1033 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1034 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1035 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1036 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1037
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1038 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1039 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1040 denoted by the letter `R'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1041
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1042 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1043 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1044 denoted by the letter `H'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1045
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1046 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1047 example.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1048
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1049 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1050 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1051 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1052 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1053 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1054 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1055 ray.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1056
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1057 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1058 degree deflection it causes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1059
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1060 1
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1061 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1062 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1063 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1064 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1065 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1066 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1067 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1068 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1069 2 3
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1070
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1071 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1072 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1073
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1074
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1075 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1076 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1077 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1078 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1079 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1080 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1081 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1082 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1083
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1084 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1085 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1086 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1087 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1088 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1089 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1090 emerging from the box.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1091
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1092 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1093
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1094 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1095 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1096 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1097 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1098 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1099 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1100 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1101 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1102
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1103 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1104 a reflection." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1105
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1106 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1107
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1108 ;;;### (autoloads (bookmark-menu-delete bookmark-menu-rename bookmark-menu-locate
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1109 ;;;;;; bookmark-menu-jump bookmark-menu-insert bookmark-bmenu-list
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1110 ;;;;;; bookmark-load bookmark-save bookmark-write bookmark-delete
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1111 ;;;;;; bookmark-insert bookmark-rename bookmark-insert-location
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1112 ;;;;;; bookmark-relocate bookmark-jump bookmark-set) "bookmark"
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
1113 ;;;;;; "bookmark.el" (14653 63162))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1114 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1115 (define-key ctl-x-map "rb" 'bookmark-jump)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1116 (define-key ctl-x-map "rm" 'bookmark-set)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1117 (define-key ctl-x-map "rl" 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1118
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1119 (defvar bookmark-map nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1120 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1121 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1122 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1123 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1124 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1125
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1126 (define-prefix-command (quote bookmark-map))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1127
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1128 (define-key bookmark-map "x" (quote bookmark-set))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1129
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1130 (define-key bookmark-map "m" (quote bookmark-set))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1131
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1132 (define-key bookmark-map "j" (quote bookmark-jump))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1133
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1134 (define-key bookmark-map "g" (quote bookmark-jump))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1135
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1136 (define-key bookmark-map "i" (quote bookmark-insert))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1137
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1138 (define-key bookmark-map "e" (quote edit-bookmarks))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1139
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1140 (define-key bookmark-map "f" (quote bookmark-insert-location))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1141
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1142 (define-key bookmark-map "r" (quote bookmark-rename))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1143
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1144 (define-key bookmark-map "d" (quote bookmark-delete))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1145
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1146 (define-key bookmark-map "l" (quote bookmark-load))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1147
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1148 (define-key bookmark-map "w" (quote bookmark-write))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1149
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1150 (define-key bookmark-map "s" (quote bookmark-save))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1151
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1152 (add-hook (quote kill-emacs-hook) (function (lambda nil (and (featurep (quote bookmark)) bookmark-alist (bookmark-time-to-save-p t) (bookmark-save)))))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1153
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1154 (autoload (quote bookmark-set) "bookmark" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1155 Set a bookmark named NAME inside a file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1156 If name is nil, then the user will be prompted.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1157 With prefix arg, will not overwrite a bookmark that has the same name
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1158 as NAME if such a bookmark already exists, but instead will \"push\"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1159 the new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. Thus the most recently set
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1160 bookmark with name NAME would be the one in effect at any given time,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1161 but the others are still there, should you decide to delete the most
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1162 recent one.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1163
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1164 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1165 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1166 yank successive words.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1167
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1168 Typing C-u inserts the name of the last bookmark used in the buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1169 \(as an aid in using a single bookmark name to track your progress
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1170 through a large file). If no bookmark was used, then C-u inserts the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1171 name of the file being visited.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1172
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1173 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1174 and it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1175 the list of bookmarks.)" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1176
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1177 (autoload (quote bookmark-jump) "bookmark" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1178 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1179 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1180 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1181 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1182 this.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1183
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1184 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1185 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and bookmark-jump
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1186 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1187 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1188
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1189 (autoload (quote bookmark-relocate) "bookmark" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1190 Relocate BOOKMARK to another file (reading file name with minibuffer).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1191 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1192 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1193 after a bookmark was set in it." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1194
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1195 (autoload (quote bookmark-insert-location) "bookmark" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1196 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1197 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1198 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1199
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1200 (defalias (quote bookmark-locate) (quote bookmark-insert-location))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1201
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1202 (autoload (quote bookmark-rename) "bookmark" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1203 Change the name of OLD bookmark to NEW name.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1204 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD and NEW. If called from
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1205 menubar, select OLD from a menu and prompt for NEW.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1206
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1207 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW if only OLD was passed as an
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1208 argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done. You
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1209 must pass at least OLD when calling from Lisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1210
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1211 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1212 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1213 name." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1214
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1215 (autoload (quote bookmark-insert) "bookmark" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1216 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1217 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1218 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1219 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1220 this." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1221
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1222 (autoload (quote bookmark-delete) "bookmark" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1223 Delete BOOKMARK from the bookmark list.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1224 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1225 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1226 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1227 one most recently used in this file, if any).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1228 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1229 probably because we were called from there." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1230
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1231 (autoload (quote bookmark-write) "bookmark" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1232 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1233 Don't use this in Lisp programs; use `bookmark-save' instead." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1234
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1235 (autoload (quote bookmark-save) "bookmark" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1236 Save currently defined bookmarks.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1237 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1238 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1239 \(second argument).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1240
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1241 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PREFIX-ARG
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1242 and FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1243 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1244 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1245 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1246
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1247 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1248 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1249 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1250 `bookmark-default-file'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1251
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1252 (autoload (quote bookmark-load) "bookmark" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1253 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1254 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1255 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1256 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1257 while loading.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1258
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1259 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1260 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1261 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1262 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1263 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1264 explicitly.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1265
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1266 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1267 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1268 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", ... following the same
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1269 method buffers use to resolve name collisions." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1270
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1271 (autoload (quote bookmark-bmenu-list) "bookmark" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1272 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1273 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1274 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1275 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1276
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1277 (defalias (quote list-bookmarks) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1278
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1279 (defalias (quote edit-bookmarks) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1280
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1281 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-insert) "bookmark" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1282 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1283 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1284 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1285 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1286 this.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1287
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1288 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1289 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1290 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1291
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1292 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-jump) "bookmark" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1293 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1294 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1295 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1296 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1297 this.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1298
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1299 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1300 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1301 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1302
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1303 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-locate) "bookmark" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1304 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1305 \(This is not the same as the contents of that file).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1306
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1307 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1308 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1309 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1310
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1311 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-rename) "bookmark" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1312 Change the name of OLD-BOOKMARK to NEWNAME.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1313 If called from keyboard, prompts for OLD-BOOKMARK and NEWNAME.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1314 If called from menubar, OLD-BOOKMARK is selected from a menu, and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1315 prompts for NEWNAME.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1316 If called from Lisp, prompts for NEWNAME if only OLD-BOOKMARK was
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1317 passed as an argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1318 is done. You must pass at least OLD-BOOKMARK when calling from Lisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1319
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1320 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1321 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1322 name.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1323
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1324 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1325 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1326 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1327
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1328 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-delete) "bookmark" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1329 Delete the bookmark named NAME from the bookmark list.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1330 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1331 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1332 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1333 one most recently used in this file, if any).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1334
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1335 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1336 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1337 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1338
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1339 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1340
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1341 (defalias (quote menu-bar-bookmark-map) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-bookmark-map)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1342
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1343 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [load] (quote ("Load a Bookmark File..." . bookmark-load)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1344
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1345 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [write] (quote ("Save Bookmarks As..." . bookmark-write)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1346
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1347 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [save] (quote ("Save Bookmarks" . bookmark-save)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1348
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1349 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [edit] (quote ("Edit Bookmark List" . bookmark-bmenu-list)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1350
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1351 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [delete] (quote ("Delete Bookmark" . bookmark-menu-delete)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1352
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1353 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [rename] (quote ("Rename Bookmark" . bookmark-menu-rename)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1354
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1355 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [locate] (quote ("Insert Location" . bookmark-menu-locate)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1356
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1357 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [insert] (quote ("Insert Contents" . bookmark-menu-insert)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1358
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1359 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [set] (quote ("Set Bookmark" . bookmark-set)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1360
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1361 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [jump] (quote ("Jump to Bookmark" . bookmark-menu-jump)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1362
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1363 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1364
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1365 ;;;### (autoloads (browse-url-generic browse-url-mail browse-url-mmm
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1366 ;;;;;; browse-url-lynx-emacs browse-url-lynx-xterm browse-url-w3-gnudoit
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1367 ;;;;;; browse-url-w3 browse-url-iximosaic browse-url-cci browse-url-grail
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1368 ;;;;;; browse-url-mosaic browse-url-netscape browse-url-at-mouse
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1369 ;;;;;; browse-url-at-point browse-url browse-url-of-region browse-url-of-dired-file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1370 ;;;;;; browse-url-of-buffer browse-url-of-file browse-url-generic-program
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1371 ;;;;;; browse-url-save-file browse-url-netscape-display browse-url-new-window-p
28212
7252a5d43f22 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28162
diff changeset
1372 ;;;;;; browse-url-browser-function) "browse-url" "net/browse-url.el"
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
1373 ;;;;;; (14745 11462))
28212
7252a5d43f22 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28162
diff changeset
1374 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1375
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1376 (defvar browse-url-browser-function (if (eq system-type (quote windows-nt)) (quote browse-url-default-windows-browser) (quote browse-url-netscape)) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1377 *Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1378 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1379 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1380
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1381 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1382 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1383 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1384 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1385 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1386
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1387 (defvar browse-url-new-window-p nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1388 *If non-nil, always open a new browser window with appropriate browsers.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1389 Passing an interactive argument to \\[browse-url], or specific browser
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1390 commands reverses the effect of this variable. Requires Netscape version
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1391 1.1N or later or XMosaic version 2.5 or later if using those browsers.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1392
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1393 (defvar browse-url-netscape-display nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1394 *The X display for running Netscape, if not same as Emacs'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1395
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1396 (defvar browse-url-save-file nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1397 *If non-nil, save the buffer before displaying its file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1398 Used by the `browse-url-of-file' command.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1399
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1400 (defvar browse-url-generic-program nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1401 *The name of the browser program used by `browse-url-generic'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1402
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1403 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-file) "browse-url" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1404 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1405 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1406 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1407 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1408 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1409
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1410 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-buffer) "browse-url" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1411 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1412 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1413 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1414 narrowed." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1415
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1416 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-dired-file) "browse-url" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1417 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1418
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1419 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-region) "browse-url" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1420 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1421
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1422 (autoload (quote browse-url) "browse-url" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1423 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1424 Prompts for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point. Variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1425 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1426
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1427 (autoload (quote browse-url-at-point) "browse-url" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1428 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1429 Doesn't let you edit the URL like `browse-url'. Variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1430 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1431
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1432 (autoload (quote browse-url-at-mouse) "browse-url" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1433 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1434 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1435 but point is not changed. Doesn't let you edit the URL like
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1436 `browse-url'. Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1437 to use." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1438
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1439 (autoload (quote browse-url-netscape) "browse-url" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1440 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1441
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1442 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1443 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1444
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1445 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-p' is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1446 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1447 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1448 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-p'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1449
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1450 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1451 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-p'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1452
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1453 (autoload (quote browse-url-mosaic) "browse-url" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1454 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1455
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1456 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1457 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1458 program is invoked according to the variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1459 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1460
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1461 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-p' is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1462 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1463 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1464 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-p'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1465
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1466 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1467 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-p'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1468
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1469 (defvar browse-url-grail (concat (or (getenv "GRAILDIR") "~/.grail") "/user/rcgrail.py") "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1470 Location of Grail remote control client script `rcgrail.py'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1471 Typically found in $GRAILDIR/rcgrail.py, or ~/.grail/user/rcgrail.py.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1472
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1473 (autoload (quote browse-url-grail) "browse-url" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1474 Ask the Grail WWW browser to load URL.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1475 Default to the URL around or before point. Runs the program in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1476 variable `browse-url-grail'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1477
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1478 (autoload (quote browse-url-cci) "browse-url" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1479 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1480 Default to the URL around or before point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1481
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1482 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1483 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1484 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1485
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1486 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-p' is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1487 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1488 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1489 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-p'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1490
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1491 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1492 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-p'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1493
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1494 (autoload (quote browse-url-iximosaic) "browse-url" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1495 Ask the IXIMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1496 Default to the URL around or before point." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1497
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1498 (autoload (quote browse-url-w3) "browse-url" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1499 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1500 Default to the URL around or before point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1501
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1502 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-p' is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1503 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1504 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-p'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1505
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1506 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1507 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-p'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1508
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1509 (autoload (quote browse-url-w3-gnudoit) "browse-url" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1510 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1511 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1512 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1513
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1514 (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-xterm) "browse-url" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1515 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1516 Default to the URL around or before point. A new Lynx process is run
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1517 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1518 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1519
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1520 (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-emacs) "browse-url" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1521 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1522 Default to the URL around or before point. With a prefix argument, run
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1523 a new Lynx process in a new buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1524
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1525 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-p' is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1526 non-nil, load the document in a new lynx in a new term window,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1527 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1528 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-p'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1529
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1530 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1531 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-p'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1532
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1533 (autoload (quote browse-url-mmm) "browse-url" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1534 Ask the MMM WWW browser to load URL.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1535 Default to the URL around or before point." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1536
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1537 (autoload (quote browse-url-mail) "browse-url" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1538 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1539 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1540 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1541 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1542 current one.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1543
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1544 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-p' is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1545 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1546 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1547 `browse-url-new-window-p'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1548
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1549 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1550 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-p'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1551
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1552 (autoload (quote browse-url-generic) "browse-url" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1553 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1554 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1555 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1556 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1557 don't offer a form of remote control." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1558
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1559 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1560
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1561 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-bruces bruce) "bruce" "play/bruce.el" (13607
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
1562 ;;;;;; 42538))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1563 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bruce.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1564
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1565 (autoload (quote bruce) "bruce" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1566 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1567
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1568 (autoload (quote snarf-bruces) "bruce" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1569 Return a vector containing the lines from `bruce-phrases-file'." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1570
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1571 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1572
27016
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
1573 ;;;### (autoloads (bs-show bs-customize bs-cycle-previous bs-cycle-next)
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
1574 ;;;;;; "bs" "bs.el" (14747 44732))
27016
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
1575 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
1576
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
1577 (autoload (quote bs-cycle-next) "bs" "\
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
1578 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
1579 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
1580 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'." t nil)
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
1581
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
1582 (autoload (quote bs-cycle-previous) "bs" "\
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
1583 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
1584 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
1585 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'." t nil)
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
1586
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
1587 (autoload (quote bs-customize) "bs" "\
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
1588 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu." t nil)
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
1589
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
1590 (autoload (quote bs-show) "bs" "\
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
1591 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list.
27016
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
1592 \\<bs-mode-map>
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
1593 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
1594 manipulating buffer list and buffers itself.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
1595 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
1596 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC]
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
1597
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
1598 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
1599 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
1600 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
1601 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
1602 name of buffer configuration." t nil)
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
1603
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
1604 ;;;***
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
1605
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1606 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-byte-recompile-directory batch-byte-compile
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1607 ;;;;;; display-call-tree byte-compile compile-defun byte-compile-file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1608 ;;;;;; byte-recompile-directory byte-force-recompile) "bytecomp"
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
1609 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el" (14762 12604))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1610 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1611
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1612 (autoload (quote byte-force-recompile) "bytecomp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1613 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1614 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1615
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1616 (autoload (quote byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1617 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1618 This is if a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1619 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1620
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1621 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally the `.el' file is *not* compiled.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1622 But a prefix argument (optional second arg) means ask user,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1623 for each such `.el' file, whether to compile it. Prefix argument 0 means
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1624 don't ask and compile the file anyway.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1625
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1626 A nonzero prefix argument also means ask about each subdirectory.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1627
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1628 If the third argument FORCE is non-nil,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1629 recompile every `.el' file that already has a `.elc' file." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1630
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1631 (autoload (quote byte-compile-file) "bytecomp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1632 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1633 The output file's name is made by appending `c' to the end of FILENAME.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1634 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), load the file after compiling.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1635 The value is t if there were no errors, nil if errors." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1636
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1637 (autoload (quote compile-defun) "bytecomp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1638 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1639 Print the result in the minibuffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1640 With argument, insert value in current buffer after the form." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1641
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1642 (autoload (quote byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1643 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1644 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1645
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1646 (autoload (quote display-call-tree) "bytecomp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1647 Display a call graph of a specified file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1648 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1649 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1650 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1651 all functions called by those functions.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1652
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1653 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1654 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1655 cons, etc.).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1656
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1657 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1658 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1659 invoked interactively." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1660
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1661 (autoload (quote batch-byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1662 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1663 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1664 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1665 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1666 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\"" nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1667
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1668 (autoload (quote batch-byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1669 Runs `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1670 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1671 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1672
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1673 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1674
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1675 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (12984 38822))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1676 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1677
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1678 (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-starts) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1679
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1680 (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-ends) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1681
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1682 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1683
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1684 ;;;### (autoloads (list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
1685 ;;;;;; (13997 6729))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1686 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1687
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1688 (autoload (quote list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1689 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1690 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1691 from the cursor position." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1692
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1693 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1694
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
1695 ;;;### (autoloads (calculator) "calculator" "calculator.el" (14747
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
1696 ;;;;;; 44732))
27949
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
1697 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
1698
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
1699 (autoload (quote calculator) "calculator" "\
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
1700 Run the pocket calculator.
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
1701 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information." t nil)
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
1702
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
1703 ;;;***
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
1704
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1705 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar solar-holidays islamic-holidays christian-holidays
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1706 ;;;;;; hebrew-holidays other-holidays local-holidays oriental-holidays
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1707 ;;;;;; general-holidays holidays-in-diary-buffer diary-list-include-blanks
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1708 ;;;;;; nongregorian-diary-marking-hook mark-diary-entries-hook nongregorian-diary-listing-hook
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1709 ;;;;;; diary-display-hook diary-hook list-diary-entries-hook print-diary-entries-hook
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1710 ;;;;;; american-calendar-display-form european-calendar-display-form
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1711 ;;;;;; european-date-diary-pattern american-date-diary-pattern european-calendar-style
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1712 ;;;;;; abbreviated-calendar-year sexp-diary-entry-symbol diary-include-string
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1713 ;;;;;; islamic-diary-entry-symbol hebrew-diary-entry-symbol diary-nonmarking-symbol
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
1714 ;;;;;; diary-file calendar-move-hook today-invisible-calendar-hook
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
1715 ;;;;;; today-visible-calendar-hook initial-calendar-window-hook
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
1716 ;;;;;; calendar-load-hook all-islamic-calendar-holidays all-christian-calendar-holidays
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
1717 ;;;;;; all-hebrew-calendar-holidays mark-holidays-in-calendar view-calendar-holidays-initially
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
1718 ;;;;;; calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting mark-diary-entries-in-calendar
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
1719 ;;;;;; number-of-diary-entries view-diary-entries-initially calendar-offset
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
1720 ;;;;;; calendar-week-start-day) "calendar" "calendar/calendar.el"
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
1721 ;;;;;; (14393 15349))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1722 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1723
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1724 (defvar calendar-week-start-day 0 "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1725 *The day of the week on which a week in the calendar begins.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1726 0 means Sunday (default), 1 means Monday, and so on.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1727
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1728 (defvar calendar-offset 0 "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1729 *The offset of the principal month from the center of the calendar window.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1730 0 means the principal month is in the center (default), -1 means on the left,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1731 +1 means on the right. Larger (or smaller) values push the principal month off
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1732 the screen.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1733
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1734 (defvar view-diary-entries-initially nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1735 *Non-nil means display current date's diary entries on entry.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1736 The diary is displayed in another window when the calendar is first displayed,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1737 if the current date is visible. The number of days of diary entries displayed
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1738 is governed by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1739
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1740 (defvar number-of-diary-entries 1 "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1741 *Specifies how many days of diary entries are to be displayed initially.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1742 This variable affects the diary display when the command M-x diary is used,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1743 or if the value of the variable `view-diary-entries-initially' is t. For
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1744 example, if the default value 1 is used, then only the current day's diary
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1745 entries will be displayed. If the value 2 is used, then both the current
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1746 day's and the next day's entries will be displayed.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1747
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1748 The value can also be a vector such as [0 2 2 2 2 4 1]; this value
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1749 says to display no diary entries on Sunday, the display the entries
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1750 for the current date and the day after on Monday through Thursday,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1751 display Friday through Monday's entries on Friday, and display only
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1752 Saturday's entries on Saturday.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1753
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1754 This variable does not affect the diary display with the `d' command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1755 from the calendar; in that case, the prefix argument controls the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1756 number of days of diary entries displayed.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1757
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1758 (defvar mark-diary-entries-in-calendar nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1759 *Non-nil means mark dates with diary entries, in the calendar window.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1760 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `diary-entry-marker'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1761
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
1762 (defvar calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting nil "\
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
1763 *Determine how the calendar mode removes a frame no longer needed.
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
1764 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
1765
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1766 (defvar view-calendar-holidays-initially nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1767 *Non-nil means display holidays for current three month period on entry.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1768 The holidays are displayed in another window when the calendar is first
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1769 displayed.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1770
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1771 (defvar mark-holidays-in-calendar nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1772 *Non-nil means mark dates of holidays in the calendar window.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1773 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `calendar-holiday-marker'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1774
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1775 (defvar all-hebrew-calendar-holidays nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1776 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Hebrew calendar.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1777 This means only those Jewish holidays that appear on secular calendars.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1778
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1779 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Hebrew calendar.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1780
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1781 (defvar all-christian-calendar-holidays nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1782 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Christian calendar.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1783 This means only those Christian holidays that appear on secular calendars.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1784
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1785 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Christian
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1786 calendar.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1787
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1788 (defvar all-islamic-calendar-holidays nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1789 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Islamic calendar.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1790 This means only those Islamic holidays that appear on secular calendars.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1791
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1792 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Islamic
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1793 calendar.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1794
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1795 (defvar calendar-load-hook nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1796 *List of functions to be called after the calendar is first loaded.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1797 This is the place to add key bindings to `calendar-mode-map'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1798
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1799 (defvar initial-calendar-window-hook nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1800 *List of functions to be called when the calendar window is first opened.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1801 The functions invoked are called after the calendar window is opened, but
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1802 once opened is never called again. Leaving the calendar with the `q' command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1803 and reentering it will cause these functions to be called again.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1804
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1805 (defvar today-visible-calendar-hook nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1806 *List of functions called whenever the current date is visible.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1807 This can be used, for example, to replace today's date with asterisks; a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1808 function `calendar-star-date' is included for this purpose:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1809 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-star-date)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1810 It can also be used to mark the current date with `calendar-today-marker';
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1811 a function is also provided for this:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1812 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-mark-today)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1813
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1814 The corresponding variable `today-invisible-calendar-hook' is the list of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1815 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1816 date is not visible in the window.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1817
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1818 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1819 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1820 functions that move by days and weeks.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1821
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1822 (defvar today-invisible-calendar-hook nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1823 *List of functions called whenever the current date is not visible.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1824
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1825 The corresponding variable `today-visible-calendar-hook' is the list of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1826 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1827 date is visible in the window.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1828
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1829 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1830 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1831 functions that move by days and weeks.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1832
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
1833 (defvar calendar-move-hook nil "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
1834 *List of functions called whenever the cursor moves in the calendar.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
1835
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
1836 For example,
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
1837
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
1838 (add-hook 'calendar-move-hook (lambda () (view-diary-entries 1)))
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
1839
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
1840 redisplays the diary for whatever date the cursor is moved to.")
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
1841
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1842 (defvar diary-file "~/diary" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1843 *Name of the file in which one's personal diary of dates is kept.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1844
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1845 The file's entries are lines in any of the forms
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1846
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1847 MONTH/DAY
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1848 MONTH/DAY/YEAR
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1849 MONTHNAME DAY
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1850 MONTHNAME DAY, YEAR
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1851 DAYNAME
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1852
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1853 at the beginning of the line; the remainder of the line is the diary entry
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1854 string for that date. MONTH and DAY are one or two digit numbers, YEAR is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1855 a number and may be written in full or abbreviated to the final two digits.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1856 If the date does not contain a year, it is generic and applies to any year.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1857 DAYNAME entries apply to any date on which is on that day of the week.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1858 MONTHNAME and DAYNAME can be spelled in full, abbreviated to three
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1859 characters (with or without a period), capitalized or not. Any of DAY,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1860 MONTH, or MONTHNAME, YEAR can be `*' which matches any day, month, or year,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1861 respectively.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1862
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1863 The European style (in which the day precedes the month) can be used
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1864 instead, if you execute `european-calendar' when in the calendar, or set
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1865 `european-calendar-style' to t in your .emacs file. The European forms are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1866
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1867 DAY/MONTH
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1868 DAY/MONTH/YEAR
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1869 DAY MONTHNAME
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1870 DAY MONTHNAME YEAR
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1871 DAYNAME
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1872
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1873 To revert to the default American style from the European style, execute
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1874 `american-calendar' in the calendar.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1875
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1876 A diary entry can be preceded by the character
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1877 `diary-nonmarking-symbol' (ordinarily `&') to make that entry
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1878 nonmarking--that is, it will not be marked on dates in the calendar
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1879 window but will appear in a diary window.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1880
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1881 Multiline diary entries are made by indenting lines after the first with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1882 either a TAB or one or more spaces.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1883
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1884 Lines not in one the above formats are ignored. Here are some sample diary
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1885 entries (in the default American style):
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1886
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1887 12/22/1988 Twentieth wedding anniversary!!
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1888 &1/1. Happy New Year!
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1889 10/22 Ruth's birthday.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1890 21: Payday
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1891 Tuesday--weekly meeting with grad students at 10am
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1892 Supowit, Shen, Bitner, and Kapoor to attend.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1893 1/13/89 Friday the thirteenth!!
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1894 &thu 4pm squash game with Lloyd.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1895 mar 16 Dad's birthday
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1896 April 15, 1989 Income tax due.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1897 &* 15 time cards due.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1898
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1899 If the first line of a diary entry consists only of the date or day name with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1900 no trailing blanks or punctuation, then that line is not displayed in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1901 diary window; only the continuation lines is shown. For example, the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1902 single diary entry
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1903
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1904 02/11/1989
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1905 Bill Blattner visits Princeton today
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1906 2pm Cognitive Studies Committee meeting
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1907 2:30-5:30 Lizzie at Lawrenceville for `Group Initiative'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1908 4:00pm Jamie Tappenden
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1909 7:30pm Dinner at George and Ed's for Alan Ryan
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1910 7:30-10:00pm dance at Stewart Country Day School
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1911
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1912 will appear in the diary window without the date line at the beginning. This
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1913 facility allows the diary window to look neater, but can cause confusion if
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1914 used with more than one day's entries displayed.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1915
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1916 Diary entries can be based on Lisp sexps. For example, the diary entry
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1917
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1918 %%(diary-block 11 1 1990 11 10 1990) Vacation
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1919
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1920 causes the diary entry \"Vacation\" to appear from November 1 through November
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1921 10, 1990. Other functions available are `diary-float', `diary-anniversary',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1922 `diary-cyclic', `diary-day-of-year', `diary-iso-date', `diary-french-date',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1923 `diary-hebrew-date', `diary-islamic-date', `diary-mayan-date',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1924 `diary-chinese-date', `diary-coptic-date', `diary-ethiopic-date',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1925 `diary-persian-date', `diary-yahrzeit', `diary-sunrise-sunset',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1926 `diary-phases-of-moon', `diary-parasha', `diary-omer', `diary-rosh-hodesh',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1927 and `diary-sabbath-candles'. See the documentation for the function
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1928 `list-sexp-diary-entries' for more details.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1929
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1930 Diary entries based on the Hebrew and/or the Islamic calendar are also
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1931 possible, but because these are somewhat slow, they are ignored
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1932 unless you set the `nongregorian-diary-listing-hook' and the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1933 `nongregorian-diary-marking-hook' appropriately. See the documentation
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1934 for these functions for details.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1935
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1936 Diary files can contain directives to include the contents of other files; for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1937 details, see the documentation for the variable `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1938
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1939 (defvar diary-nonmarking-symbol "&" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1940 *Symbol indicating that a diary entry is not to be marked in the calendar.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1941
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1942 (defvar hebrew-diary-entry-symbol "H" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1943 *Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Hebrew calendar.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1944
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1945 (defvar islamic-diary-entry-symbol "I" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1946 *Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Islamic calendar.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1947
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1948 (defvar diary-include-string "#include" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1949 *The string indicating inclusion of another file of diary entries.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1950 See the documentation for the function `include-other-diary-files'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1951
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1952 (defvar sexp-diary-entry-symbol "%%" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1953 *The string used to indicate a sexp diary entry in diary-file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1954 See the documentation for the function `list-sexp-diary-entries'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1955
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1956 (defvar abbreviated-calendar-year t "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1957 *Interpret a two-digit year DD in a diary entry as either 19DD or 20DD.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1958 For the Gregorian calendar; similarly for the Hebrew and Islamic calendars.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1959 If this variable is nil, years must be written in full.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1960
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1961 (defvar european-calendar-style nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1962 *Use the European style of dates in the diary and in any displays.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1963 If this variable is t, a date 1/2/1990 would be interpreted as February 1,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1964 1990. The accepted European date styles are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1965
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1966 DAY/MONTH
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1967 DAY/MONTH/YEAR
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1968 DAY MONTHNAME
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1969 DAY MONTHNAME YEAR
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1970 DAYNAME
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1971
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1972 Names can be capitalized or not, written in full, or abbreviated to three
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1973 characters with or without a period.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1974
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1975 (defvar american-date-diary-pattern (quote ((month "/" day "[^/0-9]") (month "/" day "/" year "[^0-9]") (monthname " *" day "[^,0-9]") (monthname " *" day ", *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1976 *List of pseudo-patterns describing the American patterns of date used.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1977 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1978
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
1979 (defvar european-date-diary-pattern (quote ((day "/" month "[^/0-9]") (day "/" month "/" year "[^0-9]") (backup day " *" monthname "\\W+\\<\\([^*0-9]\\|\\([0-9]+[:aApP]\\)\\)") (day " *" monthname " *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1980 *List of pseudo-patterns describing the European patterns of date used.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1981 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1982
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1983 (defvar european-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) day " " monthname " " year)) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1984 *Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the European style.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1985 See the documentation of calendar-date-display-form for an explanation.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1986
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1987 (defvar american-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) monthname " " day ", " year)) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1988 *Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the American style.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1989 See the documentation of `calendar-date-display-form' for an explanation.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1990
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1991 (defvar print-diary-entries-hook (quote lpr-buffer) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1992 *List of functions called after a temporary diary buffer is prepared.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1993 The buffer shows only the diary entries currently visible in the diary
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1994 buffer. The default just does the printing. Other uses might include, for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1995 example, rearranging the lines into order by day and time, saving the buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1996 instead of deleting it, or changing the function used to do the printing.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1997
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1998 (defvar list-diary-entries-hook nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1999 *List of functions called after diary file is culled for relevant entries.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2000 It is to be used for diary entries that are not found in the diary file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2001
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2002 A function `include-other-diary-files' is provided for use as the value of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2003 this hook. This function enables you to use shared diary files together
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2004 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2005 of the form
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2006
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2007 #include \"filename\"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2008
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2009 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2010 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2011 the variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `include-other-diary-files'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2012 as part of the list-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2013 function `mark-included-diary-files' as part of `mark-diary-entries-hook'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2014
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2015 For example, you could use
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2016
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2017 (setq list-diary-entries-hook
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2018 '(include-other-diary-files sort-diary-entries))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2019 (setq diary-display-hook 'fancy-diary-display)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2020
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2021 in your `.emacs' file to cause the fancy diary buffer to be displayed with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2022 diary entries from various included files, each day's entries sorted into
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2023 lexicographic order.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2024
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2025 (defvar diary-hook nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2026 *List of functions called after the display of the diary.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2027 Can be used for appointment notification.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2028
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2029 (defvar diary-display-hook nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2030 *List of functions that handle the display of the diary.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2031 If nil (the default), `simple-diary-display' is used. Use `ignore' for no
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2032 diary display.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2033
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2034 Ordinarily, this just displays the diary buffer (with holidays indicated in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2035 the mode line), if there are any relevant entries. At the time these
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2036 functions are called, the variable `diary-entries-list' is a list, in order
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2037 by date, of all relevant diary entries in the form of ((MONTH DAY YEAR)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2038 STRING), where string is the diary entry for the given date. This can be
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2039 used, for example, a different buffer for display (perhaps combined with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2040 holidays), or produce hard copy output.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2041
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2042 A function `fancy-diary-display' is provided as an alternative
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2043 choice for this hook; this function prepares a special noneditable diary
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2044 buffer with the relevant diary entries that has neat day-by-day arrangement
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2045 with headings. The fancy diary buffer will show the holidays unless the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2046 variable `holidays-in-diary-buffer' is set to nil. Ordinarily, the fancy
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2047 diary buffer will not show days for which there are no diary entries, even
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2048 if that day is a holiday; if you want such days to be shown in the fancy
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2049 diary buffer, set the variable `diary-list-include-blanks' to t.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2050
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2051 (defvar nongregorian-diary-listing-hook nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2052 *List of functions called for listing diary file and included files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2053 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used to cull
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2054 relevant entries. You can use either or both of `list-hebrew-diary-entries'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2055 and `list-islamic-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2056 describes the style of such diary entries.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2057
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2058 (defvar mark-diary-entries-hook nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2059 *List of functions called after marking diary entries in the calendar.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2060
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2061 A function `mark-included-diary-files' is also provided for use as the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2062 mark-diary-entries-hook; it enables you to use shared diary files together
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2063 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2064 of the form
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2065 #include \"filename\"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2066 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2067 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2068 variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `mark-included-diary-files' as
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2069 part of the mark-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2070 function `include-other-diary-files' as part of `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2071
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2072 (defvar nongregorian-diary-marking-hook nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2073 *List of functions called for marking diary file and included files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2074 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used to cull
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2075 relevant entries. You can use either or both of `mark-hebrew-diary-entries'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2076 and `mark-islamic-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2077 describes the style of such diary entries.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2078
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2079 (defvar diary-list-include-blanks nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2080 *If nil, do not include days with no diary entry in the list of diary entries.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2081 Such days will then not be shown in the fancy diary buffer, even if they
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2082 are holidays.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2083
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2084 (defvar holidays-in-diary-buffer t "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2085 *Non-nil means include holidays in the diary display.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2086 The holidays appear in the mode line of the diary buffer, or in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2087 fancy diary buffer next to the date. This slows down the diary functions
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2088 somewhat; setting it to nil makes the diary display faster.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2089
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2090 (put (quote general-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2091
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2092 (defvar general-holidays (quote ((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2093 *General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2094 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2095
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2096 (put (quote oriental-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2097
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2098 (defvar oriental-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (holiday-chinese-new-year)))) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2099 *Oriental holidays.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2100 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2101
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2102 (put (quote local-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2103
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2104 (defvar local-holidays nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2105 *Local holidays.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2106 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2107
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2108 (put (quote other-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2109
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2110 (defvar other-holidays nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2111 *User defined holidays.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2112 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2113
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2114 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-1) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2115
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2116 (defvar hebrew-holidays-1 (quote ((holiday-rosh-hashanah-etc) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 11 (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (if (zerop (% (1+ year) 4)) 22 21))) "\"Tal Umatar\" (evening)")))))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2117
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2118 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-2) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2119
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2120 (defvar hebrew-holidays-2 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hanukkah) (holiday-hebrew 9 25 "Hanukkah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 10 (let ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list displayed-month 28 displayed-year)))))) (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 10 10 h-year)) 7) 6) 11 10)) "Tzom Teveth")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 15 "Tu B'Shevat")))))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2121
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2122 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-3) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2123
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2124 (defvar hebrew-holidays-3 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (let* ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))) (s-s (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 7 1 h-year)) 7) 6) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 17 h-year))) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 16 h-year)))))) (day (extract-calendar-day s-s))) day)) "Shabbat Shirah")))))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2125
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2126 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-4) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2127
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2128 (defvar hebrew-holidays-4 (quote ((holiday-passover-etc) (if (and all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (= 21 (% year 28))))) (holiday-julian 3 26 "Kiddush HaHamah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-tisha-b-av-etc)))))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2129
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2130 (put (quote hebrew-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2131
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2132 (defvar hebrew-holidays (append hebrew-holidays-1 hebrew-holidays-2 hebrew-holidays-3 hebrew-holidays-4) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2133 *Jewish holidays.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2134 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2135
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2136 (put (quote christian-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2137
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2138 (defvar christian-holidays (quote ((if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany")) (holiday-easter-etc) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter)) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-advent)) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 12 25 "Eastern Orthodox Christmas")))) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2139 *Christian holidays.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2140 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2141
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2142 (put (quote islamic-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2143
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2144 (defvar islamic-holidays (quote ((holiday-islamic 1 1 (format "Islamic New Year %d" (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (extract-calendar-year (calendar-islamic-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))))) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't")) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha")))) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2145 *Islamic holidays.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2146 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2147
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2148 (put (quote solar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2149
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2150 (defvar solar-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-equinoxes-solstices)) (if (progn (require (quote cal-dst)) t) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-starts (quote (format "Daylight Savings Time Begins %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name) ""))))) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-ends (quote (format "Daylight Savings Time Ends %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name) "")))))) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2151 *Sun-related holidays.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2152 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2153
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2154 (put (quote calendar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2155
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2156 (defvar calendar-setup nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2157 The frame set up of the calendar.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2158 The choices are `one-frame' (calendar and diary together in one separate,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2159 dedicated frame), `two-frames' (calendar and diary in separate, dedicated
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2160 frames), `calendar-only' (calendar in a separate, dedicated frame); with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2161 any other value the current frame is used.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2162
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2163 (autoload (quote calendar) "calendar" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2164 Choose between the one frame, two frame, or basic calendar displays.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2165 The original function `calendar' has been renamed `calendar-basic-setup'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2166
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2167 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2168
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
2169 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-langs" "progmodes/cc-langs.el" (14716 6817))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2170 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-langs.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2171
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2172 (defvar c-mode-syntax-table nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2173 Syntax table used in c-mode buffers.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2174
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2175 (defvar c++-mode-syntax-table nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2176 Syntax table used in c++-mode buffers.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2177
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2178 (defvar objc-mode-syntax-table nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2179 Syntax table used in objc-mode buffers.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2180
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2181 (defvar java-mode-syntax-table nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2182 Syntax table used in java-mode buffers.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2183
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2184 (defvar idl-mode-syntax-table nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2185 Syntax table used in idl-mode buffers.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2186
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2187 (defvar pike-mode-syntax-table nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2188 Syntax table used in pike-mode buffers.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2189
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2190 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2191
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2192 ;;;### (autoloads (pike-mode idl-mode java-mode objc-mode c++-mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2193 ;;;;;; c-mode c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el"
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
2194 ;;;;;; (14716 6857))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2195 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2196
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2197 (autoload (quote c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2198
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2199 (autoload (quote c-mode) "cc-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2200 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2201 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2202 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2203 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2204 problem, including a reproducible test case and send the message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2205
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2206 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2207
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2208 The hook variable `c-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2209 bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook `c-mode-common-hook' is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2210 run first.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2211
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2212 Key bindings:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2213 \\{c-mode-map}" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2214
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2215 (autoload (quote c++-mode) "cc-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2216 Major mode for editing C++ code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2217 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2218 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2219 version information already added. You just need to add a description
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2220 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2221 message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2222
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2223 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2224
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2225 The hook variable `c++-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2226 variable is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2227 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2228
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2229 Key bindings:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2230 \\{c++-mode-map}" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2231
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2232 (autoload (quote objc-mode) "cc-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2233 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2234 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2235 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2236 version information already added. You just need to add a description
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2237 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2238 message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2239
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2240 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2241
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2242 The hook variable `objc-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2243 is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook `c-mode-common-hook'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2244 is run first.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2245
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2246 Key bindings:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2247 \\{objc-mode-map}" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2248
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2249 (autoload (quote java-mode) "cc-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2250 Major mode for editing Java code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2251 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2252 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2253 version information already added. You just need to add a description
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2254 of the problem, including a reproducible test case and send the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2255 message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2256
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2257 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2258
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2259 The hook variable `java-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2260 is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the common hook
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2261 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first. Note that this mode automatically
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2262 sets the \"java\" style before calling any hooks so be careful if you
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2263 set styles in `c-mode-common-hook'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2264
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2265 Key bindings:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2266 \\{java-mode-map}" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2267
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2268 (autoload (quote idl-mode) "cc-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2269 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2270 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2271 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2272 version information already added. You just need to add a description
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2273 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2274 message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2275
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2276 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2277
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2278 The hook variable `idl-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2279 variable is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2280 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2281
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2282 Key bindings:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2283 \\{idl-mode-map}" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2284
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2285 (autoload (quote pike-mode) "cc-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2286 Major mode for editing Pike code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2287 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2288 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2289 version information already added. You just need to add a description
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2290 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2291 message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2292
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2293 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2294
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2295 The hook variable `pike-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2296 is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the common hook
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2297 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2298
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2299 Key bindings:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2300 \\{pike-mode-map}" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2301
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2302 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2303
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2304 ;;;### (autoloads (c-set-offset c-add-style c-set-style) "cc-styles"
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
2305 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (14716 6903))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2306 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2307
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2308 (autoload (quote c-set-style) "cc-styles" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2309 Set CC Mode variables to use one of several different indentation styles.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2310 STYLENAME is a string representing the desired style from the list of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2311 styles described in the variable `c-style-alist'. See that variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2312 for details of setting up styles.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2313
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2314 The variable `c-indentation-style' always contains the buffer's current
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2315 style name.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2316
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2317 If the optional argument DONT-OVERRIDE is non-nil, no style variables
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2318 that already have values will be overridden. I.e. in the case of
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2319 `c-offsets-alist', syntactic symbols will only be added, and in the
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2320 case of all other style variables, only those set to `set-from-style'
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2321 will be reassigned.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2322
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2323 Obviously, specifying DONT-OVERRIDE is useful mainly when the initial
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2324 style is chosen for a CC Mode buffer by a major mode. Since this is
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2325 done internally by CC Mode, there's hardly ever a reason to use it." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2326
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2327 (autoload (quote c-add-style) "cc-styles" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2328 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2329 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIP is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2330 an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2331
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2332 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2333
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2334 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2335 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2336 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2337
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2338 (autoload (quote c-set-offset) "cc-styles" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2339 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2340 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2341 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2342 and exists only for compatibility reasons." t nil)
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2343
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2344 ;;;***
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2345
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
2346 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" (14716 6917))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2347 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2348
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2349 (defconst c-emacs-features (let ((infodock-p (boundp (quote infodock-version))) (comments (let ((table (copy-syntax-table)) entry) (modify-syntax-entry 97 ". 12345678" table) (cond ((arrayp table) (setq entry (aref table 97)) (if (consp entry) (setq entry (car entry)))) ((fboundp (quote get-char-table)) (setq entry (get-char-table 97 table))) ((and (fboundp (quote char-table-p)) (char-table-p table)) (setq entry (car (char-table-range table [97])))) (t (error "CC Mode is incompatible with this version of Emacs"))) (if (= (logand (lsh entry -16) 255) 255) (quote 8-bit) (quote 1-bit))))) (if infodock-p (list comments (quote infodock)) (list comments))) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2350 A list of features extant in the Emacs you are using.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2351 There are many flavors of Emacs out there, each with different
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2352 features supporting those needed by CC Mode. Here's the current
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2353 supported list, along with the values for this variable:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2354
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2355 XEmacs 19, 20, 21: (8-bit)
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2356 Emacs 19, 20: (1-bit)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2357
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2358 Infodock (based on XEmacs) has an additional symbol on this list:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2359 `infodock'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2360
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2361 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2362
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2363 ;;;### (autoloads (ccl-execute-with-args check-ccl-program define-ccl-program
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2364 ;;;;;; declare-ccl-program ccl-dump ccl-compile) "ccl" "international/ccl.el"
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2365 ;;;;;; (14747 44775))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2366 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2367
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2368 (autoload (quote ccl-compile) "ccl" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2369 Return a compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integer." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2370
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2371 (autoload (quote ccl-dump) "ccl" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2372 Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2373
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2374 (autoload (quote declare-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2375 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2376
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2377 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2378 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2379 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2380 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2381 execution.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2382
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2383 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program." nil (quote macro))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2384
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2385 (autoload (quote define-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2386 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2387
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2388 CCL-PROGRAM is has this form:
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2389 (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2390 CCL_MAIN_CODE
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2391 [ CCL_EOF_CODE ])
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2392
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2393 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2394 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2395 text. If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2396 `write' commands.
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2397
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2398 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2399 executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2400 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2401 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed.
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2402
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2403 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2404 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2405 semantics.
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2406
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2407 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2408
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2409 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2410
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2411 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2412
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2413 STATEMENT :=
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2414 SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2415 | TRANSLATE | END
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2416
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2417 SET := (REG = EXPRESSION)
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2418 | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION)
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2419 ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer).
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2420 | integer
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2421
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2422 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG)
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2423
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2424 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzeor, execute
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2425 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1.
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2426 IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2427
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2428 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2429 ;; CCL_BLOCK_N.
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2430 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2431
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2432 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed.
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2433 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2434
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2435 ;; Terminate the most inner loop.
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2436 BREAK := (break)
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2437
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2438 REPEAT :=
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2439 ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop.
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2440 (repeat)
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2441 ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string])
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2442 ;; (repeat))
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2443 | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string])
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2444 ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY])
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2445 ;; (read REG)
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2446 ;; (repeat))
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2447 | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY])
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2448 ;; Same as: ((write integer)
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2449 ;; (read REG)
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2450 ;; (repeat))
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2451 | (write-read-repeat REG integer)
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2452
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2453 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2454 ;; to the next byte read, and so on.
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2455 (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2456 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2457 ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1))
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2458 | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2459 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2460 ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]))
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2461 | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2462 ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2463 ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2464 ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2465 ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2466 ;; to ((CODE0 << 8) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2467 ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point.
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2468 | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2469
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2470 WRITE :=
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2471 ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2472 ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2473 ;; representation.
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2474 (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2475 ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION)
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2476 ;; (write r7))
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2477 | (write EXPRESSION)
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2478 ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2479 ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2480 ;; representation.
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2481 | (write integer)
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2482 ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2483 ;; buffer.
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2484 | (write string)
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2485 ;; Same as: (write string)
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2486 | string
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2487 ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2488 ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2489 ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2490 ;; representation.
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2491 | (write REG ARRAY)
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2492 ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2493 ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2494 ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 <<
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2495 ;; 8) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2496 ;; is the second code point of the character.
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2497 | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2498
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2499 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name.
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2500 CALL := (call ccl-program-name)
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2501
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2502 ;; Terminate the CCL program.
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2503 END := (end)
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2504
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2505 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2506 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly.
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2507 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2508
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2509 ARG := REG | integer
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2510
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2511 OPERATOR :=
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2512 ;; Normal arithmethic operators (same meaning as C code).
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2513 + | - | * | / | %
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2514
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2515 ;; Bitwize operators (same meaning as C code)
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2516 | & | `|' | ^
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2517
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2518 ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code)
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2519 | << | >>
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2520
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2521 ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means:
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2522 ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1))
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2523 | <8
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2524
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2525 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means:
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2526 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8))
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2527 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255)))
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2528 | >8
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2529
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2530 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means:
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2531 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1))
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2532 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1)))
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2533 | //
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2534
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2535 ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code)
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2536 | < | > | == | <= | >= | !=
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2537
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2538 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2539 ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character,
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2540 ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means:
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2541 ;; ((REG = CODE0)
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2542 ;; (r7 = CODE1))
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2543 ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2544 ;; second code point of CHAR.
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2545 | de-sjis
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2546
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2547 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2548 ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the correponding
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2549 ;; Shift-JIS code,
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2550 ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means:
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2551 ;; ((REG = HIGH)
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2552 ;; (r7 = LOW))
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2553 ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2554 ;; byte of SJIS.
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2555 | en-sjis
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2556
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2557 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR :=
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2558 ;; Same meaning as C code
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2559 += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>=
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2560
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2561 ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as:
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2562 ;; ((REG <<= 8)
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2563 ;; (REG |= ARG))
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2564 | <8=
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2565
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2566 ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as:
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2567 ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255))
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2568 ;; (REG >>= 8))
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2569
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2570 ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as:
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2571 ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG))
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2572 ;; (REG /= ARG))
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2573 | //=
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2574
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2575 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]'
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2576
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2577
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2578 TRANSLATE :=
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2579 (translate-character REG(table) REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2580 | (translate-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2581 MAP :=
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2582 (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs)
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2583 | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET))
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2584 | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID)
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2585 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ...
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2586 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2587 MAP-ID := integer
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2588 " nil (quote macro))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2589
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2590 (autoload (quote check-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2591 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2592 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2593 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2594 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2595 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME." nil (quote macro))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2596
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2597 (autoload (quote ccl-execute-with-args) "ccl" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2598 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2599 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers.
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2600
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2601 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program." nil nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2602
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2603 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2604
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2605 ;;;### (autoloads (checkdoc-minor-mode checkdoc-ispell-defun checkdoc-ispell-comments
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2606 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-continue checkdoc-ispell-start checkdoc-ispell-message-text
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2607 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive checkdoc-ispell-interactive
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2608 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer checkdoc-ispell checkdoc-defun
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2609 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-defun checkdoc-message-text checkdoc-rogue-spaces
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2610 ;;;;;; checkdoc-continue checkdoc-start checkdoc-current-buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2611 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-current-buffer checkdoc-message-interactive
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2612 ;;;;;; checkdoc-interactive checkdoc) "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el"
27545
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
2613 ;;;;;; (14482 54417))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2614 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2615
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2616 (autoload (quote checkdoc) "checkdoc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2617 Interactivly check the entire buffer for style errors.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2618 The current status of the ckeck will be displayed in a buffer which
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2619 the users will view as each check is completed." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2620
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2621 (autoload (quote checkdoc-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2622 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2623 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2624 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2625 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2626 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2627 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2628 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2629
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2630 (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2631 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2632 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2633 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2634 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2635 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2636 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2637 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2638
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2639 (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2640 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2641 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2642 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2643 spacing are all verified." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2644
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2645 (autoload (quote checkdoc-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2646 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2647 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2648 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2649 otherwise stop after the first error." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2650
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2651 (autoload (quote checkdoc-start) "checkdoc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2652 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2653 Only documentation strings are checked.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2654 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2655 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2656 a separate buffer." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2657
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2658 (autoload (quote checkdoc-continue) "checkdoc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2659 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2660 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2661 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2662 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2663
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2664 (autoload (quote checkdoc-rogue-spaces) "checkdoc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2665 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2666 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2667 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2668 if there is one.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2669 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2670
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2671 (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-text) "checkdoc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2672 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2673 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2674
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2675 (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-defun) "checkdoc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2676 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2677 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2678 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2679 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2680
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2681 (autoload (quote checkdoc-defun) "checkdoc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2682 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2683 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2684 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2685 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2686 space at the end of each line." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2687
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2688 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell) "checkdoc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2689 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2690 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2691 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc'" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2692
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2693 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2694 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2695 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2696 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2697
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2698 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2699 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2700 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2701 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2702
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2703 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2704 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2705 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2706 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2707
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2708 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-text) "checkdoc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2709 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2710 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2711 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2712
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2713 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-start) "checkdoc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2714 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2715 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2716 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-start'" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2717
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2718 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-continue) "checkdoc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2719 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2720 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2721 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2722
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2723 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-comments) "checkdoc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2724 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2725 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2726 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2727
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2728 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-defun) "checkdoc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2729 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2730 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2731 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2732
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2733 (autoload (quote checkdoc-minor-mode) "checkdoc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2734 Toggle Checkdoc minor mode, a mode for checking Lisp doc strings.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2735 With prefix ARG, turn Checkdoc minor mode on iff ARG is positive.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2736
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2737 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2738 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-keymap> \\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2739 checking of documentation strings.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2740
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2741 \\{checkdoc-minor-keymap}" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2742
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2743 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2744
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2745 ;;;### (autoloads (encode-hz-buffer encode-hz-region decode-hz-buffer
28919
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
2746 ;;;;;; decode-hz-region) "china-util" "language/china-util.el" (14623
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
2747 ;;;;;; 45987))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2748 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2749
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2750 (autoload (quote decode-hz-region) "china-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2751 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2752 Return the length of resulting text." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2753
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2754 (autoload (quote decode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2755 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2756
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2757 (autoload (quote encode-hz-region) "china-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2758 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2759 Return the length of resulting text." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2760
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2761 (autoload (quote encode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2762 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2763
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2764 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2765
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
2766 ;;;### (autoloads (command-history list-command-history repeat-matching-complex-command)
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
2767 ;;;;;; "chistory" "chistory.el" (14447 15307))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2768 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2769
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2770 (autoload (quote repeat-matching-complex-command) "chistory" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2771 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2772 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2773 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2774 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2775 editing and the result is evaluated." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2776
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2777 (autoload (quote list-command-history) "chistory" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2778 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2779 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2780 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2781 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2782
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2783 The buffer is left in Command History mode." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2784
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
2785 (autoload (quote command-history) "chistory" "\
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
2786 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2787 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2788 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2789 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2790
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2791 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2792 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2793 \\{command-history-map}
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
2794
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
2795 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
2796 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2797
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2798 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2799
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2800 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl" "emacs-lisp/cl.el" (14753 4425))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2801 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2802
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2803 (defvar custom-print-functions nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2804 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2805 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2806 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2807 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2808 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2809
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2810 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2811 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2812
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2813 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2814
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2815 ;;;### (autoloads (common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el"
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2816 ;;;;;; (14735 57398))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2817 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2818
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2819 (autoload (quote common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2820
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2821 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2822
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2823 ;;;### (autoloads (c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el"
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
2824 ;;;;;; (14368 26241))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2825 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2826
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2827 (autoload (quote c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2828 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2829 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2830 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2831
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2832 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2833 Prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include')
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2834 if the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2835
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2836 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2837 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2838
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2839 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2840
28077
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
2841 ;;;### (autoloads (run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (14535
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
2842 ;;;;;; 44845))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2843 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2844
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2845 (autoload (quote run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2846 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer *scheme*.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2847 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2848 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2849 of `scheme-program-name'). Runs the hooks `inferior-scheme-mode-hook'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2850 \(after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2851 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2852 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*scheme*")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2854 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2855
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2856 ;;;### (autoloads (codepage-setup cp-supported-codepages cp-offset-for-codepage
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2857 ;;;;;; cp-language-for-codepage cp-charset-for-codepage cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage)
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
2858 ;;;;;; "codepage" "international/codepage.el" (14720 1500))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2859 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/codepage.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2860
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2861 (autoload (quote cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2862 Create a coding system to convert IBM CODEPAGE into charset ISO-NAME
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2863 whose first character is at offset OFFSET from the beginning of 8-bit
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2864 ASCII table.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2865
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2866 The created coding system has the usual 3 subsidiary systems: for Unix-,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2867 DOS- and Mac-style EOL conversion. However, unlike built-in coding
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2868 systems, the Mac-style EOL conversion is currently not supported by the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2869 decoder and encoder created by this function." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2870
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2871 (autoload (quote cp-charset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2872 Return the charset for which there is a translation table to DOS CODEPAGE.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2873 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2874
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2875 (autoload (quote cp-language-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2876 Return the name of the MULE language environment for CODEPAGE.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2877 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2878
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2879 (autoload (quote cp-offset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2880 Return the offset to be used in setting up coding systems for CODEPAGE.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2881 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2882
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2883 (autoload (quote cp-supported-codepages) "codepage" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2884 Return an alist of supported codepages.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2885
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2886 Each association in the alist has the form (NNN . CHARSET), where NNN is the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2887 codepage number, and CHARSET is the MULE charset which is the closest match
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2888 for the character set supported by that codepage.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2889
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2890 A codepage NNN is supported if a variable called `cpNNN-decode-table' exists,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2891 is a vector, and has a charset property." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2892
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2893 (autoload (quote codepage-setup) "codepage" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2894 Create a coding system cpCODEPAGE to support the IBM codepage CODEPAGE.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2895
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2896 These coding systems are meant for encoding and decoding 8-bit non-ASCII
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2897 characters used by the IBM codepages, typically in conjunction with files
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2898 read/written by MS-DOS software, or for display on the MS-DOS terminal." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2899
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2900 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2901
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
2902 ;;;### (autoloads (comint-redirect-results-list-from-process comint-redirect-results-list
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
2903 ;;;;;; comint-redirect-send-command-to-process comint-redirect-send-command
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2904 ;;;;;; comint-run make-comint) "comint" "comint.el" (14764 59595))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2905 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2906
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2907 (autoload (quote make-comint) "comint" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2908 Make a comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2909 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2910 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2911 via `start-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting a TCP
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2912 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2913 running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2914 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to the process.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2915
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2916 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2917
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2918 (autoload (quote comint-run) "comint" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2919 Run PROGRAM in a comint buffer and switch to it.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2920 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2921 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2922 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2923 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2924
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
2925 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command) "comint" "\
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
2926 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
2927 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
2928
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
2929 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer." t nil)
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
2930
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
2931 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command-to-process) "comint" "\
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
2932 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
2933 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
2934
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
2935 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer." t nil)
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
2936
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
2937 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list) "comint" "\
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
2938 Send COMMAND to current process.
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
2939 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2940 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use." nil nil)
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
2941
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
2942 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list-from-process) "comint" "\
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
2943 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
2944 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2945 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use." nil nil)
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
2946
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2947 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2948
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2949 ;;;### (autoloads (compare-windows) "compare-w" "compare-w.el" (14220
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
2950 ;;;;;; 18289))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2951 ;;; Generated autoloads from compare-w.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2952
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2953 (autoload (quote compare-windows) "compare-w" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2954 Compare text in current window with text in next window.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2955 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2956 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2957
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2958 This command pushes the mark in each window
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2959 at the prior location of point in that window.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2960 If both windows display the same buffer,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2961 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2962 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2963
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2964 A prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2965 The variable `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2966 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also ignored." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2967
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2968 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2969
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2970 ;;;### (autoloads (next-error compilation-minor-mode compilation-shell-minor-mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2971 ;;;;;; compilation-mode grep-find grep compile compilation-search-path
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2972 ;;;;;; compilation-ask-about-save compilation-window-height compilation-mode-hook)
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2973 ;;;;;; "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (14747 44776))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2974 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2975
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2976 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2977 *List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode' (see `run-hooks').")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2978
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2979 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2980 *Number of lines in a compilation window. If nil, use Emacs default.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2981
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2982 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2983 *Function to call to customize the compilation process.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2984 This functions is called immediately before the compilation process is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2985 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2986 while processing the output of the compilation process.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2987
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2988 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2989 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2990 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2991 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2992 nil means compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2993
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2994 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2995 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2996 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2997 describing how the process finished.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2998
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2999 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3000 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3001 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3002 and a string describing how the process finished.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3003
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3004 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
3005 *Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3006 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3007
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3008 (defvar compilation-search-path (quote (nil)) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3009 *List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3010 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3011 nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3012
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3013 (autoload (quote compile) "compile" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3014 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3015 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3016 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3017
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3018 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3019 and move to the source code that caused it.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3020
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3021 Interactively, prompts for the command if `compilation-read-command' is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3022 non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'. With prefix arg, always prompts.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3023
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3024 To run more than one compilation at once, start one and rename the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3025 `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with \\[rename-buffer].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3026 Then start the next one.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3027
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3028 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3029 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3030 to a function that generates a unique name." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3031
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3032 (autoload (quote grep) "compile" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3033 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3034 While grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error),
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3035 or \\<compilation-minor-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3036 where grep found matches.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3037
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
3038 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you can
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3039 easily repeat a grep command.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3040
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3041 A prefix argument says to default the argument based upon the current
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3042 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last grep command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3043 in the grep command history (or into `grep-command'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3044 if that history list is empty)." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3045
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3046 (autoload (quote grep-find) "compile" "\
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
3047 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
3048 Collect output in a buffer.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3049 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3050 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3051
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3052 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3053 easily repeat a find command." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3054
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3055 (autoload (quote compilation-mode) "compile" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3056 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3057 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3058 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3059 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3060
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3061 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-hooks' (which see)." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3062
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3063 (autoload (quote compilation-shell-minor-mode) "compile" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3064 Toggle compilation shell minor mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3065 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3066 See `compilation-mode'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3067 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-shell-minor-mode-hook'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3068
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3069 (autoload (quote compilation-minor-mode) "compile" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3070 Toggle compilation minor mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3071 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3072 See `compilation-mode'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3073 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-minor-mode-hook'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3074
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3075 (autoload (quote next-error) "compile" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3076 Visit next compilation error message and corresponding source code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3077
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3078 If all the error messages parsed so far have been processed already,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3079 the message buffer is checked for new ones.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3080
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
3081 A prefix ARGP specifies how many error messages to move;
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3082 negative means move back to previous error messages.
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
3083 Just \\[universal-argument] as a prefix means reparse the error message buffer
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3084 and start at the first error.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3085
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3086 \\[next-error] normally uses the most recently started compilation or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3087 grep buffer. However, it can operate on any buffer with output from
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3088 the \\[compile] and \\[grep] commands, or, more generally, on any
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3089 buffer in Compilation mode or with Compilation Minor mode enabled. To
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3090 specify use of a particular buffer for error messages, type
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3091 \\[next-error] in that buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3092
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3093 Once \\[next-error] has chosen the buffer for error messages,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3094 it stays with that buffer until you use it in some other buffer which
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3095 uses Compilation mode or Compilation Minor mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3096
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3097 See variables `compilation-parse-errors-function' and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3098 `compilation-error-regexp-alist' for customization ideas." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3099 (define-key ctl-x-map "`" 'next-error)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3100
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3101 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3102
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
3103 ;;;### (autoloads (partial-completion-mode partial-completion-mode)
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
3104 ;;;;;; "complete" "complete.el" (14664 59525))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3105 ;;; Generated autoloads from complete.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3106
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
3107 (defvar partial-completion-mode nil "\
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
3108 Toggle Partial Completion mode.
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
3109 When Partial Completion mode is enabled, TAB (or M-TAB if `PC-meta-flag' is
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
3110 nil) is enhanced so that if some string is divided into words and each word is
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
3111 delimited by a character in `PC-word-delimiters', partial words are completed
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
3112 as much as possible and `*' characters are treated likewise in file names.
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
3113 This variable should be set only with \\[customize], which is equivalent
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
3114 to using the function `partial-completion-mode'.")
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
3115
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
3116 (custom-add-to-group (quote partial-completion) (quote partial-completion-mode) (quote custom-variable))
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
3117
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
3118 (custom-add-load (quote partial-completion-mode) (quote complete))
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
3119
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3120 (autoload (quote partial-completion-mode) "complete" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3121 Toggle Partial Completion mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3122 With prefix ARG, turn Partial Completion mode on if ARG is positive.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3123
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3124 When Partial Completion mode is enabled, TAB (or M-TAB if `PC-meta-flag' is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3125 nil) is enhanced so that if some string is divided into words and each word is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3126 delimited by a character in `PC-word-delimiters', partial words are completed
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3127 as much as possible.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3128
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3129 For example, M-x p-c-m expands to M-x partial-completion-mode since no other
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3130 command begins with that sequence of characters, and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3131 \\[find-file] f_b.c TAB might complete to foo_bar.c if that file existed and no
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3132 other file in that directory begin with that sequence of characters.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3133
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3134 Unless `PC-disable-includes' is non-nil, the \"<...>\" sequence is interpreted
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3135 specially in \\[find-file]. For example,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3136 \\[find-file] <sys/time.h> RET finds the file /usr/include/sys/time.h.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3137 See also the variable `PC-include-file-path'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3138
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3139 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3140
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3141 ;;;### (autoloads (dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "completion.el"
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
3142 ;;;;;; (14635 2463))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3143 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3144
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3145 (autoload (quote dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3146 Enable dynamic word-completion." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3147
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3148 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3149
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3150 ;;;### (autoloads (decompose-composite-char compose-last-chars compose-chars-after
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3151 ;;;;;; find-composition compose-chars decompose-string compose-string
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3152 ;;;;;; decompose-region compose-region) "composite" "composite.el"
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
3153 ;;;;;; (14720 1500))
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3154 ;;; Generated autoloads from composite.el
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3155
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3156 (defconst reference-point-alist (quote ((tl . 0) (tc . 1) (tr . 2) (Bl . 3) (Bc . 4) (Br . 5) (bl . 6) (bc . 7) (br . 8) (cl . 9) (cc . 10) (cr . 11) (top-left . 0) (top-center . 1) (top-right . 2) (base-left . 3) (base-center . 4) (base-right . 5) (bottom-left . 6) (bottom-center . 7) (bottom-right . 8) (center-left . 9) (center-center . 10) (center-right . 11) (ml . 3) (mc . 10) (mr . 5) (mid-left . 3) (mid-center . 10) (mid-right . 5))) "\
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3157 Alist of symbols vs integer codes of glyph reference points.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3158 A glyph reference point symbol is to be used to specify a composition
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3159 rule in COMPONENTS argument to such functions as `compose-region' and
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3160 `make-composition'.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3161
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3162 Meanings of glyph reference point codes are as follows:
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3163
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3164 0----1----2 <---- ascent 0:tl or top-left
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3165 | | 1:tc or top-center
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3166 | | 2:tr or top-right
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3167 | | 3:Bl or base-left 9:cl or center-left
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3168 9 10 11 <---- center 4:Bc or base-center 10:cc or center-center
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3169 | | 5:Br or base-right 11:cr or center-right
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3170 --3----4----5-- <-- baseline 6:bl or bottom-left
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3171 | | 7:bc or bottom-center
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3172 6----7----8 <---- descent 8:br or bottom-right
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3173
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3174 Glyph reference point symbols are to be used to specify composition
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3175 rule of the form (GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT), where
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3176 GLOBAL-REF-POINT is a reference point in the overall glyphs already
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3177 composed, and NEW-REF-POINT is a reference point in the new glyph to
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3178 be added.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3179
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3180 For instance, if GLOBAL-REF-POINT is `br' (bottom-right) and
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3181 NEW-REF-POINT is `tl' (top-left), the overall glyph is updated as
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3182 follows (the point `*' corresponds to both reference points):
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3183
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3184 +-------+--+ <--- new ascent
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3185 | | |
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3186 | global| |
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3187 | glyph | |
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3188 -- | | |-- <--- baseline (doesn't change)
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3189 +----+--*--+
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3190 | | new |
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3191 | |glyph|
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3192 +----+-----+ <--- new descent
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3193 ")
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3194
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3195 (autoload (quote compose-region) "composite" "\
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3196 Compose characters in the current region.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3197
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3198 When called from a program, expects these four arguments.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3199
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3200 First two arguments START and END are positions (integers or markers)
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3201 specifying the region.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3202
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3203 Optional 3rd argument COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is a character or a
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3204 sequence (vector, list, or string) of integers.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3205
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3206 If it is a character, it is an alternate character to display instead
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3207 of the text in the region.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3208
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3209 If it is a string, the elements are alternate characters.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3210
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3211 If it is a vector or list, it is a sequence of alternate characters and
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3212 composition rules, where (2N)th elements are characters and (2N+1)th
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3213 elements are composition rules to specify how to compose (2N+2)th
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3214 elements with previously composed N glyphs.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3215
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3216 A composition rule is a cons of global and new glyph reference point
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3217 symbols. See the documentation of `reference-point-alist' for more
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3218 detail.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3219
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3220 Optional 4th argument MODIFICATION-FUNC is a function to call to
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3221 adjust the composition when it gets invalid because of a change of
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3222 text in the composition." t nil)
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3223
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3224 (autoload (quote decompose-region) "composite" "\
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3225 Decompose text in the current region.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3226
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3227 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3228 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region." t nil)
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3229
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3230 (autoload (quote compose-string) "composite" "\
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3231 Compose characters in string STRING.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3232
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3233 The return value is STRING where `composition' property is put on all
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3234 the characters in it.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3235
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3236 Optional 2nd and 3rd arguments START and END specify the range of
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3237 STRING to be composed. They defaults to the beginning and the end of
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3238 STRING respectively.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3239
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3240 Optional 4th argument COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is a character or a
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3241 sequence (vector, list, or string) of integers. See the function
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3242 `compose-region' for more detail.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3243
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3244 Optional 5th argument MODIFICATION-FUNC is a function to call to
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3245 adjust the composition when it gets invalid because of a change of
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3246 text in the composition." nil nil)
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3247
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3248 (autoload (quote decompose-string) "composite" "\
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3249 Return STRING where `composition' property is removed." nil nil)
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3250
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3251 (autoload (quote compose-chars) "composite" "\
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3252 Return a string from arguments in which all characters are composed.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3253 For relative composition, arguments are characters.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3254 For rule-based composition, Mth (where M is odd) arguments are
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3255 characters, and Nth (where N is even) arguments are composition rules.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3256 A composition rule is a cons of glyph reference points of the form
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3257 \(GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT). See the documentation of
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3258 `reference-point-alist' for more detail." nil nil)
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3259
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3260 (autoload (quote find-composition) "composite" "\
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3261 Return information about a composition at or nearest to buffer position POS.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3262
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3263 If the character at POS has `composition' property, the value is a list
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3264 of FROM, TO, and VALID-P.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3265
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3266 FROM and TO specify the range of text that has the same `composition'
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3267 property, VALID-P is non-nil if and only if this composition is valid.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3268
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3269 If there's no composition at POS, and the optional 2nd argument LIMIT
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3270 is non-nil, search for a composition toward LIMIT.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3271
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3272 If no composition is found, return nil.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3273
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3274 Optional 3rd argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string to look for a
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3275 composition in; nil means the current buffer.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3276
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3277 If a valid composition is found and the optional 4th argument DETAIL-P
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3278 is non-nil, the return value is a list of FROM, TO, COMPONENTS,
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3279 RELATIVE-P, MOD-FUNC, and WIDTH.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3280
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3281 COMPONENTS is a vector of integers, the meaning depends on RELATIVE-P.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3282
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3283 RELATIVE-P is t if the composition method is relative, else nil.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3284
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3285 If RELATIVE-P is t, COMPONENTS is a vector of characters to be
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3286 composed. If RELATIVE-P is nil, COMPONENTS is a vector of characters
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3287 and composition rules as described in `compose-region'.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3288
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3289 MOD-FUNC is a modification function of the composition.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3290
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3291 WIDTH is a number of columns the composition occupies on the screen." nil nil)
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
3292
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
3293 (put (quote composition-function-table) (quote char-table-extra-slots) 0)
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3294
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3295 (defvar composition-function-table (make-char-table (quote composition-function-table)) "\
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3296 Char table of patterns and functions to make a composition.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3297
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3298 Each element is nil or an alist of PATTERNs vs FUNCs, where PATTERNs
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3299 are regular expressions and FUNCs are functions. FUNC is responsible
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3300 for composing text matching the corresponding PATTERN. FUNC is called
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3301 with three arguments FROM, TO, and PATTERN. See the function
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3302 `compose-chars-after' for more detail.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3303
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3304 This table is looked up by the first character of a composition when
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3305 the composition gets invalid after a change in a buffer.")
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3306
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3307 (autoload (quote compose-chars-after) "composite" "\
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3308 Compose characters in current buffer after position POS.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3309
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3310 It looks up the char-table `composition-function-table' (which see) by
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3311 a character after POS. If non-nil value is found, the format of the
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3312 value should be an alist of PATTERNs vs FUNCs, where PATTERNs are
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3313 regular expressions and FUNCs are functions. If the text after POS
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3314 matches one of PATTERNs, call the corresponding FUNC with three
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3315 arguments POS, TO, and PATTERN, where TO is the end position of text
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3316 matching PATTERN, and return what FUNC returns. Otherwise, return
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3317 nil.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3318
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3319 FUNC is responsible for composing the text properly. The return value
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3320 is:
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3321 nil -- if no characters were composed.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3322 CHARS (integer) -- if CHARS characters were composed.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3323
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3324 Optional 2nd arg LIMIT, if non-nil, limits the matching of text.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3325
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3326 This function is the default value of `compose-chars-after-function'." nil nil)
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3327
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3328 (autoload (quote compose-last-chars) "composite" "\
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3329 Compose last characters.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3330 The argument is a parameterized event of the form (compose-last-chars N),
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3331 where N is the number of characters before point to compose.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3332 This function is intended to be used from input methods.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3333 The global keymap binds special event `compose-last-chars' to this
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3334 function. Input method may generate an event (compose-last-chars N)
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3335 after a sequence character events." t nil)
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3336 (global-set-key [compose-last-chars] 'compose-last-chars)
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3337
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3338 (autoload (quote decompose-composite-char) "composite" "\
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3339 Convert CHAR to string.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3340 This is only for backward compatibility with Emacs 20.4 and the earlier.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3341
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3342 If optional 2nd arg TYPE is non-nil, it is `string', `list', or
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3343 `vector'. In this case, CHAR is converted string, list of CHAR, or
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3344 vector of CHAR respectively." nil nil)
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3345
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3346 ;;;***
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3347
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3348 ;;;### (autoloads (shuffle-vector cookie-snarf cookie-insert cookie)
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
3349 ;;;;;; "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (14747 44775))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3350 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3351
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3352 (autoload (quote cookie) "cookie1" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3353 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE. When the phrase file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3354 is read in, display STARTMSG at beginning of load, ENDMSG at end." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3355
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3356 (autoload (quote cookie-insert) "cookie1" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3357 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them. When the phrase file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3358 is read in, display STARTMSG at beginning of load, ENDMSG at end." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3359
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3360 (autoload (quote cookie-snarf) "cookie1" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3361 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3362 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3363 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3364
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3365 (autoload (quote shuffle-vector) "cookie1" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3366 Randomly permute the elements of VECTOR (all permutations equally likely)" nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3367
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3368 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3369
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3370 ;;;### (autoloads (copyright copyright-update) "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el"
27545
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
3371 ;;;;;; (14463 42213))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3372 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3373
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3374 (autoload (quote copyright-update) "copyright" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3375 Update the copyright notice at the beginning of the buffer to indicate
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3376 the current year. If optional prefix ARG is given replace the years in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3377 notice rather than adding the current year after them. If necessary and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3378 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, the copying permissions following the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3379 copyright, if any, are updated as well." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3380
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3381 (autoload (quote copyright) "copyright" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3382 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3383
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3384 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3385
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3386 ;;;### (autoloads (cperl-mode) "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el"
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
3387 ;;;;;; (14456 48530))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3388 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3389
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3390 (autoload (quote cperl-mode) "cperl-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3391 Major mode for editing Perl code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3392 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3393 Tab indents for Perl code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3394 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3395 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3396
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3397 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3398 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3399 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3400 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3401 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3402 since most the time you mean \"less\". Cperl mode tries to guess
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3403 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3404 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3405 contains the parenths from the above list you want to be electrical.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3406 Electricity of parenths is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3407 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3408 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3409
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3410 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3411
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3412 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3413 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3414
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3415 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3416
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3417 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3418 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3419 she is most likely to want to be. eg. when the user types a space
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3420 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if ()
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3421 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3422 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3423 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3424 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3425 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3426
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3427 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3428
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3429 bite if angry;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3430
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3431 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3432 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3433 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3434 to nil.)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3435
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3436 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3437 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3438 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3439
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3440 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3441
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3442 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3443 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3444 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3445 `newline-and-indent' behaviour, it is on \\[newline-and-indent],
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3446 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3447
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3448 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3449
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3450 if (A) { B }
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3451
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3452 into
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3453
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3454 B if A;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3455
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3456 \\{cperl-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3457
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3458 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3459 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3460 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3461 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3462 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3463 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3464 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3465 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3466 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3467 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3468 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3469 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3470 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3471
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3472 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3473 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3474 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3475 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3476 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3477 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3478
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3479 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3480 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3481 man via menu.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3482
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3483 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3484 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3485 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3486 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3487 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3488
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3489 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3490 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3491 span the needed amount of lines.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3492
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3493 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3494 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of pod and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3495 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3496 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3497
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3498 Variables controlling indentation style:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3499 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3500 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3501 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3502 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3503 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3504 `cperl-auto-newline'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3505 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3506 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3507 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3508 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3509 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3510 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3511 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3512 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3513 `cperl-indent-level'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3514 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3515 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3516 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3517 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3518 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3519 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3520 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3521 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3522 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3523 `cperl-brace-offset'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3524 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3525 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3526 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3527 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3528 `cperl-label-offset'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3529 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3530 `cperl-min-label-indent'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3531 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3532
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3533 Settings for K&R and BSD indentation styles are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3534 `cperl-indent-level' 5 8
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3535 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 8
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3536 `cperl-brace-offset' -5 -8
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3537 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -8
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3538
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3539 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3540 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3541 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3542 \(both available from menu).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3543
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3544 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3545 column 0 is indented on
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3546 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3547
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3548 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3549 with no args.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3550
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3551 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3552 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3553 `cperl-non-problems', `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3554
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3555 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3556
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3557 ;;;### (autoloads (cpp-parse-edit cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el"
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
3558 ;;;;;; (14726 36009))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3559 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3560
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3561 (autoload (quote cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3562 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3563 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3564 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3565 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3566
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3567 (autoload (quote cpp-parse-edit) "cpp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3568 Edit display information for cpp conditionals." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3569
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3570 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3571
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3572 ;;;### (autoloads (crisp-mode crisp-mode) "crisp" "emulation/crisp.el"
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
3573 ;;;;;; (14634 20465))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3574 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/crisp.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3575
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3576 (defvar crisp-mode nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3577 Track status of CRiSP emulation mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3578 A value of nil means CRiSP mode is not enabled. A value of t
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3579 indicates CRiSP mode is enabled.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3580
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3581 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3582 use either M-x customize or the function `crisp-mode'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3583
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3584 (custom-add-to-group (quote crisp) (quote crisp-mode) (quote custom-variable))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3585
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3586 (custom-add-load (quote crisp-mode) (quote crisp))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3587
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3588 (autoload (quote crisp-mode) "crisp" "\
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
3589 Toggle CRiSP/Brief emulation minor mode.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3590 With ARG, turn CRiSP mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3591
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
3592 (defalias (quote brief-mode) (quote crisp-mode))
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
3593
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3594 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3595
28710
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
3596 ;;;### (autoloads (completing-read-multiple) "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el"
28764
a94b3ce0fa8c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28724
diff changeset
3597 ;;;;;; (14600 8203))
28710
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
3598 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
3599
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
3600 (autoload (quote completing-read-multiple) "crm" "\
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
3601 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
3602 By using this functionality, a user may specify multiple strings at a
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
3603 single prompt, optionally using completion.
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
3604
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
3605 Multiple strings are specified by separating each of the strings with
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
3606 a prespecified separator character. For example, if the separator
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
3607 character is a comma, the strings 'alice', 'bob', and 'eve' would be
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
3608 specified as 'alice,bob,eve'.
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
3609
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
3610 The default value for the separator character is the value of
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
3611 `crm-default-separator' (comma). The separator character may be
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
3612 changed by modifying the value of `crm-separator'.
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
3613
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
3614 Continguous strings of non-separator-characters are referred to as
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
3615 'elements'. In the aforementioned example, the elements are: 'alice',
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
3616 'bob', and 'eve'.
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
3617
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
3618 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
3619 contents of the minibuffer are 'alice,bob,eve' and point is between
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
3620 'l' and 'i', pressing TAB operates on the element 'alice'.
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
3621
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
3622 The return value of this function is a list of the read strings.
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
3623
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
3624 See the documentation for `completing-read' for details on the arguments:
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
3625 PROMPT, TABLE, PREDICATE, REQUIRE-MATCH, INITIAL-INPUT, HIST, DEF, and
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
3626 INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD." nil nil)
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
3627
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
3628 ;;;***
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
3629
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3630 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-menu-create custom-menu-create custom-save-all
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3631 ;;;;;; customize-save-customized custom-file customize-browse custom-buffer-create-other-window
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3632 ;;;;;; custom-buffer-create customize-apropos-groups customize-apropos-faces
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3633 ;;;;;; customize-apropos-options customize-apropos customize-saved
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3634 ;;;;;; customize-customized customize-face-other-window customize-face
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3635 ;;;;;; customize-option-other-window customize-changed-options customize-option
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3636 ;;;;;; customize-group-other-window customize-group customize customize-save-variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3637 ;;;;;; customize-set-variable customize-set-value) "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el"
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
3638 ;;;;;; (14709 28106))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3639 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3640 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\`\\*Customiz.*\\*\\'")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3641
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3642 (autoload (quote customize-set-value) "cus-edit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3643 Set VARIABLE to VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3644
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3645 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3646 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3647
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3648 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3649 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3650
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3651 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3652
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3653 (autoload (quote customize-set-variable) "cus-edit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3654 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3655
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3656 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3657 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3658
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3659 The `customized-value' property of the VARIABLE will be set to a list
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3660 with a quoted VALUE as its sole list member.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3661
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3662 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3663 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3664
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3665 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3666 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3667
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3668 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3669
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3670 (autoload (quote customize-save-variable) "cus-edit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3671 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3672 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3673 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3674
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3675 The `customized-value' property of the VARIABLE will be set to a list
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3676 with a quoted VALUE as its sole list member.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3677
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3678 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3679 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3680
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3681 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3682 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3683
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3684 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3685
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3686 (autoload (quote customize) "cus-edit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3687 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3688 User options are structured into \"groups\".
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3689 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3690 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3691
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3692 (autoload (quote customize-group) "cus-edit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3693 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3694
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3695 (autoload (quote customize-group-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3696 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3697
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3698 (defalias (quote customize-variable) (quote customize-option))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3699
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3700 (autoload (quote customize-option) "cus-edit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3701 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3702
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3703 (autoload (quote customize-changed-options) "cus-edit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3704 Customize all user option variables changed in Emacs itself.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3705 This includes new user option variables and faces, and new
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3706 customization groups, as well as older options and faces whose default
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3707 values have changed since the previous major Emacs release.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3708
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3709 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all user option
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3710 variables that were added (or their meanings were changed) since that
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3711 version." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3712
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3713 (defalias (quote customize-variable-other-window) (quote customize-option-other-window))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3714
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3715 (autoload (quote customize-option-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3716 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3717 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3718
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3719 (autoload (quote customize-face) "cus-edit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3720 Customize SYMBOL, which should be a face name or nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3721 If SYMBOL is nil, customize all faces." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3722
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3723 (autoload (quote customize-face-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
28162
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
3724 Show customization buffer for face SYMBOL in other window." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3725
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3726 (autoload (quote customize-customized) "cus-edit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3727 Customize all user options set since the last save in this session." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3728
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3729 (autoload (quote customize-saved) "cus-edit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3730 Customize all already saved user options." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3731
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3732 (autoload (quote customize-apropos) "cus-edit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3733 Customize all user options matching REGEXP.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3734 If ALL is `options', include only options.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3735 If ALL is `faces', include only faces.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3736 If ALL is `groups', include only groups.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3737 If ALL is t (interactively, with prefix arg), include options which are not
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3738 user-settable, as well as faces and groups." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3739
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3740 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-options) "cus-edit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3741 Customize all user options matching REGEXP.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3742 With prefix arg, include options which are not user-settable." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3743
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3744 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-faces) "cus-edit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3745 Customize all user faces matching REGEXP." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3746
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3747 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-groups) "cus-edit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3748 Customize all user groups matching REGEXP." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3749
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3750 (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create) "cus-edit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3751 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3752 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3753 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3754 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3755 that option." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3756
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3757 (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3758 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3759 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3760 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3761 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3762 that option." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3763
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3764 (autoload (quote customize-browse) "cus-edit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3765 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3766
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3767 (defvar custom-file nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3768 File used for storing customization information.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3769 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3770 as specified by `user-init-file'. If you specify some other file,
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3771 you need to explicitly load that file for the settings to take effect.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3772
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3773 When you change this variable, look in the previous custom file
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3774 \(usually your init file) for the forms `(custom-set-variables ...)'
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3775 and `(custom-set-faces ...)', and copy them (whichever ones you find)
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3776 to the new custom file. This will preserve your existing customizations.")
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3777
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3778 (autoload (quote customize-save-customized) "cus-edit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3779 Save all user options which have been set in this session." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3780
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3781 (autoload (quote custom-save-all) "cus-edit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3782 Save all customizations in `custom-file'." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3783
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3784 (autoload (quote custom-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3785 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3786 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3787
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3788 (autoload (quote customize-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3789 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3790 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3791 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3792 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3793
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3794 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3795
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3796 ;;;### (autoloads (custom-set-faces custom-declare-face) "cus-face"
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
3797 ;;;;;; "cus-face.el" (14760 55195))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3798 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-face.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3799
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3800 (autoload (quote custom-declare-face) "cus-face" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3801 Like `defface', but FACE is evaluated as a normal argument." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3802
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3803 (autoload (quote custom-set-faces) "cus-face" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3804 Initialize faces according to user preferences.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3805 The arguments should be a list where each entry has the form:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3806
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3807 (FACE SPEC [NOW [COMMENT]])
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3808
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3809 SPEC is stored as the saved value for FACE.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3810 If NOW is present and non-nil, FACE is created now, according to SPEC.
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3811 COMMENT is a string comment about FACE.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3812
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3813 See `defface' for the format of SPEC." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3814
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3815 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3816
28288
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
3817 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "cvs-status.el"
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
3818 ;;;;;; (14747 44732))
28162
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
3819 ;;; Generated autoloads from cvs-status.el
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
3820
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
3821 (autoload (quote cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "\
28288
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
3822 Mode used for cvs status output." t nil)
28162
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
3823
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
3824 ;;;***
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
3825
26963
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
3826 ;;;### (autoloads (global-cwarn-mode turn-on-cwarn-mode cwarn-mode)
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
3827 ;;;;;; "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (14746 24125))
26963
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
3828 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
3829
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
3830 (autoload (quote cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
3831 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions.
26963
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
3832
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
3833 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
3834 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
3835 C++ modes are included.
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
3836
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
3837 With ARG, turn CWarn mode on if and only if arg is positive." t nil)
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
3838
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
3839 (autoload (quote turn-on-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
3840 Turn on CWarn mode.
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
3841
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
3842 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
3843 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-cwarn-mode)" nil nil)
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
3844
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
3845 (autoload (quote global-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
3846 Hightlight suspicious C and C++ constructions in all buffers.
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
3847
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
3848 With ARG, turn CWarn mode on globally if and only if arg is positive." t nil)
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
3849
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
3850 ;;;***
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
3851
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3852 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-cyrillic-translit cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char
28919
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
3853 ;;;;;; cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el"
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
3854 ;;;;;; (14623 45987))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3855 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3856
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3857 (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3858 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3859
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3860 (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char) "cyril-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3861 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3862
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3863 (autoload (quote standard-display-cyrillic-translit) "cyril-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3864 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3865 For readability, the table is slightly
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3866 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3867
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3868 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3869 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3870 Possible values are listed in 'cyrillic-language-alist'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3871 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3872 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3873
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3874 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3875
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3876 ;;;### (autoloads (dabbrev-expand dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el"
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
3877 ;;;;;; (14688 20006))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3878 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3879
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3880 (define-key esc-map "/" (quote dabbrev-expand))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3881
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3882 (define-key esc-map [67108911] (quote dabbrev-completion))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3883
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3884 (autoload (quote dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3885 Completion on current word.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3886 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3887 and presents suggestions for completion.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3888
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3889 With a prefix argument, it searches all buffers accepted by the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3890 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3891 completions.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3892
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3893 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from C-u C-u),
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3894 then it searches *all* buffers.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3895
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3896 With no prefix argument, it reuses an old completion list
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3897 if there is a suitable one already." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3898
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3899 (autoload (quote dabbrev-expand) "dabbrev" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3900 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3901
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3902 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3903 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3904 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3905 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3906 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3907
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3908 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3909 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3910
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3911 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3912 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3913 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3914
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3915 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3916 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3917
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3918 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion]." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3919
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3920 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3921
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3922 ;;;### (autoloads (dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (13706
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
3923 ;;;;;; 38927))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3924 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3925
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3926 (autoload (quote dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3927 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3928
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3929 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3930 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3931 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3932
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3933 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3934 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3935 Data lines are not indented.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3936
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3937 Key bindings:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3938
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3939 \\{dcl-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3940 Commands not usually bound to keys:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3941
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3942 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3943 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3944 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3945 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3946
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3947 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3948
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3949 dcl-basic-offset
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3950 Extra indentation within blocks.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3951
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3952 dcl-continuation-offset
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3953 Extra indentation for continued lines.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3954
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3955 dcl-margin-offset
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3956 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3957
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3958 dcl-margin-label-offset
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3959 Indentation for a label.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3960
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3961 dcl-comment-line-regexp
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3962 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3963
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3964 dcl-block-begin-regexp
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3965 dcl-block-end-regexp
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3966 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3967 a block of commmand lines that will be given extra indentation.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3968 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3969 make it possible to define other places to indent.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3970 Set to nil to disable this feature.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3971
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3972 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3973 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3974 Two such functions are included in the package:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3975 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3976 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3977
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3978 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3979 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3980 One such function is included in the package:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3981 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3982
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3983 dcl-tab-always-indent
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3984 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3985 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3986 margin.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3987
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3988 dcl-electric-characters
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3989 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3990 typed.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3991
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3992 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3993 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3994 which words trigger electric indentation.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3995
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3996 dcl-tempo-comma
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3997 dcl-tempo-left-paren
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3998 dcl-tempo-right-paren
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3999 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4000
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4001 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4002 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4003 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4004 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4005
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4006 dcl-imenu-label-labels
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4007 dcl-imenu-label-goto
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4008 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4009 dcl-imenu-label-call
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4010 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4011
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4012 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4013 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4014 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4015 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4016
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4017
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4018 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4019
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4020 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4021 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4022 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4023 $ i = 1
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4024 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4025 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4026 $ label:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4027 $ if i.eq.1
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4028 $ then
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4029 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4030 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4031 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4032 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4033 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4034 \"lined up with the command line\"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4035 $ type sys$input
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4036 Data lines are not indented at all.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4037 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4038 $ endif
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4039 $
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4040 " t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4041
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4042 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4043
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4044 ;;;### (autoloads (cancel-debug-on-entry debug-on-entry debug) "debug"
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
4045 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (14763 42852))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4046 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4047
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4048 (setq debugger (quote debug))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4049
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4050 (autoload (quote debug) "debug" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4051 Enter debugger. To return, type \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4052 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4053 of the evaluator.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4054
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4055 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4056 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4057 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4058
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4059 (autoload (quote debug-on-entry) "debug" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4060 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4061 If you tell the debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4062 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4063 which must be written in Lisp, not predefined.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4064 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4065 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4066
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4067 (autoload (quote cancel-debug-on-entry) "debug" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4068 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4069 If argument is nil or an empty string, cancel for all functions." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4070
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4071 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4072
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4073 ;;;### (autoloads (decipher-mode decipher) "decipher" "play/decipher.el"
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
4074 ;;;;;; (14747 44776))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4075 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4076
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4077 (autoload (quote decipher) "decipher" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4078 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4079
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4080 (autoload (quote decipher-mode) "decipher" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4081 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4082 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4083 Upper-case letters are commands.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4084
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4085 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4086 modify it.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4087
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4088 The most useful commands are:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4089 \\<decipher-mode-map>
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4090 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4091 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4092 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4093 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4094 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4095
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4096 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4097
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4098 ;;;### (autoloads (delimit-columns-rectangle delimit-columns-region)
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
4099 ;;;;;; "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (14345 52903))
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4100 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4101
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4102 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-region) "delim-col" "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4103 Prettify all columns in a text region.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4104
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4105 START and END delimits the text region." t nil)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4106
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4107 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-rectangle) "delim-col" "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4108 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4109
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4110 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle." t nil)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4111
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4112 ;;;***
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4113
27949
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
4114 ;;;### (autoloads (delphi-mode) "delphi" "progmodes/delphi.el" (14505
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
4115 ;;;;;; 12112))
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4116 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/delphi.el
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4117
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4118 (autoload (quote delphi-mode) "delphi" "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4119 Major mode for editing Delphi code. \\<delphi-mode-map>
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4120 \\[delphi-tab] - Indents the current line for Delphi code.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4121 \\[delphi-find-unit] - Search for a Delphi source file.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4122 \\[delphi-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4123 \\[delphi-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4124
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4125 M-x indent-region also works for indenting a whole region.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4126
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4127 Customization:
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4128
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4129 `delphi-indent-level' (default 3)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4130 Indentation of Delphi statements with respect to containing block.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4131 `delphi-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4132 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4133 `delphi-case-label-indent' (default 0)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4134 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4135 `delphi-tab-always-indents' (default t)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4136 Non-nil means TAB in Delphi mode should always reindent the current line,
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4137 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4138 `delphi-newline-always-indents' (default t)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4139 Non-nil means NEWLINE in Delphi mode should always reindent the current
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4140 line, insert a blank line and move to the default indent column of the
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4141 blank line.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4142 `delphi-search-path' (default .)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4143 Directories to search when finding external units.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4144 `delphi-verbose' (default nil)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4145 If true then delphi token processing progress is reported to the user.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4146
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4147 Coloring:
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4148
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4149 `delphi-comment-face' (default font-lock-comment-face)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4150 Face used to color delphi comments.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4151 `delphi-string-face' (default font-lock-string-face)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4152 Face used to color delphi strings.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4153 `delphi-keyword-face' (default font-lock-keyword-face)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4154 Face used to color delphi keywords.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4155 `delphi-other-face' (default nil)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4156 Face used to color everything else.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4157
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4158 Turning on Delphi mode calls the value of the variable delphi-mode-hook with
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4159 no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4160
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4161 ;;;***
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4162
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4163 ;;;### (autoloads (delete-selection-mode delete-selection-mode) "delsel"
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
4164 ;;;;;; "delsel.el" (14746 24124))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4165 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4166
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4167 (defalias (quote pending-delete-mode) (quote delete-selection-mode))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4168
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4169 (autoload (quote delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4170 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4171 With prefix ARG, turn Delete Selection mode on if and only if ARG is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4172 positive.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4173
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4174 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, Transient Mark mode is also
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4175 enabled and typed text replaces the selection if the selection is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4176 active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at point regardless of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4177 any selection." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4178
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4179 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4180 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4181 See command `delete-selection-mode'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4182 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4183 use either \\[customize] or the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4184
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4185 (custom-add-to-group (quote editing-basics) (quote delete-selection-mode) (quote custom-variable))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4186
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4187 (custom-add-load (quote delete-selection-mode) (quote delsel))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4188
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4189 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4190
28288
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
4191 ;;;### (autoloads (derived-mode-init-mode-variables) "derived" "derived.el"
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
4192 ;;;;;; (14638 25337))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4193 ;;; Generated autoloads from derived.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4194
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4195 (autoload (quote derived-mode-init-mode-variables) "derived" "\
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
4196 Initialise variables for a new MODE.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4197 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4198 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4199 the first time the mode is used." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4200
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4201 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4202
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4203 ;;;### (autoloads (desktop-load-default desktop-read) "desktop" "desktop.el"
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
4204 ;;;;;; (14747 44732))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4205 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4206
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4207 (autoload (quote desktop-read) "desktop" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4208 Read the Desktop file and the files it specifies.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4209 This is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4210
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4211 (autoload (quote desktop-load-default) "desktop" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4212 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4213 Also inhibit further loading of it. Call this from your `.emacs' file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4214 to provide correct modes for autoloaded files." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4215
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4216 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4217
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4218 ;;;### (autoloads (devanagari-decode-itrans-region devanagari-encode-itrans-region
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4219 ;;;;;; in-is13194-devanagari-pre-write-conversion devanagari-decompose-to-is13194-region
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4220 ;;;;;; in-is13194-devanagari-post-read-conversion devanagari-compose-from-is13194-region
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4221 ;;;;;; devanagari-compose-region devanagari-compose-string devanagari-decompose-region
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4222 ;;;;;; devanagari-decompose-string char-to-glyph-devanagari indian-to-devanagari-string
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4223 ;;;;;; devanagari-to-indian-region indian-to-devanagari-region devanagari-to-indian
28919
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
4224 ;;;;;; indian-to-devanagari) "devan-util" "language/devan-util.el"
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
4225 ;;;;;; (14623 45988))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4226 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/devan-util.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4227
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4228 (autoload (quote indian-to-devanagari) "devan-util" "\
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4229 Convert IS 13194 character CHAR to Devanagari basic characters.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4230 If CHAR is not IS 13194, return CHAR as is." nil nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4231
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4232 (autoload (quote devanagari-to-indian) "devan-util" "\
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4233 Convert Devanagari basic character CHAR to IS 13194 characters.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4234 If CHAR is not Devanagari basic character, return CHAR as is." nil nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4235
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4236 (autoload (quote indian-to-devanagari-region) "devan-util" "\
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4237 Convert IS 13194 characters in region to Devanagari basic characters.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4238 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4239 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4240
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4241 (autoload (quote devanagari-to-indian-region) "devan-util" "\
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4242 Convert Devanagari basic characters in region to Indian characters.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4243 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4244 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4245
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4246 (autoload (quote indian-to-devanagari-string) "devan-util" "\
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4247 Convert Indian characters in STRING to Devanagari Basic characters." nil nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4248
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4249 (autoload (quote char-to-glyph-devanagari) "devan-util" "\
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4250 Convert Devanagari characters in STRING to Devanagari glyphs.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4251 Ligatures and special rules are processed." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4252
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4253 (autoload (quote devanagari-decompose-string) "devan-util" "\
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4254 Decompose Devanagari string STR" nil nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4255
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4256 (autoload (quote devanagari-decompose-region) "devan-util" nil t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4257
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4258 (autoload (quote devanagari-compose-string) "devan-util" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4259
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4260 (autoload (quote devanagari-compose-region) "devan-util" nil t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4261
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4262 (autoload (quote devanagari-compose-from-is13194-region) "devan-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4263 Compose IS 13194 characters in the region to Devanagari characters." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4264
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4265 (autoload (quote in-is13194-devanagari-post-read-conversion) "devan-util" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4266
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4267 (autoload (quote devanagari-decompose-to-is13194-region) "devan-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4268 Decompose Devanagari characters in the region to IS 13194 characters." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4269
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4270 (autoload (quote in-is13194-devanagari-pre-write-conversion) "devan-util" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4271
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4272 (autoload (quote devanagari-encode-itrans-region) "devan-util" nil t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4273
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4274 (autoload (quote devanagari-decode-itrans-region) "devan-util" nil t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4275
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4276 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4277
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4278 ;;;### (autoloads (diary-mail-entries diary) "diary-lib" "calendar/diary-lib.el"
28710
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
4279 ;;;;;; (14587 2634))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4280 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4281
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4282 (autoload (quote diary) "diary-lib" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4283 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4284 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4285 by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'. This function is suitable for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4286 execution in a `.emacs' file." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4287
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4288 (autoload (quote diary-mail-entries) "diary-lib" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4289 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4290 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4291
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4292 You can call `diary-mail-entries' every night using an at/cron job.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4293 For example, this script will run the program at 2am daily. Since
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4294 `emacs -batch' does not load your `.emacs' file, you must ensure that
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4295 all relevant variables are set, as done here.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4296
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4297 #!/bin/sh
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4298 # diary-rem.sh -- repeatedly run the Emacs diary-reminder
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4299 emacs -batch \\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4300 -eval \"(setq diary-mail-days 3 \\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4301 european-calendar-style t \\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4302 diary-mail-addr \\\"user@host.name\\\" )\" \\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4303 -l diary-lib -f diary-mail-entries
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4304 at -f diary-rem.sh 0200 tomorrow
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4305
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4306 You may have to tweak the syntax of the `at' command to suit your
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4307 system. Alternatively, you can specify a cron entry:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4308 0 1 * * * diary-rem.sh
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4309 to run it every morning at 1am." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4310
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4311 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4312
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4313 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-backup diff diff-command diff-switches) "diff"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4314 ;;;;;; "diff.el" (14280 10414))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4315 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4316
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4317 (defvar diff-switches "-c" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4318 *A string or list of strings specifying switches to be be passed to diff.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4319
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4320 (defvar diff-command "diff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4321 *The command to use to run diff.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4322
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4323 (autoload (quote diff) "diff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4324 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4325 Interactively the current buffer's file name is the default for NEW
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4326 and a backup file for NEW is the default for OLD.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4327 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4328
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4329 (autoload (quote diff-backup) "diff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4330 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4331 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4332 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4333 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4334
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4335 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4336
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4337 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-minor-mode diff-mode) "diff-mode" "diff-mode.el"
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
4338 ;;;;;; (14764 59676))
26084
804cba424b64 Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 25999
diff changeset
4339 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff-mode.el
804cba424b64 Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 25999
diff changeset
4340
804cba424b64 Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 25999
diff changeset
4341 (autoload (quote diff-mode) "diff-mode" "\
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4342 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
26084
804cba424b64 Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 25999
diff changeset
4343 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent) normal diffs.
804cba424b64 Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 25999
diff changeset
4344 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.
804cba424b64 Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 25999
diff changeset
4345 This mode runs `diff-mode-hook'.
804cba424b64 Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 25999
diff changeset
4346 \\{diff-mode-map}" t nil)
804cba424b64 Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 25999
diff changeset
4347
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4348 (autoload (quote diff-minor-mode) "diff-mode" "\
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4349 Minor mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4350 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}" t nil)
26084
804cba424b64 Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 25999
diff changeset
4351
804cba424b64 Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 25999
diff changeset
4352 ;;;***
804cba424b64 Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 25999
diff changeset
4353
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4354 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-noselect dired-other-frame dired-other-window
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4355 ;;;;;; dired dired-copy-preserve-time dired-dwim-target dired-keep-marker-symlink
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4356 ;;;;;; dired-keep-marker-hardlink dired-keep-marker-copy dired-keep-marker-rename
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4357 ;;;;;; dired-trivial-filenames dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks dired-listing-switches)
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
4358 ;;;;;; "dired" "dired.el" (14724 3525))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4359 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4360
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4361 (defvar dired-listing-switches "-al" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4362 *Switches passed to `ls' for dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4363 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4364 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4365 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4366
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4367 (defvar dired-chown-program (if (memq system-type (quote (hpux dgux usg-unix-v irix linux gnu/linux))) "chown" (if (file-exists-p "/usr/sbin/chown") "/usr/sbin/chown" "/etc/chown")) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4368 Name of chown command (usually `chown' or `/etc/chown').")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4369
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4370 (defvar dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4371 *Informs dired about how `ls -lF' marks symbolic links.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4372 Set this to t if `ls' (or whatever program is specified by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4373 `insert-directory-program') with `-lF' marks the symbolic link
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4374 itself with a trailing @ (usually the case under Ultrix).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4375
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4376 Example: if `ln -s foo bar; ls -F bar' gives `bar -> foo', set it to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4377 nil (the default), if it gives `bar@ -> foo', set it to t.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4378
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4379 Dired checks if there is really a @ appended. Thus, if you have a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4380 marking `ls' program on one host and a non-marking on another host, and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4381 don't care about symbolic links which really end in a @, you can
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4382 always set this variable to t.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4383
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4384 (defvar dired-trivial-filenames "^\\.\\.?$\\|^#" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4385 *Regexp of files to skip when finding first file of a directory.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4386 A value of nil means move to the subdir line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4387 A value of t means move to first file.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4388
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4389 (defvar dired-keep-marker-rename t "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4390 *Controls marking of renamed files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4391 If t, files keep their previous marks when they are renamed.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4392 If a character, renamed files (whether previously marked or not)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4393 are afterward marked with that character.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4394
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4395 (defvar dired-keep-marker-copy 67 "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4396 *Controls marking of copied files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4397 If t, copied files are marked if and as the corresponding original files were.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4398 If a character, copied files are unconditionally marked with that character.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4399
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4400 (defvar dired-keep-marker-hardlink 72 "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4401 *Controls marking of newly made hard links.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4402 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4403 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4404
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4405 (defvar dired-keep-marker-symlink 89 "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4406 *Controls marking of newly made symbolic links.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4407 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4408 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4409
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4410 (defvar dired-dwim-target nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4411 *If non-nil, dired tries to guess a default target directory.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4412 This means: if there is a dired buffer displayed in the next window,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4413 use its current subdir, instead of the current subdir of this dired buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4414
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4415 The target is used in the prompt for file copy, rename etc.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4416
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4417 (defvar dired-copy-preserve-time t "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4418 *If non-nil, Dired preserves the last-modified time in a file copy.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4419 \(This works on only some systems.)")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4420 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4421
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4422 (autoload (quote dired) "dired" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4423 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4424 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4425 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4426 Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4427 shell wildcards appended to select certain files). If DIRNAME is a cons,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4428 its first element is taken as the directory name and the rest as an explicit
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4429 list of files to make directory entries for.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4430 \\<dired-mode-map>You can move around in it with the usual commands.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4431 You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4432 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4433 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering dired for more info.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4434
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4435 If DIRNAME is already in a dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4436 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4437
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4438 (autoload (quote dired-other-window) "dired" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4439 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4440 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4441
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4442 (autoload (quote dired-other-frame) "dired" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4443 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4444
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4445 (autoload (quote dired-noselect) "dired" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4446 Like `dired' but returns the dired buffer as value, does not select it." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4447
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4448 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4449
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
4450 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-show-file-type dired-do-query-replace-regexp
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
4451 ;;;;;; dired-do-search dired-hide-all dired-hide-subdir dired-tree-down
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
4452 ;;;;;; dired-tree-up dired-kill-subdir dired-mark-subdir-files dired-goto-subdir
28939
c5964d5c6afa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28919
diff changeset
4453 ;;;;;; dired-prev-subdir dired-insert-subdir dired-maybe-insert-subdir
c5964d5c6afa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28919
diff changeset
4454 ;;;;;; dired-downcase dired-upcase dired-do-symlink-regexp dired-do-hardlink-regexp
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4455 ;;;;;; dired-do-copy-regexp dired-do-rename-regexp dired-do-rename
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4456 ;;;;;; dired-do-hardlink dired-do-symlink dired-do-copy dired-create-directory
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4457 ;;;;;; dired-rename-file dired-copy-file dired-relist-file dired-remove-file
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4458 ;;;;;; dired-add-file dired-do-redisplay dired-do-load dired-do-byte-compile
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4459 ;;;;;; dired-do-compress dired-compress-file dired-do-kill-lines
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4460 ;;;;;; dired-do-shell-command dired-do-print dired-do-chown dired-do-chgrp
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4461 ;;;;;; dired-do-chmod dired-backup-diff dired-diff) "dired-aux"
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
4462 ;;;;;; "dired-aux.el" (14736 21209))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4463 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-aux.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4464
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4465 (autoload (quote dired-diff) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4466 Compare file at point with file FILE using `diff'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4467 FILE defaults to the file at the mark.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4468 The prompted-for file is the first file given to `diff'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4469 With prefix arg, prompt for second argument SWITCHES,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4470 which is options for `diff'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4471
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4472 (autoload (quote dired-backup-diff) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4473 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4474 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4475 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4476 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4477 With prefix arg, prompt for argument SWITCHES which is options for `diff'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4478
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4479 (autoload (quote dired-do-chmod) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4480 Change the mode of the marked (or next ARG) files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4481 This calls chmod, thus symbolic modes like `g+w' are allowed." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4482
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4483 (autoload (quote dired-do-chgrp) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4484 Change the group of the marked (or next ARG) files." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4485
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4486 (autoload (quote dired-do-chown) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4487 Change the owner of the marked (or next ARG) files." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4488
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4489 (autoload (quote dired-do-print) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4490 Print the marked (or next ARG) files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4491 Uses the shell command coming from variables `lpr-command' and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4492 `lpr-switches' as default." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4493
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4494 (autoload (quote dired-do-shell-command) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4495 Run a shell command COMMAND on the marked files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4496 If no files are marked or a specific numeric prefix arg is given,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4497 the next ARG files are used. Just \\[universal-argument] means the current file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4498 The prompt mentions the file(s) or the marker, as appropriate.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4499
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4500 If there is output, it goes to a separate buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4501
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4502 Normally the command is run on each file individually.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4503 However, if there is a `*' in the command then it is run
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4504 just once with the entire file list substituted there.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4505
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4506 If there is no `*', but a `?' in the command then it is still run
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4507 on each file individually but with the filename substituted there
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4508 instead of att the end of the command.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4509
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4510 No automatic redisplay of dired buffers is attempted, as there's no
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4511 telling what files the command may have changed. Type
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4512 \\[dired-do-redisplay] to redisplay the marked files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4513
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4514 The shell command has the top level directory as working directory, so
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4515 output files usually are created there instead of in a subdir.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4516
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4517 In a noninteractive call (from Lisp code), you must specify
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4518 the list of file names explicitly with the FILE-LIST argument." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4519
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4520 (autoload (quote dired-do-kill-lines) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4521 Kill all marked lines (not the files).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4522 With a prefix argument, kill that many lines starting with the current line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4523 \(A negative argument kills lines before the current line.)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4524 To kill an entire subdirectory, go to its directory header line
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4525 and use this command with a prefix argument (the value does not matter)." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4526
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4527 (autoload (quote dired-compress-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4528
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4529 (autoload (quote dired-do-compress) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4530 Compress or uncompress marked (or next ARG) files." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4531
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4532 (autoload (quote dired-do-byte-compile) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4533 Byte compile marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4534
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4535 (autoload (quote dired-do-load) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4536 Load the marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4537
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4538 (autoload (quote dired-do-redisplay) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4539 Redisplay all marked (or next ARG) files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4540 If on a subdir line, redisplay that subdirectory. In that case,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4541 a prefix arg lets you edit the `ls' switches used for the new listing." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4542
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4543 (autoload (quote dired-add-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4544
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4545 (autoload (quote dired-remove-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4546
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4547 (autoload (quote dired-relist-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4548
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4549 (autoload (quote dired-copy-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4550
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4551 (autoload (quote dired-rename-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4552
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4553 (autoload (quote dired-create-directory) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4554 Create a directory called DIRECTORY." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4555
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4556 (autoload (quote dired-do-copy) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4557 Copy all marked (or next ARG) files, or copy the current file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4558 This normally preserves the last-modified date when copying.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4559 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4560 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4561 and new copies of these files are made in that directory
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4562 with the same names that the files currently have." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4563
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4564 (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4565 Make symbolic links to current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4566 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4567 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4568 and new symbolic links are made in that directory
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4569 with the same names that the files currently have." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4570
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4571 (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4572 Add names (hard links) current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4573 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4574 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4575 and new hard links are made in that directory
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4576 with the same names that the files currently have." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4577
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4578 (autoload (quote dired-do-rename) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4579 Rename current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4580 When renaming just the current file, you specify the new name.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4581 When renaming multiple or marked files, you specify a directory." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4582
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4583 (autoload (quote dired-do-rename-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4584 Rename marked files containing REGEXP to NEWNAME.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4585 As each match is found, the user must type a character saying
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4586 what to do with it. For directions, type \\[help-command] at that time.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4587 NEWNAME may contain \\=\\<n> or \\& as in `query-replace-regexp'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4588 REGEXP defaults to the last regexp used.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4589
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4590 With a zero prefix arg, renaming by regexp affects the absolute file name.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4591 Normally, only the non-directory part of the file name is used and changed." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4592
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4593 (autoload (quote dired-do-copy-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4594 Copy all marked files containing REGEXP to NEWNAME.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4595 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4596
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4597 (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4598 Hardlink all marked files containing REGEXP to NEWNAME.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4599 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4600
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4601 (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4602 Symlink all marked files containing REGEXP to NEWNAME.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4603 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4604
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4605 (autoload (quote dired-upcase) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4606 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to upper case." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4607
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4608 (autoload (quote dired-downcase) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4609 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to lower case." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4610
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4611 (autoload (quote dired-maybe-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4612 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4613 If it is already present, just move to it (type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to refresh),
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4614 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4615 With a prefix arg, you may edit the ls switches used for this listing.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4616 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4617 this subdirectory.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4618 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4619
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4620 (autoload (quote dired-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4621 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4622 If it is already present, overwrites previous entry,
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4623 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4624 With a prefix arg, you may edit the `ls' switches used for this listing.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4625 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4626 this subdirectory.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4627 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output." t nil)
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4628
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4629 (autoload (quote dired-prev-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4630 Go to previous subdirectory, regardless of level.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4631 When called interactively and not on a subdir line, go to this subdir's line." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4632
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4633 (autoload (quote dired-goto-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4634 Go to end of header line of DIR in this dired buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4635 Return value of point on success, otherwise return nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4636 The next char is either \\n, or \\r if DIR is hidden." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4637
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4638 (autoload (quote dired-mark-subdir-files) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4639 Mark all files except `.' and `..' in current subdirectory.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4640 If the Dired buffer shows multiple directories, this command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4641 marks the files listed in the subdirectory that point is in." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4642
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4643 (autoload (quote dired-kill-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4644 Remove all lines of current subdirectory.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4645 Lower levels are unaffected." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4646
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4647 (autoload (quote dired-tree-up) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4648 Go up ARG levels in the dired tree." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4649
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4650 (autoload (quote dired-tree-down) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4651 Go down in the dired tree." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4652
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4653 (autoload (quote dired-hide-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4654 Hide or unhide the current subdirectory and move to next directory.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4655 Optional prefix arg is a repeat factor.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4656 Use \\[dired-hide-all] to (un)hide all directories." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4657
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4658 (autoload (quote dired-hide-all) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4659 Hide all subdirectories, leaving only their header lines.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4660 If there is already something hidden, make everything visible again.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4661 Use \\[dired-hide-subdir] to (un)hide a particular subdirectory." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4662
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4663 (autoload (quote dired-do-search) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4664 Search through all marked files for a match for REGEXP.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4665 Stops when a match is found.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4666 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue]." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4667
28939
c5964d5c6afa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28919
diff changeset
4668 (autoload (quote dired-do-query-replace-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4669 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO, on all marked files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4670 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4671 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit] or ESC), you can resume the query replace
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4672 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue]." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4673
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
4674 (autoload (quote dired-show-file-type) "dired-aux" "\
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
4675 Print the type of FILE, according to the `file' command.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
4676 If FILE is a symbolic link and the optional argument DEREF-SYMLINKS is
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
4677 true then the type of the file linked to by FILE is printed instead." t nil)
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
4678
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4679 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4680
27949
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
4681 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-jump) "dired-x" "dired-x.el" (14523 40402))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4682 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-x.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4683
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4684 (autoload (quote dired-jump) "dired-x" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4685 Jump to dired buffer corresponding to current buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4686 If in a file, dired the current directory and move to file's line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4687 If in dired already, pop up a level and goto old directory's line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4688 In case the proper dired file line cannot be found, refresh the dired
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4689 buffer and try again." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4690
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4691 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4692
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4693 ;;;### (autoloads (dirtrack) "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el" (14032 30315))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4694 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4695
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4696 (autoload (quote dirtrack) "dirtrack" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4697 Determine the current directory by scanning the process output for a prompt.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4698 The prompt to look for is the first item in `dirtrack-list'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4699
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4700 You can toggle directory tracking by using the function `dirtrack-toggle'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4701
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4702 If directory tracking does not seem to be working, you can use the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4703 function `dirtrack-debug-toggle' to turn on debugging output.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4704
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4705 You can enable directory tracking by adding this function to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4706 `comint-output-filter-functions'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4707 " nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4708
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4709 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4710
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4711 ;;;### (autoloads (disassemble) "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (13776
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4712 ;;;;;; 9615))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4713 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4714
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4715 (autoload (quote disassemble) "disass" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4716 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4717 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4718 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4719 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4720 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4721
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4722 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4723
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4724 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-european create-glyph standard-display-underline
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4725 ;;;;;; standard-display-graphic standard-display-g1 standard-display-ascii
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4726 ;;;;;; standard-display-default standard-display-8bit describe-current-display-table
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4727 ;;;;;; describe-display-table set-display-table-slot display-table-slot
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
4728 ;;;;;; make-display-table) "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (14758 10468))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4729 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4730
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4731 (autoload (quote make-display-table) "disp-table" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4732 Return a new, empty display table." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4733
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4734 (autoload (quote display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4735 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4736 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4737 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4738 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4739
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4740 (autoload (quote set-display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4741 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4742 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4743 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4744 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4745
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4746 (autoload (quote describe-display-table) "disp-table" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4747 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4748
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4749 (autoload (quote describe-current-display-table) "disp-table" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4750 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4751
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4752 (autoload (quote standard-display-8bit) "disp-table" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4753 Display characters in the range L to H literally." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4754
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4755 (autoload (quote standard-display-default) "disp-table" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4756 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4757
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4758 (autoload (quote standard-display-ascii) "disp-table" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4759 Display character C using printable string S." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4760
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4761 (autoload (quote standard-display-g1) "disp-table" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4762 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4763 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4764 it is meaningless for an X frame." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4765
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4766 (autoload (quote standard-display-graphic) "disp-table" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4767 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4768 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4769 X frame." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4770
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4771 (autoload (quote standard-display-underline) "disp-table" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4772 Display character C as character UC plus underlining." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4773
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
4774 (autoload (quote create-glyph) "disp-table" "\
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
4775 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal." nil nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4776
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4777 (autoload (quote standard-display-european) "disp-table" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4778 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4779
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4780 This function is semi-obsolete; if you want to do your editing with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4781 unibyte characters, it is better to `set-language-environment' coupled
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4782 with either the `--unibyte' option or the EMACS_UNIBYTE environment
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4783 variable, or else customize `enable-multibyte-characters'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4784
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4785 With prefix argument, this command enables European character display
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4786 if arg is positive, disables it otherwise. Otherwise, it toggles
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4787 European character display.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4788
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4789 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4790 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4791 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4792 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4793
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4794 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4795 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment, and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4796 selects unibyte mode for all Emacs buffers (both existing buffers and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4797 those created subsequently). This provides increased compatibility
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
4798 for users who call this function in `.emacs'." nil nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4799
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4800 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4801
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4802 ;;;### (autoloads (dissociated-press) "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4803 ;;;;;; (13229 28172))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4804 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4805
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4806 (autoload (quote dissociated-press) "dissociate" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4807 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4808 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4809 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4810 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4811 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4812 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4813 Default is 2." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4814
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4815 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4816
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
4817 ;;;### (autoloads (doctor) "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (14747 44776))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4818 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4819
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4820 (autoload (quote doctor) "doctor" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4821 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4822
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4823 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4824
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4825 ;;;### (autoloads (double-mode double-mode) "double" "double.el"
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4826 ;;;;;; (14288 20375))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4827 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4828
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4829 (defvar double-mode nil "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4830 Toggle Double mode.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4831 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4832 use either \\[customize] or the function `double-mode'.")
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4833
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4834 (custom-add-to-group (quote double) (quote double-mode) (quote custom-variable))
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4835
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4836 (custom-add-load (quote double-mode) (quote double))
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4837
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4838 (autoload (quote double-mode) "double" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4839 Toggle Double mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4840 With prefix arg, turn Double mode on iff arg is positive.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4841
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4842 When Double mode is on, some keys will insert different strings
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4843 when pressed twice. See variable `double-map' for details." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4844
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4845 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4846
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
4847 ;;;### (autoloads (dunnet) "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (13607 44546))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4848 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4849
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4850 (autoload (quote dunnet) "dunnet" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4851 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4852
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4853 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4854
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4855 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "gnus/earcon.el"
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
4856 ;;;;;; (14030 48685))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4857 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/earcon.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4858
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4859 (autoload (quote gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4860 Play sounds in message buffers." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4861
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4862 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4863
28288
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
4864 ;;;### (autoloads (define-derived-mode easy-mmode-defsyntax easy-mmode-defmap
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
4865 ;;;;;; easy-mmode-define-global-mode define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode"
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
4866 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (14747 44775))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4867 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4868
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
4869 (defalias (quote easy-mmode-define-minor-mode) (quote define-minor-mode))
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
4870
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
4871 (autoload (quote define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode" "\
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4872 Define a new minor mode MODE.
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
4873 This function defines the associated control variable MODE, keymap MODE-map,
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
4874 toggle command MODE, and hook MODE-hook.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4875
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4876 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
4877 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
4878 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the modeline when the mode is on.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4879 Optional KEYMAP is the default (defvar) keymap bound to the mode keymap.
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
4880 If it is a list, it is passed to `easy-mmode-define-keymap'
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
4881 in order to build a valid keymap.
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
4882 BODY contains code that will be executed each time the mode is (dis)activated.
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
4883 It will be executed after any toggling but before running the hooks.
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
4884 BODY can start with a list of CL-style keys specifying additional arguments.
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
4885 Currently two such keyword arguments are supported:
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
4886 :group followed by the group name to use for any generated `defcustom'.
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
4887 :global if non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
4888 buffer-local. By default, the variable is made buffer-local." nil (quote macro))
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
4889
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
4890 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-define-global-mode) "easy-mmode" "\
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
4891 Make GLOBAL-MODE out of the MODE buffer-local minor mode.
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
4892 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
4893 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
4894 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments:
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
4895 :group to specify the custom group." nil (quote macro))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4896
28162
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
4897 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-defmap) "easy-mmode" nil nil (quote macro))
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
4898
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
4899 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-defsyntax) "easy-mmode" nil nil (quote macro))
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
4900
28288
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
4901 (autoload (quote define-derived-mode) "easy-mmode" "\
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
4902 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
4903
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
4904 The arguments to this command are as follow:
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
4905
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
4906 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
4907 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode').
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
4908 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\")
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
4909 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
4910 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
4911 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
4912 hooks for the new mode.
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
4913
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
4914 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
4915
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
4916 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\")
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
4917
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
4918 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
4919 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
4920 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
4921
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
4922 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
4923 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
4924
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
4925 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\"
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
4926 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\"
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
4927 (setq case-fold-search nil))
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
4928
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
4929 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
4930 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap." nil (quote macro))
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
4931
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4932 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4933
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4934 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-menu-change easy-menu-create-menu easy-menu-do-define
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
4935 ;;;;;; easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (14702
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
4936 ;;;;;; 57276))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4937 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4938
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4939 (autoload (quote easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4940 Define a menu bar submenu in maps MAPS, according to MENU.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4941 The menu keymap is stored in symbol SYMBOL, both as its value
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4942 and as its function definition. DOC is used as the doc string for SYMBOL.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4943
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4944 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar item name.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4945 It may be followed by the following keyword argument pairs
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4946
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4947 :filter FUNCTION
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4948
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4949 FUNCTION is a function with one argument, the menu. It returns the actual
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4950 menu displayed.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4951
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4952 :visible INCLUDE
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4953
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4954 INCLUDE is an expression; this menu is only visible if this
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4955 expression has a non-nil value. `:include' is an alias for `:visible'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4956
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4957 :active ENABLE
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4958
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4959 ENABLE is an expression; the menu is enabled for selection
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4960 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4961
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4962 The rest of the elements in MENU, are menu items.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4963
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4964 A menu item is usually a vector of three elements: [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4965
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4966 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4967
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4968 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4969 or a list to evaluate when the item is chosen.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4970
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4971 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4972 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4973
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
4974 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4975
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4976 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ] ... ]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4977
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4978 Where KEYWORD is one of the symbols defined below.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4979
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4980 :keys KEYS
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4981
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4982 KEYS is a string; a complex keyboard equivalent to this menu item.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4983 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are usually
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4984 computed automatically.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4985 KEYS is expanded with `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4986
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4987 :key-sequence KEYS
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4988
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
4989 KEYS is nil, a string or a vector; nil or a keyboard equivalent to this
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4990 menu item.
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
4991 This is a hint that will considerably speed up Emacs' first display of
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4992 a menu. Use `:key-sequence nil' when you know that this menu item has no
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4993 keyboard equivalent.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4994
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4995 :active ENABLE
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4996
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4997 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4998 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4999
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5000 :included INCLUDE
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5001
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5002 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5003 expression has a non-nil value.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5004
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
5005 :suffix FORM
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
5006
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
5007 FORM is an expression that will be dynamically evaluated and whose
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
5008 value will be concatenated to the menu entry's NAME.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5009
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5010 :style STYLE
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
5011
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5012 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item. The following are
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
5013 defined:
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5014
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5015 toggle: A checkbox.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5016 Prepend the name with `(*) ' or `( ) ' depending on if selected or not.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5017 radio: A radio button.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5018 Prepend the name with `[X] ' or `[ ] ' depending on if selected or not.
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
5019 button: Surround the name with `[' and `]'. Use this for an item in the
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5020 menu bar itself.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5021 anything else means an ordinary menu item.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5022
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5023 :selected SELECTED
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5024
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5025 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is selected
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5026 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5027
28523
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
5028 :help HELP
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
5029
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
5030 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
5031
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5032 A menu item can be a string. Then that string appears in the menu as
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5033 unselectable text. A string consisting solely of hyphens is displayed
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5034 as a solid horizontal line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5035
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5036 A menu item can be a list with the same format as MENU. This is a submenu." nil (quote macro))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5037
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5038 (autoload (quote easy-menu-do-define) "easymenu" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5039
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5040 (autoload (quote easy-menu-create-menu) "easymenu" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5041 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5042 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5043 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5044
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5045 (autoload (quote easy-menu-change) "easymenu" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5046 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
5047 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
5048 should contain a submenu named NAME.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
5049 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
5050 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
5051
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
5052 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
5053 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
5054 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5055
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5056 Either call this from `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5057 to implement dynamic menus." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5058
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5059 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5060
27545
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5061 ;;;### (autoloads (ebnf-pop-style ebnf-push-style ebnf-reset-style
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5062 ;;;;;; ebnf-apply-style ebnf-merge-style ebnf-insert-style ebnf-setup
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5063 ;;;;;; ebnf-syntax-region ebnf-syntax-buffer ebnf-eps-region ebnf-eps-buffer
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5064 ;;;;;; ebnf-spool-region ebnf-spool-buffer ebnf-print-region ebnf-print-buffer
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
5065 ;;;;;; ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps" "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (14763 38337))
27545
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5066 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5067
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5068 (autoload (quote ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps" "\
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5069 Customization for ebnf group." t nil)
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5070
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5071 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5072 Generate and print a PostScript syntatic chart image of the buffer.
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5073
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5074 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5075 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5076 it to the printer.
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5077
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5078 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5079 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5080 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5081 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in." t nil)
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5082
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5083 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5084 Generate and print a PostScript syntatic chart image of the region.
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5085 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region." t nil)
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5086
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5087 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5088 Generate and spool a PostScript syntatic chart image of the buffer.
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5089 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5090 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5091
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5092 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5093
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5094 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5095 Generate a PostScript syntatic chart image of the region and spool locally.
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5096 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5097
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5098 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5099
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5100 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5101 Generate a PostScript syntatic chart image of the buffer in a EPS file.
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5102
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5103 Indeed, for each production is generated a EPS file.
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5104 The EPS file name has the following form:
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5105
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5106 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5107
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5108 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5109 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5110
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5111 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5112 The production name is mapped to form a valid file name.
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5113 For example, the production name \"A/B + C\" is mapped to
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5114 \"A_B_+_C\" and the EPS file name used is \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5115
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5116 WARNING: It's *NOT* asked any confirmation to override an existing file." t nil)
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5117
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5118 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5119 Generate a PostScript syntatic chart image of the region in a EPS file.
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5120
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5121 Indeed, for each production is generated a EPS file.
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5122 The EPS file name has the following form:
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5123
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5124 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5125
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5126 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5127 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5128
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5129 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5130 The production name is mapped to form a valid file name.
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5131 For example, the production name \"A/B + C\" is mapped to
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5132 \"A_B_+_C\" and the EPS file name used is \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5133
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5134 WARNING: It's *NOT* asked any confirmation to override an existing file." t nil)
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5135
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5136 (defalias (quote ebnf-despool) (quote ps-despool))
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5137
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5138 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5139 Does a syntatic analysis of the current buffer." t nil)
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5140
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5141 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5142 Does a syntatic analysis of a region." t nil)
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5143
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5144 (autoload (quote ebnf-setup) "ebnf2ps" "\
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5145 Return the current ebnf2ps setup." nil nil)
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5146
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5147 (autoload (quote ebnf-insert-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5148 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES." t nil)
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5149
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5150 (autoload (quote ebnf-merge-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5151 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES." t nil)
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5152
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5153 (autoload (quote ebnf-apply-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5154 Set STYLE to current style.
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5155
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5156 It returns the old style symbol." t nil)
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5157
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5158 (autoload (quote ebnf-reset-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5159 Reset current style.
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5160
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5161 It returns the old style symbol." t nil)
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5162
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5163 (autoload (quote ebnf-push-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5164 Push the current style and set STYLE to current style.
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5165
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5166 It returns the old style symbol." t nil)
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5167
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5168 (autoload (quote ebnf-pop-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5169 Pop a style and set it to current style.
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5170
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5171 It returns the old style symbol." t nil)
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5172
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5173 ;;;***
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5174
28523
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
5175 ;;;### (autoloads (ebrowse-save-tree-as ebrowse-tags-query-replace
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
5176 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-loop-continue ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol ebrowse-electric-choose-tree
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
5177 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (14727
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
5178 ;;;;;; 65050))
28523
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
5179 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
5180
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
5181 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "\
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
5182 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
5183 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
5184 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
5185 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
5186 E.g.\\[save-buffer] writes the tree to the file it was loaded from.
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
5187
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
5188 Tree mode key bindings:
28542
9e9fa222ebcf *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28530
diff changeset
5189 \\{ebrowse-tree-mode-map}" t nil)
28523
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
5190
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
5191 (autoload (quote ebrowse-electric-choose-tree) "ebrowse" "\
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
5192 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled." t nil)
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
5193
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
5194 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol) "ebrowse" "\
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
5195 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
5196 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
5197 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
5198 completion." t nil)
28523
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
5199
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
5200 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-loop-continue) "ebrowse" "\
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
5201 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
5202 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
5203 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over." t nil)
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
5204
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
5205 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-query-replace) "ebrowse" "\
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
5206 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
5207 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only." t nil)
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
5208
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
5209 (autoload (quote ebrowse-save-tree-as) "ebrowse" "\
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
5210 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
5211 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
5212 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in." t nil)
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
5213
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
5214 ;;;***
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
5215
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5216 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
5217 ;;;;;; (13778 5499))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5218 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5219
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5220 (autoload (quote electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5221 Pops up a buffer describing the set of Emacs buffers.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5222 Vaguely like ITS lunar select buffer; combining typeoutoid buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5223 listing with menuoid buffer selection.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5224
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5225 If the very next character typed is a space then the buffer list
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5226 window disappears. Otherwise, one may move around in the buffer list
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5227 window, marking buffers to be selected, saved or deleted.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5228
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5229 To exit and select a new buffer, type a space when the cursor is on
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5230 the appropriate line of the buffer-list window. Other commands are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5231 much like those of buffer-menu-mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5232
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5233 Calls value of `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry if non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5234
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5235 \\{electric-buffer-menu-mode-map}" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5236
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5237 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5238
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5239 ;;;### (autoloads (Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory"
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
5240 ;;;;;; "echistory.el" (14447 15307))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5241 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5242
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5243 (autoload (quote Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5244 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5245 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5246
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5247 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5248
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5249 ;;;### (autoloads (edebug-eval-top-level-form def-edebug-spec edebug-all-forms
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
5250 ;;;;;; edebug-all-defs) "edebug" "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (14745 13891))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5251 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5252
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5253 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5254 *If non-nil, evaluation of any defining forms will instrument for Edebug.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5255 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5256 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5257 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5258
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5259 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5260 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5261 \(make-local-variable 'edebug-all-defs) in your
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5262 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5263
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5264 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5265 *Non-nil evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5266 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5267 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5268
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5269 (autoload (quote def-edebug-spec) "edebug" "\
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
5270 Set the `edebug-form-spec' property of SYMBOL according to SPEC.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5271 Both SYMBOL and SPEC are unevaluated. The SPEC can be 0, t, a symbol
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5272 \(naming a function), or a list." nil (quote macro))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5273
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5274 (defalias (quote edebug-defun) (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5275
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5276 (autoload (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form) "edebug" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5277 Evaluate a top level form, such as a defun or defmacro.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5278 This is like `eval-defun', but the code is always instrumented for Edebug.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5279 Print its name in the minibuffer and leave point where it is,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5280 or if an error occurs, leave point after it with mark at the original point." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5281
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5282 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5283
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5284 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-documentation ediff-version ediff-revision
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5285 ;;;;;; ediff-patch-buffer ediff-patch-file run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5286 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor ediff-merge-revisions
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5287 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor ediff-merge-buffers ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5288 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-files ediff-regions-linewise ediff-regions-wordwise
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5289 ;;;;;; ediff-windows-linewise ediff-windows-wordwise ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5290 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directory-revisions ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5291 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directories ediff-directories3 ediff-directory-revisions
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5292 ;;;;;; ediff-directories ediff-buffers3 ediff-buffers ediff-files3
27949
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
5293 ;;;;;; ediff-files) "ediff" "ediff.el" (14522 27408))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5294 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5295
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5296 (autoload (quote ediff-files) "ediff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5297 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5298
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5299 (autoload (quote ediff-files3) "ediff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5300 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5301
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5302 (defalias (quote ediff3) (quote ediff-files3))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5303
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5304 (defalias (quote ediff) (quote ediff-files))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5305
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5306 (autoload (quote ediff-buffers) "ediff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5307 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5308
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5309 (defalias (quote ebuffers) (quote ediff-buffers))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5310
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5311 (autoload (quote ediff-buffers3) "ediff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5312 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5313
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5314 (defalias (quote ebuffers3) (quote ediff-buffers3))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5315
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5316 (autoload (quote ediff-directories) "ediff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5317 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
5318 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
5319 that can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5320
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5321 (defalias (quote edirs) (quote ediff-directories))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5322
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5323 (autoload (quote ediff-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5324 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5325 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
5326 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5327
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5328 (defalias (quote edir-revisions) (quote ediff-directory-revisions))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5329
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5330 (autoload (quote ediff-directories3) "ediff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5331 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
5332 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is a regular
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5333 expression that can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5334
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5335 (defalias (quote edirs3) (quote ediff-directories3))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5336
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5337 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories) "ediff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5338 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
5339 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
5340 that can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5341
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5342 (defalias (quote edirs-merge) (quote ediff-merge-directories))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5343
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5344 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5345 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
5346 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5347 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
5348 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5349 can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5350
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5351 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5352 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5353 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
5354 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5355
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5356 (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5357
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5358 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5359 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5360 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
5361 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5362
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5363 (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5364
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5365 (defalias (quote edirs-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5366
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5367 (autoload (quote ediff-windows-wordwise) "ediff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5368 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5369 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5370 follows:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5371 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5372 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5373
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5374 (autoload (quote ediff-windows-linewise) "ediff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5375 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5376 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5377 follows:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5378 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5379 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5380
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5381 (autoload (quote ediff-regions-wordwise) "ediff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5382 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in two different buffers.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5383 Regions (i.e., point and mark) are assumed to be set in advance.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5384 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
5385 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5386
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5387 (autoload (quote ediff-regions-linewise) "ediff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5388 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in two different buffers.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5389 Regions (i.e., point and mark) are assumed to be set in advance.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5390 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5391 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
5392 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5393
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5394 (defalias (quote ediff-merge) (quote ediff-merge-files))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5395
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5396 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files) "ediff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5397 Merge two files without ancestor." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5398
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5399 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5400 Merge two files with ancestor." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5401
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5402 (defalias (quote ediff-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5403
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5404 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers) "ediff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5405 Merge buffers without ancestor." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5406
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5407 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5408 Merge buffers with ancestor." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5409
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5410 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions) "ediff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5411 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5412 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5413 buffer." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5414
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5415 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5416 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5417 The file is the the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5418 buffer." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5419
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5420 (autoload (quote run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer) "ediff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5421 Run Ediff-merge on appropriate revisions of the selected file.
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
5422 First run after `M-x cvs-update'. Then place the cursor on a line describing a
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5423 file and then run `run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5424
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5425 (autoload (quote ediff-patch-file) "ediff" "\
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
5426 Run Ediff by patching SOURCE-FILENAME.
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
5427 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
5428 and don't ask the user.
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
5429 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
5430 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5431
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5432 (autoload (quote ediff-patch-buffer) "ediff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5433 Run Ediff by patching BUFFER-NAME." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5434
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5435 (defalias (quote epatch) (quote ediff-patch-file))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5436
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5437 (defalias (quote epatch-buffer) (quote ediff-patch-buffer))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5438
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5439 (autoload (quote ediff-revision) "ediff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5440 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5441 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
5442 buffer. Use `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5443
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5444 (defalias (quote erevision) (quote ediff-revision))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5445
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5446 (autoload (quote ediff-version) "ediff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5447 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5448 When called interactively, displays the version." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5449
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5450 (autoload (quote ediff-documentation) "ediff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5451 Display Ediff's manual.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5452 With optional NODE, goes to that node." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5453
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5454 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5455
27949
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
5456 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "ediff-help.el"
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
5457 ;;;;;; (14522 27392))
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
5458 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-help.el
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
5459
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
5460 (autoload (quote ediff-customize) "ediff-help" nil t nil)
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
5461
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
5462 ;;;***
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
5463
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
5464 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-hook" "ediff-hook.el" (14367 2123))
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
5465 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-hook.el
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
5466
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
5467 (defvar ediff-window-setup-function)
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
5468
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
5469 (progn (defun ediff-xemacs-init-menus nil (if (featurep (quote menubar)) (progn (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-merge-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) epatch-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-misc-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-menu-button (quote ("Tools")) ["-------" nil nil] "OO-Browser...")))))
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
5470
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
5471 (cond ((string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version) (defvar ediff-menu (quote ("Compare" ["Two Files..." ediff-files t] ["Two Buffers..." ediff-buffers t] ["Three Files..." ediff-files3 t] ["Three Buffers..." ediff-buffers3 t] "---" ["Two Directories..." ediff-directories t] ["Three Directories..." ediff-directories3 t] "---" ["File with Revision..." ediff-revision t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-directory-revisions t] "---" ["Windows Word-by-word..." ediff-windows-wordwise t] ["Windows Line-by-line..." ediff-windows-linewise t] "---" ["Regions Word-by-word..." ediff-regions-wordwise t] ["Regions Line-by-line..." ediff-regions-linewise t]))) (defvar ediff-merge-menu (quote ("Merge" ["Files..." ediff-merge-files t] ["Files with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor t] ["Buffers..." ediff-merge-buffers t] ["Buffers with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Directories..." ediff-merge-directories t] ["Directories with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Revisions..." ediff-merge-revisions t] ["Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions t] ["Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor t]))) (defvar epatch-menu (quote ("Apply Patch" ["To a file..." ediff-patch-file t] ["To a buffer..." ediff-patch-buffer t]))) (defvar ediff-misc-menu (quote ("Ediff Miscellanea" ["Ediff Manual..." ediff-documentation t] ["Customize Ediff..." ediff-customize t] ["List Ediff Sessions..." ediff-show-registry t] ["Use separate frame for Ediff control buffer..." ediff-toggle-multiframe :style toggle :selected (if (and (featurep (quote ediff-util)) (boundp (quote ediff-window-setup-function))) (eq ediff-window-setup-function (quote ediff-setup-windows-multiframe)))] ["Use a toolbar with Ediff control buffer" ediff-toggle-use-toolbar :style toggle :selected (if (featurep (quote ediff-tbar)) (ediff-use-toolbar-p))]))) (if (and (featurep (quote menubar)) (not (featurep (quote infodock))) (not (featurep (quote ediff-hook)))) (ediff-xemacs-init-menus))) ((featurep (quote menu-bar)) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Ediff Miscellanea")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-epatch-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Apply Patch")) (fset (quote menu-bar-epatch-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-epatch-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Merge")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Compare")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-menu))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [window] (quote ("This Window and Next Window" . compare-windows))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-linewise] (quote ("Windows Line-by-line..." . ediff-windows-linewise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-wordwise] (quote ("Windows Word-by-word..." . ediff-windows-wordwise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-windows] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-linewise] (quote ("Regions Line-by-line..." . ediff-regions-linewise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-wordwise] (quote ("Regions Word-by-word..." . ediff-regions-wordwise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-regions] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-dir-revision] (quote ("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-directory-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-revision] (quote ("File with Revision..." . ediff-revision))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-directories] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories3] (quote ("Three Directories..." . ediff-directories3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories] (quote ("Two Directories..." . ediff-directories))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-files] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers3] (quote ("Three Buffers..." . ediff-buffers3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files3] (quote ("Three Files..." . ediff-files3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers] (quote ("Two Buffers..." . ediff-buffers))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files] (quote ("Two Files..." . ediff-files))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions] (quote ("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions] (quote ("Revisions..." . ediff-merge-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor] (quote ("Directories with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories] (quote ("Directories..." . ediff-merge-directories))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge-dirs] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor] (quote ("Buffers with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers] (quote ("Buffers..." . ediff-merge-buffers))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor] (quote ("Files with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files] (quote ("Files..." . ediff-merge-files))) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-buffer] (quote ("To a Buffer..." . ediff-patch-buffer))) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-file] (quote ("To a File..." . ediff-patch-file))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [emultiframe] (quote ("Toggle use of separate control buffer frame..." . ediff-toggle-multiframe))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [eregistry] (quote ("List Ediff Sessions..." . ediff-show-registry))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-cust] (quote ("Customize Ediff..." . ediff-customize))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-doc] (quote ("Ediff Manual..." . ediff-documentation)))))
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
5472
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
5473 ;;;***
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
5474
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5475 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "ediff-mult.el"
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
5476 ;;;;;; (14636 62704))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5477 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-mult.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5478
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5479 (autoload (quote ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5480 Display Ediff's registry." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5481
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5482 (defalias (quote eregistry) (quote ediff-show-registry))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5483
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5484 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5485
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5486 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-toggle-use-toolbar ediff-toggle-multiframe)
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
5487 ;;;;;; "ediff-util" "ediff-util.el" (14367 2134))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5488 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-util.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5489
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5490 (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-multiframe) "ediff-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5491 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5492 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5493 which see." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5494
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5495 (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-use-toolbar) "ediff-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5496 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5497 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5498 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5499
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5500 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5501
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5502 ;;;### (autoloads (format-kbd-macro read-kbd-macro edit-named-kbd-macro
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5503 ;;;;;; edit-last-kbd-macro edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "edmacro.el"
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
5504 ;;;;;; (14634 20435))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5505 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5506 (define-key ctl-x-map "\C-k" 'edit-kbd-macro)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5507
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5508 (defvar edmacro-eight-bits nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5509 *Non-nil if edit-kbd-macro should leave 8-bit characters intact.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5510 Default nil means to write characters above \\177 in octal notation.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5511
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5512 (autoload (quote edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5513 Edit a keyboard macro.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5514 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5515 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5516 the last 100 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5517 its command name.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5518 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5519
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5520 (autoload (quote edit-last-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5521 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5522
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5523 (autoload (quote edit-named-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5524 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5525
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5526 (autoload (quote read-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5527 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5528 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5529 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5530 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5531 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5532
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5533 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5534 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5535 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5536 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5537
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5538 (autoload (quote format-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5539 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5540 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5541 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5542 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5543 or nil, use a compact 80-column format." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5544
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5545 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5546
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5547 ;;;### (autoloads (edt-emulation-on) "edt" "emulation/edt.el" (13271
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
5548 ;;;;;; 33724))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5549 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5550
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5551 (autoload (quote edt-emulation-on) "edt" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5552 Turn on EDT Emulation." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5553
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5554 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5555
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5556 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-helpify with-electric-help) "ehelp" "ehelp.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
5557 ;;;;;; (13116 19762))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5558 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5559
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5560 (autoload (quote with-electric-help) "ehelp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5561 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5562 The arguments are THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5563 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5564 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5565 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5566 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5567 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5568
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5569 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5570 shrink the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5571
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5572 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a window
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5573 in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll through that buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5574 in electric-help-mode. The window's height will be at least MINHEIGHT if
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5575 this value is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5576
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5577 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5578 shrink the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5579 things.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5580
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5581 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise) the help
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5582 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion')
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5583 BUFFER is put into `default-major-mode' (or `fundamental-mode') when we exit." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5584
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5585 (autoload (quote electric-helpify) "ehelp" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5586
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5587 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5588
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
5589 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-eldoc-mode eldoc-mode eldoc-minor-mode-string
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
5590 ;;;;;; eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "emacs-lisp/eldoc.el" (14716 1570))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5591 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eldoc.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5592
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5593 (defvar eldoc-mode nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5594 *If non-nil, show the defined parameters for the elisp function near point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5595
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5596 For the emacs lisp function at the beginning of the sexp which point is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5597 within, show the defined parameters for the function in the echo area.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5598 This information is extracted directly from the function or macro if it is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5599 in pure lisp. If the emacs function is a subr, the parameters are obtained
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5600 from the documentation string if possible.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5601
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5602 If point is over a documented variable, print that variable's docstring
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5603 instead.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5604
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5605 This variable is buffer-local.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5606
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
5607 (defvar eldoc-minor-mode-string " ElDoc" "\
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
5608 *String to display in mode line when Eldoc Mode is enabled.")
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
5609
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
5610 (cond ((fboundp (quote add-minor-mode)) (add-minor-mode (quote eldoc-mode) (quote eldoc-minor-mode-string))) ((assq (quote eldoc-mode) (default-value (quote minor-mode-alist)))) (t (setq-default minor-mode-alist (append (default-value (quote minor-mode-alist)) (quote ((eldoc-mode eldoc-minor-mode-string)))))))
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
5611
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5612 (autoload (quote eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5613 *Enable or disable eldoc mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5614 See documentation for the variable of the same name for more details.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5615
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5616 If called interactively with no prefix argument, toggle current condition
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5617 of the mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5618 If called with a positive or negative prefix argument, enable or disable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5619 the mode, respectively." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5620
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5621 (autoload (quote turn-on-eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5622 Unequivocally turn on eldoc-mode (see variable documentation)." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5623
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5624 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5625
27949
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
5626 ;;;### (autoloads (elide-head) "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (14495
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
5627 ;;;;;; 17971))
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
5628 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
5629
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
5630 (autoload (quote elide-head) "elide-head" "\
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
5631 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
5632
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
5633 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
5634 an elided material again.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
5635
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
5636 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hooks' or appropriate mode hooks." t nil)
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
5637
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
5638 ;;;***
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
5639
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5640 ;;;### (autoloads (elint-initialize) "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
5641 ;;;;;; (13363 2909))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5642 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5643
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5644 (autoload (quote elint-initialize) "elint" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5645 Initialize elint." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5646
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5647 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5648
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
5649 ;;;### (autoloads (elp-results elp-instrument-package elp-instrument-list
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
5650 ;;;;;; elp-restore-function elp-instrument-function) "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el"
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
5651 ;;;;;; (14638 40759))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5652 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5653
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5654 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-function) "elp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5655 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5656 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5657
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5658 (autoload (quote elp-restore-function) "elp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5659 Restore an instrumented function to its original definition.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5660 Argument FUNSYM is the symbol of a defined function." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5661
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5662 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-list) "elp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5663 Instrument for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5664 Use optional LIST if provided instead." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5665
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5666 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-package) "elp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5667 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5668 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5669
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5670 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5671
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5672 (autoload (quote elp-results) "elp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5673 Display current profiling results.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5674 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5675 information for all instrumented functions are reset after results are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5676 displayed." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5677
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5678 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5679
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5680 ;;;### (autoloads (report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
5681 ;;;;;; (13649 21996))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5682 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5683
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5684 (autoload (quote report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5685 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5686 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5687
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5688 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5689
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5690 ;;;### (autoloads (emerge-merge-directories emerge-revisions-with-ancestor
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5691 ;;;;;; emerge-revisions emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote emerge-files-remote
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5692 ;;;;;; emerge-files-with-ancestor-command emerge-files-command emerge-buffers-with-ancestor
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5693 ;;;;;; emerge-buffers emerge-files-with-ancestor emerge-files) "emerge"
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
5694 ;;;;;; "emerge.el" (14675 2831))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5695 ;;; Generated autoloads from emerge.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5696
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5697 (defvar menu-bar-emerge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Emerge"))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5698
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5699 (fset (quote menu-bar-emerge-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-emerge-menu)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5700
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5701 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-merge-directories] (quote ("Merge Directories..." . emerge-merge-directories)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5702
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5703 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Revisions with Ancestor..." . emerge-revisions-with-ancestor)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5704
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5705 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions] (quote ("Revisions..." . emerge-revisions)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5706
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5707 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files-with-ancestor] (quote ("Files with Ancestor..." . emerge-files-with-ancestor)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5708
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5709 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files] (quote ("Files..." . emerge-files)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5710
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5711 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers-with-ancestor] (quote ("Buffers with Ancestor..." . emerge-buffers-with-ancestor)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5712
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5713 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers] (quote ("Buffers..." . emerge-buffers)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5714
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5715 (autoload (quote emerge-files) "emerge" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5716 Run Emerge on two files." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5717
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5718 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5719 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5720
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5721 (autoload (quote emerge-buffers) "emerge" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5722 Run Emerge on two buffers." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5723
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5724 (autoload (quote emerge-buffers-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5725 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5726
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5727 (autoload (quote emerge-files-command) "emerge" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5728
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5729 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-command) "emerge" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5730
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5731 (autoload (quote emerge-files-remote) "emerge" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5732
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5733 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote) "emerge" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5734
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5735 (autoload (quote emerge-revisions) "emerge" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5736 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5737
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5738 (autoload (quote emerge-revisions-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5739 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5740
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5741 (autoload (quote emerge-merge-directories) "emerge" nil t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5742
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5743 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5744
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5745 ;;;### (autoloads (encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" "international/encoded-kb.el"
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
5746 ;;;;;; (14642 24031))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5747 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/encoded-kb.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5748
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5749 (autoload (quote encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5750 Toggle Encoded-kbd minor mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5751 With arg, turn Encoded-kbd mode on if and only if arg is positive.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5752
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5753 You should not turn this mode on manually, instead use the command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5754 \\[set-keyboard-coding-system] which turns on or off this mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5755 automatically.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5756
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5757 In Encoded-kbd mode, a text sent from keyboard is accepted
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5758 as a multilingual text encoded in a coding system set by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5759 \\[set-keyboard-coding-system]." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5760
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5761 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5762
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5763 ;;;### (autoloads (enriched-decode enriched-encode enriched-mode)
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
5764 ;;;;;; "enriched" "enriched.el" (14748 5209))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5765 ;;; Generated autoloads from enriched.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5766
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5767 (autoload (quote enriched-mode) "enriched" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5768 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5769 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5770 text/enriched format.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5771 Turning the mode on runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5772
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5773 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5774 etc/enriched.doc in the Emacs distribution directory.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5775
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5776 Commands:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5777
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5778 \\<enriched-mode-map>\\{enriched-mode-map}" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5779
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5780 (autoload (quote enriched-encode) "enriched" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5781
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5782 (autoload (quote enriched-decode) "enriched" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5783
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5784 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5785
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
5786 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (14768
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
5787 ;;;;;; 46217))
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
5788 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
5789
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
5790 (autoload (quote eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "\
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
5791 Emacs shell interactive mode.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
5792
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
5793 \\{eshell-mode-map}" nil nil)
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
5794
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
5795 ;;;***
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
5796
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
5797 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-test) "esh-test" "eshell/esh-test.el" (14679
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
5798 ;;;;;; 21629))
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
5799 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-test.el
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
5800
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
5801 (autoload (quote eshell-test) "esh-test" "\
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
5802 Test Eshell to verify that it works as expected." t nil)
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
5803
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
5804 ;;;***
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
5805
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
5806 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-report-bug eshell-command-result eshell-command
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
5807 ;;;;;; eshell) "eshell" "eshell/eshell.el" (14709 28151))
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
5808 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
5809
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
5810 (autoload (quote eshell) "eshell" "\
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
5811 Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
5812 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
5813 `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
5814 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
5815 will begin. A new session is always created if the the prefix
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
5816 argument ARG is specified. Returns the buffer selected (or created)." t nil)
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
5817
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
5818 (autoload (quote eshell-command) "eshell" "\
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
5819 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
5820 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point." t nil)
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
5821
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
5822 (autoload (quote eshell-command-result) "eshell" "\
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
5823 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
5824 The result might be any Lisp object.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
5825 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
5826 command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
5827 corresponding to a successful execution." nil nil)
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
5828
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
5829 (autoload (quote eshell-report-bug) "eshell" "\
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
5830 Report a bug in Eshell.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
5831 Prompts for the TOPIC. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
5832 Please include any configuration details that might be involved." t nil)
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
5833
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
5834 ;;;***
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
5835
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5836 ;;;### (autoloads (complete-tag select-tags-table tags-apropos list-tags
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5837 ;;;;;; tags-query-replace tags-search tags-loop-continue next-file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5838 ;;;;;; pop-tag-mark find-tag-regexp find-tag-other-frame find-tag-other-window
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5839 ;;;;;; find-tag find-tag-noselect tags-table-files visit-tags-table
28288
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
5840 ;;;;;; find-tag-default-function find-tag-hook tags-add-tables tags-table-list
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
5841 ;;;;;; tags-case-fold-search) "etags" "progmodes/etags.el" (14669
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
5842 ;;;;;; 64271))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5843 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5844
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5845 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5846 *File name of tags table.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5847 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5848 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5849 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5850 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive "fVisit tags table: ")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5851
28288
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
5852 (defvar tags-case-fold-search (quote default) "\
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
5853 *Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
5854 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
5855 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
5856
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5857 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5858 *List of file names of tags tables to search.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5859 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5860 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5861 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5862 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5863
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5864 (defvar tags-add-tables (quote ask-user) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5865 *Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5866 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5867 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5868 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5869
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5870 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5871 *Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5872 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5873 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5874
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5875 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5876 *A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5877 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5878 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5879 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5880
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5881 (autoload (quote visit-tags-table) "etags" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5882 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5883 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5884 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5885
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5886 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5887 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5888 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5889 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5890 file the tag was in." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5891
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5892 (autoload (quote tags-table-files) "etags" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5893 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5894 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5895 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5896 without directory names." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5897
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5898 (autoload (quote find-tag-noselect) "etags" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5899 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5900 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5901 but does not select the buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5902 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5903
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5904 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5905 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5906 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5907 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5908 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5909
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5910 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5911
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5912 A marker representing the point when this command is onvoked is pushed
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5913 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5914 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5915
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5916 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5917
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5918 (autoload (quote find-tag) "etags" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5919 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5920 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5921 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5922
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5923 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5924 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5925 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5926 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5927 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5928
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5929 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5930
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5931 A marker representing the point when this command is onvoked is pushed
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5932 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5933 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5934
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5935 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5936 (define-key esc-map "." 'find-tag)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5937
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5938 (autoload (quote find-tag-other-window) "etags" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5939 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5940 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5941 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5942 around or before point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5943
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5944 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5945 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5946 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5947 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5948 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5949
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5950 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5951
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5952 A marker representing the point when this command is onvoked is pushed
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5953 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5954 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5955
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5956 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5957 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." 'find-tag-other-window)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5958
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5959 (autoload (quote find-tag-other-frame) "etags" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5960 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5961 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5962 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5963 around or before point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5964
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5965 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5966 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5967 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5968 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5969 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5970
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5971 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5972
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5973 A marker representing the point when this command is onvoked is pushed
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5974 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5975 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5976
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5977 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5978 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." 'find-tag-other-frame)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5979
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5980 (autoload (quote find-tag-regexp) "etags" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5981 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5982 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5983
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5984 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5985 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5986 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5987 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5988 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5989
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5990 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5991
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5992 A marker representing the point when this command is onvoked is pushed
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5993 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5994 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5995
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5996 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5997 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] 'find-tag-regexp)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5998 (define-key esc-map "*" 'pop-tag-mark)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5999
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6000 (autoload (quote pop-tag-mark) "etags" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6001 Pop back to where \\[find-tag] was last invoked.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6002
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6003 This is distinct from invoking \\[find-tag] with a negative argument
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6004 since that pops a stack of markers at which tags were found, not from
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6005 where they were found." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6006
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6007 (autoload (quote next-file) "etags" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6008 Select next file among files in current tags table.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6009
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6010 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6011 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6012 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6013
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6014 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6015 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6016
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6017 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6018 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6019
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6020 (autoload (quote tags-loop-continue) "etags" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6021 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6022 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6023 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6024
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6025 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6026 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6027 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6028 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6029 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6030 (define-key esc-map "," 'tags-loop-continue)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6031
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6032 (autoload (quote tags-search) "etags" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6033 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6034 Stops when a match is found.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6035 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6036
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6037 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6038
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6039 (autoload (quote tags-query-replace) "etags" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6040 Query-replace-regexp FROM with TO through all files listed in tags table.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6041 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6042 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit] or ESC), you can resume the query-replace
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6043 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6044
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6045 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6046
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6047 (autoload (quote list-tags) "etags" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6048 Display list of tags in file FILE.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6049 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6050 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6051 directory specification." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6052
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6053 (autoload (quote tags-apropos) "etags" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6054 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6055
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6056 (autoload (quote select-tags-table) "etags" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6057 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6058 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6059 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6060
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6061 (autoload (quote complete-tag) "etags" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6062 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6063 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6064 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6065 for \\[find-tag] (which see)." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6066
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6067 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6068
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6069 ;;;### (autoloads (ethio-write-file ethio-find-file ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6070 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6071 ;;;;;; ethio-input-special-character ethio-replace-space ethio-modify-vowel
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6072 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6073 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer ethio-fidel-to-sera-region ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6074 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker
28919
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
6075 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer ethio-sera-to-fidel-region setup-ethiopic-environment-internal)
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
6076 ;;;;;; "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el" (14623 45988))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6077 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6078
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6079 (autoload (quote setup-ethiopic-environment-internal) "ethio-util" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6080
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6081 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-region) "ethio-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6082 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6083 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary language
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6084 and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6085
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6086 If the 3rd parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the region
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6087 begins begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6088 language.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6089
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6090 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, perform conversion
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6091 even if the buffer is read-only.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6092
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6093 See also the descriptions of the variables
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6094 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6095 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6096
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6097 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6098 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6099
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6100 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6101 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6102
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6103 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6104 begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6105 language.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6106
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6107 If the 2nd optional parametr FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion even if the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6108 buffer is read-only.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6109
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6110 See also the descriptions of the variables
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6111 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6112 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6113
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6114 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6115 Execute ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail or ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker depending on the current major mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6116 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6117
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6118 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail) "ethio-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6119 Convert SERA to FIDEL to read/write mail and news.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6120
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6121 If the buffer contains the markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\",
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6122 convert the segments between them into FIDEL.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6123
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6124 If invoked interactively and there is no marker, convert the subject field
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6125 and the body into FIDEL using `ethio-sera-to-fidel-region'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6126
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6127 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker) "ethio-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6128 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6129 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6130 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6131
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6132 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-region) "ethio-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6133 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6134 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6135 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6136
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6137 If the 3dr parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, try to convert
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6138 the region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6139 the primary language.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6140
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6141 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6142 buffer is read-only.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6143
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6144 See also the descriptions of the variables
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6145 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6146 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6147
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6148 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6149 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6150 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6151 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6152
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6153 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6154 region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6155 primary language.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6156
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6157 If the 2nd optional parameter FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6158 buffer is read-only.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6159
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6160 See also the descriptions of the variables
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6161 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6162 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6163
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6164 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6165 Execute ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail or ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker depending on the current major mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6166 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6167
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6168 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail) "ethio-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6169 Convert FIDEL to SERA to read/write mail and news.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6170
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6171 If the body contains at least one Ethiopic character,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6172 1) insert the string \"<sera>\" at the beginning of the body,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6173 2) insert \"</sera>\" at the end of the body, and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6174 3) convert the body into SERA.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6175
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6176 The very same procedure applies to the subject field, too." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6177
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6178 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker) "ethio-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6179 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6180 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6181
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6182 (autoload (quote ethio-modify-vowel) "ethio-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6183 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6184
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6185 (autoload (quote ethio-replace-space) "ethio-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6186 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6187
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6188 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6189 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first parameter CH, which should
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6190 be 1, 2, or 3.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6191
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6192 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6193 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6194 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6195
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6196 The second and third parameters BEGIN and END specify the region." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6197
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6198 (autoload (quote ethio-input-special-character) "ethio-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6199 Allow the user to input special characters." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6200
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6201 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6202 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6203 Each command is always surrounded by braces." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6204
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6205 (autoload (quote ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6206 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6207
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6208 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6209 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6210
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6211 Each escape sequence is of the form uXXXX, where XXXX is the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6212 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6213
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6214 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6215 Otherwise, [0-9A-F]." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6216
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6217 (autoload (quote ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6218 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6219
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6220 (autoload (quote ethio-find-file) "ethio-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6221 Transcribe file content into Ethiopic dependig on filename suffix." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6222
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6223 (autoload (quote ethio-write-file) "ethio-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6224 Transcribe Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6225
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6226 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6227
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6228 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-load-eudc eudc-query-form eudc-expand-inline
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6229 ;;;;;; eudc-get-phone eudc-get-email eudc-set-server) "eudc" "net/eudc.el"
27326
25ebadb8e258 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27321
diff changeset
6230 ;;;;;; (14463 3149))
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6231 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6232
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6233 (autoload (quote eudc-set-server) "eudc" "\
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6234 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6235 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6236 server for future sessions." t nil)
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6237
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6238 (autoload (quote eudc-get-email) "eudc" "\
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6239 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server." t nil)
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6240
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6241 (autoload (quote eudc-get-phone) "eudc" "\
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6242 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server." t nil)
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6243
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6244 (autoload (quote eudc-expand-inline) "eudc" "\
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6245 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6246 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6247 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6248 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6249 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6250 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6251 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6252 If REPLACE is non nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6253 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6254 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6255 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'" t nil)
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6256
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6257 (autoload (quote eudc-query-form) "eudc" "\
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6258 Display a form to query the directory server.
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6259 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6260 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form." t nil)
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6261
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6262 (autoload (quote eudc-load-eudc) "eudc" "\
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6263 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6264 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect." t nil)
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6265
27326
25ebadb8e258 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27321
diff changeset
6266 (cond ((not (string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search")) (fset (quote eudc-tools-menu) (symbol-value (quote eudc-tools-menu))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [phone] (quote ("Get Phone" . eudc-get-phone))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [email] (quote ("Get Email" . eudc-get-email))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-email] (quote ("--"))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [expand-inline] (quote ("Expand Inline Query" . eudc-expand-inline))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [query] (quote ("Query with Form" . eudc-query-form))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-query] (quote ("--"))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [new] (quote ("New Server" . eudc-set-server))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [load] (quote ("Load Hotlist of Servers" . eudc-load-eudc)))) (t (let ((menu (quote ("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t] ["---" nil nil] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t] ["---" nil nil] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t])))) (if (not (featurep (quote eudc-autoloads))) (if (string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version) (if (and (featurep (quote menubar)) (not (featurep (quote infodock)))) (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) menu)) (require (quote easymenu)) (cond ((fboundp (quote easy-menu-add-item)) (easy-menu-add-item nil (quote ("tools")) (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu) (cdr menu)))) ((fboundp (quote easy-menu-create-keymaps)) (define-key global-map [menu-bar tools eudc] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu)))))))))))
25ebadb8e258 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27321
diff changeset
6267
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6268 ;;;***
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6269
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6270 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-display-jpeg-as-button eudc-display-jpeg-inline
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6271 ;;;;;; eudc-display-sound eudc-display-url eudc-display-generic-binary)
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6272 ;;;;;; "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (14461 51599))
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6273 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6274
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6275 (autoload (quote eudc-display-generic-binary) "eudc-bob" "\
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6276 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA." nil nil)
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6277
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6278 (autoload (quote eudc-display-url) "eudc-bob" "\
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6279 Display URL and make it clickable." nil nil)
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6280
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6281 (autoload (quote eudc-display-sound) "eudc-bob" "\
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6282 Display a button to play the sound DATA." nil nil)
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6283
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6284 (autoload (quote eudc-display-jpeg-inline) "eudc-bob" "\
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6285 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible." nil nil)
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6286
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6287 (autoload (quote eudc-display-jpeg-as-button) "eudc-bob" "\
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6288 Display a button for the JPEG DATA." nil nil)
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6289
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6290 ;;;***
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6291
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6292 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-try-bbdb-insert eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb)
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6293 ;;;;;; "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (14460 58168))
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6294 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6295
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6296 (autoload (quote eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb) "eudc-export" "\
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6297 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6298 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer." t nil)
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6299
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6300 (autoload (quote eudc-try-bbdb-insert) "eudc-export" "\
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6301 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record." t nil)
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6302
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6303 ;;;***
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6304
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6305 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el"
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6306 ;;;;;; (14460 58176))
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6307 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6308
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6309 (autoload (quote eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "\
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6310 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer." t nil)
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6311
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6312 ;;;***
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6313
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
6314 ;;;### (autoloads (executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
6315 ;;;;;; executable-self-display executable-set-magic executable-find)
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
6316 ;;;;;; "executable" "progmodes/executable.el" (14764 3331))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6317 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6318
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
6319 (autoload (quote executable-find) "executable" "\
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
6320 Search for COMMAND in exec-path and return the absolute file name.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
6321 Return nil if COMMAND is not found anywhere in `exec-path'." nil nil)
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
6322
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6323 (autoload (quote executable-set-magic) "executable" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6324 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6325 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6326 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6327 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6328 executable." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6329
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6330 (autoload (quote executable-self-display) "executable" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6331 Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6332 The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6333
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
6334 (autoload (quote executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p) "executable" "\
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
6335 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
6336 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
6337 file modes." nil nil)
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
6338
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6339 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6340
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6341 ;;;### (autoloads (expand-jump-to-next-slot expand-jump-to-previous-slot
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6342 ;;;;;; expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "expand.el" (14443 18506))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6343 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6344
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6345 (autoload (quote expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6346 Add a list of abbrev to abbrev table TABLE.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6347 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6348 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6349
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6350 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6351
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6352 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6353 expansion. For example you, could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6354 to generate such functions.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6355
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6356 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6357 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6358 beginning of the expanded text.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6359
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6360 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6361 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6362 cyclicaly with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6363 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6364
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6365 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6366
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6367 (autoload (quote expand-jump-to-previous-slot) "expand" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6368 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6369 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6370
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6371 (autoload (quote expand-jump-to-next-slot) "expand" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6372 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6373 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6374 (define-key ctl-x-map "ap" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6375 (define-key ctl-x-map "an" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6376
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6377 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6378
28919
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
6379 ;;;### (autoloads (f90-mode) "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (14623 45936))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6380 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6381
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6382 (autoload (quote f90-mode) "f90" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6383 Major mode for editing Fortran 90 code in free format.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6384
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6385 \\[f90-indent-new-line] corrects current indentation and creates new indented line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6386 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line correctly.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6387 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6388
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6389 Type `? or `\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6390
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6391 Key definitions:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6392 \\{f90-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6393
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6394 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6395
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6396 f90-do-indent
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6397 Extra indentation within do blocks. (default 3)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6398 f90-if-indent
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6399 Extra indentation within if/select case/where/forall blocks. (default 3)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6400 f90-type-indent
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6401 Extra indentation within type/interface/block-data blocks. (default 3)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6402 f90-program-indent
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6403 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6404 (default 2)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6405 f90-continuation-indent
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6406 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines. (default 5)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6407 f90-comment-region
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6408 String inserted by \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each line in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6409 region. (default \"!!!$\")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6410 f90-indented-comment-re
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6411 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6412 (default \"!\")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6413 f90-directive-comment-re
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6414 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6415 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6416 f90-break-delimiters
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6417 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6418 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6419 f90-break-before-delimiters
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6420 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6421 (default t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6422 f90-beginning-ampersand
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6423 Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines. (default t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6424 f90-smart-end
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6425 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6426 Allowed values are 'blink, 'no-blink, and nil, which determine
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6427 whether to blink the matching beginning.) (default 'blink)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6428 f90-auto-keyword-case
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6429 Automatic change of case of keywords. (default nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6430 The possibilities are 'downcase-word, 'upcase-word, 'capitalize-word.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6431 f90-leave-line-no
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6432 Do not left-justify line numbers. (default nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6433 f90-startup-message
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6434 Set to nil to inhibit message first time F90 mode is used. (default t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6435 f90-keywords-re
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6436 List of keywords used for highlighting/upcase-keywords etc.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6437
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6438 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6439 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6440
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6441 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6442
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6443 ;;;### (autoloads (list-colors-display facemenu-read-color list-text-properties-at
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6444 ;;;;;; facemenu-remove-special facemenu-remove-all facemenu-remove-face-props
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6445 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-read-only facemenu-set-intangible facemenu-set-invisible
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6446 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-face-from-menu facemenu-set-background facemenu-set-foreground
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
6447 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-face) "facemenu" "facemenu.el" (14693 39146))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6448 ;;; Generated autoloads from facemenu.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6449 (define-key global-map "\M-g" 'facemenu-keymap)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6450 (autoload 'facemenu-keymap "facemenu" "Keymap for face-changing commands." t 'keymap)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6451
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6452 (defvar facemenu-face-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Face"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-face))) map) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6453 Menu keymap for faces.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6454
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6455 (defalias (quote facemenu-face-menu) facemenu-face-menu)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6456
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6457 (defvar facemenu-foreground-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Foreground Color"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-foreground))) map) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6458 Menu keymap for foreground colors.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6459
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6460 (defalias (quote facemenu-foreground-menu) facemenu-foreground-menu)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6461
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6462 (defvar facemenu-background-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Background Color"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-background))) map) "\
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
6463 Menu keymap for background colors.")
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6464
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6465 (defalias (quote facemenu-background-menu) facemenu-background-menu)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6466
27545
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
6467 (defvar facemenu-special-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Special"))) (define-key map [115] (cons (purecopy "Remove Special") (quote facemenu-remove-special))) (define-key map [116] (cons (purecopy "Intangible") (quote facemenu-set-intangible))) (define-key map [118] (cons (purecopy "Invisible") (quote facemenu-set-invisible))) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Read-Only") (quote facemenu-set-read-only))) map) "\
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6468 Menu keymap for non-face text-properties.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6469
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6470 (defalias (quote facemenu-special-menu) facemenu-special-menu)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6471
27545
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
6472 (defvar facemenu-justification-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Justification"))) (define-key map [99] (cons (purecopy "Center") (quote set-justification-center))) (define-key map [98] (cons (purecopy "Full") (quote set-justification-full))) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Right") (quote set-justification-right))) (define-key map [108] (cons (purecopy "Left") (quote set-justification-left))) (define-key map [117] (cons (purecopy "Unfilled") (quote set-justification-none))) map) "\
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6473 Submenu for text justification commands.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6474
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6475 (defalias (quote facemenu-justification-menu) facemenu-justification-menu)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6476
27545
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
6477 (defvar facemenu-indentation-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Indentation"))) (define-key map [decrease-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right Less") (quote decrease-right-margin))) (define-key map [increase-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right More") (quote increase-right-margin))) (define-key map [decrease-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Less") (quote decrease-left-margin))) (define-key map [increase-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent More") (quote increase-left-margin))) map) "\
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6478 Submenu for indentation commands.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6479
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6480 (defalias (quote facemenu-indentation-menu) facemenu-indentation-menu)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6481
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6482 (defvar facemenu-menu nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6483 Facemenu top-level menu keymap.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6484
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6485 (setq facemenu-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Text Properties"))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6486
27545
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
6487 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [dc] (cons (purecopy "Display Colors") (quote list-colors-display))) (define-key map [df] (cons (purecopy "Display Faces") (quote list-faces-display))) (define-key map [dp] (cons (purecopy "List Properties") (quote list-text-properties-at))) (define-key map [ra] (cons (purecopy "Remove Text Properties") (quote facemenu-remove-all))) (define-key map [rm] (cons (purecopy "Remove Face Properties") (quote facemenu-remove-face-props))) (define-key map [s1] (list (purecopy "--"))))
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
6488
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
6489 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [in] (cons (purecopy "Indentation") (quote facemenu-indentation-menu))) (define-key map [ju] (cons (purecopy "Justification") (quote facemenu-justification-menu))) (define-key map [s2] (list (purecopy "--"))) (define-key map [sp] (cons (purecopy "Special Properties") (quote facemenu-special-menu))) (define-key map [bg] (cons (purecopy "Background Color") (quote facemenu-background-menu))) (define-key map [fg] (cons (purecopy "Foreground Color") (quote facemenu-foreground-menu))) (define-key map [fc] (cons (purecopy "Face") (quote facemenu-face-menu))))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6490
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6491 (defalias (quote facemenu-menu) facemenu-menu)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6492
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6493 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face) "facemenu" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6494 Add FACE to the region or next character typed.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6495 It will be added to the top of the face list; any faces lower on the list that
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6496 will not show through at all will be removed.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6497
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6498 Interactively, the face to be used is read with the minibuffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6499
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6500 If the region is active and there is no prefix argument,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6501 this command sets the region to the requested face.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6502
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6503 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6504 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6505 typing a character to insert cancels the specification." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6506
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6507 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-foreground) "facemenu" "\
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
6508 Set the foreground COLOR of the region or next character typed.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6509 The color is prompted for. A face named `fg:color' is used (or created).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6510 If the region is active, it will be set to the requested face. If
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6511 it is inactive (even if mark-even-if-inactive is set) the next
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6512 character that is typed (via `self-insert-command') will be set to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6513 the selected face. Moving point or switching buffers before
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6514 typing a character cancels the request." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6515
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6516 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-background) "facemenu" "\
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
6517 Set the background COLOR of the region or next character typed.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6518 The color is prompted for. A face named `bg:color' is used (or created).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6519 If the region is active, it will be set to the requested face. If
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6520 it is inactive (even if mark-even-if-inactive is set) the next
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6521 character that is typed (via `self-insert-command') will be set to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6522 the selected face. Moving point or switching buffers before
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6523 typing a character cancels the request." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6524
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6525 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face-from-menu) "facemenu" "\
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
6526 Set the FACE of the region or next character typed.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6527 This function is designed to be called from a menu; the face to use
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6528 is the menu item's name.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6529
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6530 If the region is active and there is no prefix argument,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6531 this command sets the region to the requested face.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6532
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6533 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6534 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6535 typing a character to insert cancels the specification." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6536
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6537 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-invisible) "facemenu" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6538 Make the region invisible.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6539 This sets the `invisible' text property; it can be undone with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6540 `facemenu-remove-special'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6541
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6542 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-intangible) "facemenu" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6543 Make the region intangible: disallow moving into it.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6544 This sets the `intangible' text property; it can be undone with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6545 `facemenu-remove-special'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6546
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6547 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-read-only) "facemenu" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6548 Make the region unmodifiable.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6549 This sets the `read-only' text property; it can be undone with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6550 `facemenu-remove-special'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6551
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6552 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-face-props) "facemenu" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6553 Remove `face' and `mouse-face' text properties." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6554
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6555 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-all) "facemenu" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6556 Remove all text properties from the region." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6557
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6558 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-special) "facemenu" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6559 Remove all the \"special\" text properties from the region.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6560 These special properties include `invisible', `intangible' and `read-only'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6561
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6562 (autoload (quote list-text-properties-at) "facemenu" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6563 Pop up a buffer listing text-properties at LOCATION." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6564
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6565 (autoload (quote facemenu-read-color) "facemenu" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6566 Read a color using the minibuffer." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6567
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6568 (autoload (quote list-colors-display) "facemenu" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6569 Display names of defined colors, and show what they look like.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6570 If the optional argument LIST is non-nil, it should be a list of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6571 colors to display. Otherwise, this command computes a list
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6572 of colors that the current display can handle." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6573
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6574 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6575
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6576 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-fast-lock fast-lock-mode) "fast-lock"
27545
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
6577 ;;;;;; "fast-lock.el" (14477 53252))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6578 ;;; Generated autoloads from fast-lock.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6579
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6580 (autoload (quote fast-lock-mode) "fast-lock" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6581 Toggle Fast Lock mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6582 With arg, turn Fast Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive and the buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6583 is associated with a file. Enable it automatically in your `~/.emacs' by:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6584
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6585 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'fast-lock-mode)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6586
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6587 If Fast Lock mode is enabled, and the current buffer does not contain any text
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6588 properties, any associated Font Lock cache is used if its timestamp matches the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6589 buffer's file, and its `font-lock-keywords' match those that you are using.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6590
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6591 Font Lock caches may be saved:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6592 - When you save the file's buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6593 - When you kill an unmodified file's buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6594 - When you exit Emacs, for all unmodified or saved buffers.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6595 Depending on the value of `fast-lock-save-events'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6596 See also the commands `fast-lock-read-cache' and `fast-lock-save-cache'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6597
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6598 Use \\[font-lock-fontify-buffer] to fontify the buffer if the cache is bad.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6599
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6600 Various methods of control are provided for the Font Lock cache. In general,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6601 see variable `fast-lock-cache-directories' and function `fast-lock-cache-name'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6602 For saving, see variables `fast-lock-minimum-size', `fast-lock-save-events',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6603 `fast-lock-save-others' and `fast-lock-save-faces'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6604
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6605 (autoload (quote turn-on-fast-lock) "fast-lock" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6606 Unconditionally turn on Fast Lock mode." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6607
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6608 (when (fboundp (quote add-minor-mode)) (defvar fast-lock-mode nil) (add-minor-mode (quote fast-lock-mode) nil))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6609
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6610 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6611
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6612 ;;;### (autoloads (feedmail-queue-reminder feedmail-run-the-queue
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6613 ;;;;;; feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts)
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6614 ;;;;;; "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (14415 45092))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6615 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6616
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6617 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts) "feedmail" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6618 Like feedmail-run-the-queue, but suppress confirmation prompts." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6619
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6620 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt) "feedmail" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6621 Like feedmail-run-the-queue, but with a global confirmation prompt.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6622 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6623 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6624
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6625 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue) "feedmail" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6626 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6627 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6628 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6629 backup file names and the like)." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6630
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6631 (autoload (quote feedmail-queue-reminder) "feedmail" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6632 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6633 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6634 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is 'on-demand, which
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6635 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your emacs start-up
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6636 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6637 internally by feedmail):
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6638
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6639 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6640 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6641 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6642 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6643
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6644 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table feedmail-queue-reminder-alist. If
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6645 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6646 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6647 by redefining feedmail-queue-reminder-alist. If you don't want any reminders,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6648 you can set feedmail-queue-reminder-alist to nil." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6649
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6650 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6651
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
6652 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-at-point ffap-at-mouse ffap-menu find-file-at-point
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
6653 ;;;;;; ffap-next) "ffap" "ffap.el" (14736 5588))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6654 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6655
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6656 (autoload (quote ffap-next) "ffap" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6657 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6658 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6659 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6660 Interactively: use a single prefix to search backwards,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6661 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6662 Actual search is done by `ffap-next-guess'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6663
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6664 (autoload (quote find-file-at-point) "ffap" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6665 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6666 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6667 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6668 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6669 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6670 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6671
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6672 See <ftp://ftp.mathcs.emory.edu/pub/mic/emacs/> for latest version." t nil)
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
6673 (defalias 'ffap 'find-file-at-point)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6674
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6675 (autoload (quote ffap-menu) "ffap" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6676 Put up a menu of files and urls mentioned in this buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6677 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6678 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6679 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6680 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6681
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6682 (autoload (quote ffap-at-mouse) "ffap" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6683 Find file or url guessed from text around mouse click.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6684 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6685 Return value:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6686 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6687 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6688 * otherwise, nil" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6689
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6690 (autoload (quote dired-at-point) "ffap" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6691 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6692
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6693 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6694
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6695 ;;;### (autoloads (file-cache-minibuffer-complete) "filecache" "filecache.el"
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
6696 ;;;;;; (14767 35311))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6697 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6698
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6699 (autoload (quote file-cache-minibuffer-complete) "filecache" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6700 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6701 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6702 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
6703 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
6704 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6705 \(directories) is done." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6706 (define-key minibuffer-local-completion-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6707 (define-key minibuffer-local-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6708 (define-key minibuffer-local-must-match-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6709
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6710 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6711
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6712 ;;;### (autoloads (find-grep-dired find-name-dired find-dired find-grep-options
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
6713 ;;;;;; find-ls-option) "find-dired" "find-dired.el" (14717 43187))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6714 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6715
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6716 (defvar find-ls-option (if (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (quote ("-ls" . "-gilsb")) (quote ("-exec ls -ld {} \\;" . "-ld"))) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6717 *Description of the option to `find' to produce an `ls -l'-type listing.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6718 This is a cons of two strings (FIND-OPTION . LS-SWITCHES). FIND-OPTION
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6719 gives the option (or options) to `find' that produce the desired output.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6720 LS-SWITCHES is a list of `ls' switches to tell dired how to parse the output.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6721
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6722 (defvar find-grep-options (if (or (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (string-match "solaris2" system-configuration) (string-match "irix" system-configuration)) "-s" "-q") "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6723 *Option to grep to be as silent as possible.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6724 On Berkeley systems, this is `-s'; on Posix, and with GNU grep, `-q' does it.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6725 On other systems, the closest you can come is to use `-l'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6726
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6727 (autoload (quote find-dired) "find-dired" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6728 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6729 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6730
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6731 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6732
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6733 except that the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to use
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6734 as the final argument." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6735
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6736 (autoload (quote find-name-dired) "find-dired" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6737 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6738 and run dired on those files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6739 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6740 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6741
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6742 find . -name 'PATTERN' -ls" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6743
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6744 (autoload (quote find-grep-dired) "find-dired" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6745 Find files in DIR containing a regexp ARG and start Dired on output.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6746 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6747
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6748 find . -exec grep -s ARG {} \\; -ls
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6749
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6750 Thus ARG can also contain additional grep options." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6751
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6752 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6753
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6754 ;;;### (autoloads (ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window ff-mouse-find-other-file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6755 ;;;;;; ff-find-other-file ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "find-file.el"
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
6756 ;;;;;; (14746 24125))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6757 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6758
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6759 (autoload (quote ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6760 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
6761 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6762
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6763 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6764
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6765 (autoload (quote ff-find-other-file) "find-file" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6766 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6767 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6768
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6769 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6770 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6771
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6772 Variables of interest include:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6773
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
6774 - `ff-case-fold-search'
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
6775 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search').
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6776 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6777
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
6778 - `ff-always-in-other-window'
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6779 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
6780 argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'.
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
6781
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
6782 - `ff-ignore-include'
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6783 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6784
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
6785 - `ff-always-try-to-create'
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6786 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6787
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
6788 - `ff-quiet-mode'
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6789 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6790
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
6791 - `ff-special-constructs'
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
6792 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognise special
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
6793 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6794 extracting the filename from that construct.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6795
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
6796 - `ff-other-file-alist'
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6797 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6798
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
6799 - `ff-search-directories'
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6800 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
6801 `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension.
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
6802
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
6803 - `ff-pre-find-hooks'
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6804 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6805
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
6806 - `ff-pre-load-hooks'
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6807 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6808
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
6809 - `ff-post-load-hooks'
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6810 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6811
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
6812 - `ff-not-found-hooks'
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6813 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6814
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
6815 - `ff-file-created-hooks'
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6816 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6817
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6818 (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file) "find-file" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6819 Visit the file you click on." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6820
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6821 (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window) "find-file" "\
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
6822 Visit the file you click on in another window." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6823
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6824 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6825
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6826 ;;;### (autoloads (find-function-setup-keys find-variable-at-point
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6827 ;;;;;; find-function-at-point find-function-on-key find-variable-other-frame
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6828 ;;;;;; find-variable-other-window find-variable find-variable-noselect
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6829 ;;;;;; find-function-other-frame find-function-other-window find-function
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6830 ;;;;;; find-function-noselect) "find-func" "emacs-lisp/find-func.el"
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
6831 ;;;;;; (14398 37514))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6832 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6833
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6834 (autoload (quote find-function-noselect) "find-func" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6835 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6836
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6837 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of FUNCTION
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6838 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6839 not selected.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6840
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6841 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6842 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non nil, otherwise
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6843 in `load-path'." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6844
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6845 (autoload (quote find-function) "find-func" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6846 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6847
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6848 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the function
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6849 near point (selected by `function-at-point') in a buffer and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6850 places point before the definition. Point is saved in the buffer if
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6851 it is one of the current buffers.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6852
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6853 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6854 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6855 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6856
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6857 (autoload (quote find-function-other-window) "find-func" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6858 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6859
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6860 See `find-function' for more details." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6861
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6862 (autoload (quote find-function-other-frame) "find-func" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6863 Find, in ananother frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6864
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6865 See `find-function' for more details." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6866
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6867 (autoload (quote find-variable-noselect) "find-func" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6868 Return a pair `(buffer . point)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6869
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6870 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of SYMBOL
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6871 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6872 not selected.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6873
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6874 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6875 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6877 (autoload (quote find-variable) "find-func" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6878 Find the definition of the VARIABLE near point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6879
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6880 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6881 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6882 places point before the definition. Point is saved in the buffer if
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6883 it is one of the current buffers.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6884
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6885 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6886 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6887 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6888
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6889 (autoload (quote find-variable-other-window) "find-func" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6890 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6891
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6892 See `find-variable' for more details." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6893
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6894 (autoload (quote find-variable-other-frame) "find-func" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6895 Find, in annother frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6896
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6897 See `find-variable' for more details." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6898
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6899 (autoload (quote find-function-on-key) "find-func" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6900 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6901 Point is saved if FUNCTION is in the current buffer." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6902
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6903 (autoload (quote find-function-at-point) "find-func" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6904 Find directly the function at point in the other window." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6905
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6906 (autoload (quote find-variable-at-point) "find-func" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6907 Find directly the function at point in the other window." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6908
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6909 (autoload (quote find-function-setup-keys) "find-func" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6910 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6911
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6912 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6913
28530
e17da1f43396 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28523
diff changeset
6914 ;;;### (autoloads (finder-by-keyword finder-commentary finder-list-keywords)
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
6915 ;;;;;; "finder" "finder.el" (14747 44772))
28530
e17da1f43396 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28523
diff changeset
6916 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
e17da1f43396 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28523
diff changeset
6917
e17da1f43396 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28523
diff changeset
6918 (autoload (quote finder-list-keywords) "finder" "\
e17da1f43396 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28523
diff changeset
6919 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer." t nil)
e17da1f43396 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28523
diff changeset
6920
e17da1f43396 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28523
diff changeset
6921 (autoload (quote finder-commentary) "finder" "\
e17da1f43396 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28523
diff changeset
6922 Display FILE's commentary section.
e17da1f43396 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28523
diff changeset
6923 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'." t nil)
e17da1f43396 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28523
diff changeset
6924
e17da1f43396 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28523
diff changeset
6925 (autoload (quote finder-by-keyword) "finder" "\
e17da1f43396 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28523
diff changeset
6926 Find packages matching a given keyword." t nil)
e17da1f43396 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28523
diff changeset
6927
e17da1f43396 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28523
diff changeset
6928 ;;;***
e17da1f43396 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28523
diff changeset
6929
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6930 ;;;### (autoloads (enable-flow-control-on enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
6931 ;;;;;; "flow-ctrl.el" (12550 54450))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6932 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6933
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6934 (autoload (quote enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6935 Toggle flow control handling.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6936 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6937 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6938
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6939 (autoload (quote enable-flow-control-on) "flow-ctrl" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6940 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6941 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6942 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6943 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6944 to get the effect of a C-q." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6945
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6946 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6947
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
6948 ;;;### (autoloads (flyspell-mode-off flyspell-mode flyspell-prog-mode
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
6949 ;;;;;; flyspell-mode-line-string) "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el"
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
6950 ;;;;;; (14718 57349))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6951 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6952
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
6953 (defvar flyspell-mode-line-string " Fly" "\
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
6954 *String displayed on the modeline when flyspell is active.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
6955 Set this to nil if you don't want a modeline indicator.")
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
6956
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
6957 (autoload (quote flyspell-prog-mode) "flyspell" "\
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
6958 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings." t nil)
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
6959
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
6960 (defvar flyspell-mode-map (make-sparse-keymap))
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
6961
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6962 (autoload (quote flyspell-mode) "flyspell" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6963 Minor mode performing on-the-fly spelling checking.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6964 Ispell is automatically spawned on background for each entered words.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6965 The default flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6966 With no argument, this command toggles Flyspell mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6967 With a prefix argument ARG, turn Flyspell minor mode on iff ARG is positive.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6968
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6969 Bindings:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6970 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6971 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6972 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or mouse-2): popup correct words.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6973
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6974 Hooks:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6975 flyspell-mode-hook is run after flyspell is entered.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6976
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6977 Remark:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6978 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6979 valid. For instance, a personal dictionary can be used by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6980 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6981
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6982 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6983 consider adding:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6984 \(add-hook 'tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser 'tex))))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6985 in your .emacs file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6986
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6987 flyspell-region checks all words inside a region.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6988
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6989 flyspell-buffer checks the whole buffer." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6990
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
6991 (if (fboundp (quote add-minor-mode)) (add-minor-mode (quote flyspell-mode) (quote flyspell-mode-line-string) flyspell-mode-map nil (quote flyspell-mode)) (or (assoc (quote flyspell-mode) minor-mode-alist) (setq minor-mode-alist (cons (quote (flyspell-mode flyspell-mode-line-string)) minor-mode-alist))) (or (assoc (quote flyspell-mode) minor-mode-map-alist) (setq minor-mode-map-alist (cons (cons (quote flyspell-mode) flyspell-mode-map) minor-mode-map-alist))))
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
6992
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6993 (autoload (quote flyspell-mode-off) "flyspell" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6994 Turn Flyspell mode off." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6995
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6996 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6997
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6998 ;;;### (autoloads (follow-delete-other-windows-and-split follow-mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6999 ;;;;;; turn-off-follow-mode turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "follow.el"
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
7000 ;;;;;; (14392 8455))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7001 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7002
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7003 (autoload (quote turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7004 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7005
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7006 (autoload (quote turn-off-follow-mode) "follow" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7007 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7008
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7009 (autoload (quote follow-mode) "follow" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7010 Minor mode that combines windows into one tall virtual window.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7011
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7012 The feeling of a \"virtual window\" has been accomplished by the use
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7013 of two major techniques:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7014
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7015 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7016 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7017 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow Mode.)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7018
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7019 * Should the point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7020 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7021 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7022 movement commands.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7023
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7024 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7025 side-by-side window are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7026 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7027 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7028 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7029 mileage may vary).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7030
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7031 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7032 `\\[split-window-horizontally]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7033
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7034 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each-other.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7035
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7036 If the variable `follow-intercept-processes' is non-nil, Follow mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7037 will listen to the output of processes and redisplay accordingly.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7038 \(This is the default.)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7039
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7040 When Follow mode is switched on, the hook `follow-mode-hook'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7041 is called. When turned off, `follow-mode-off-hook' is called.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7042
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7043 Keys specific to Follow mode:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7044 \\{follow-mode-map}" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7045
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7046 (autoload (quote follow-delete-other-windows-and-split) "follow" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7047 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow Mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7048
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7049 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7050 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7051 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7052 side-by-side windows. Follow Mode is activated, hence the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7053 two windows always will display two successive pages.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7054 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7055
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7056 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If it negative,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7057 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7058 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7059
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7060 To bind this command to a hotkey, place the following line
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7061 in your `~/.emacs' file, replacing [f7] by your favourite key:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7062 (global-set-key [f7] 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split)" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7063
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7064 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7065
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7066 ;;;### (autoloads (font-lock-fontify-buffer global-font-lock-mode
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
7067 ;;;;;; global-font-lock-mode font-lock-remove-keywords font-lock-add-keywords
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
7068 ;;;;;; turn-on-font-lock font-lock-mode) "font-lock" "font-lock.el"
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
7069 ;;;;;; (14745 19696))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7070 ;;; Generated autoloads from font-lock.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7071
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7072 (defvar font-lock-mode-hook nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7073 Function or functions to run on entry to Font Lock mode.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7074
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7075 (autoload (quote font-lock-mode) "font-lock" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7076 Toggle Font Lock mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7077 With arg, turn Font Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7078
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7079 When Font Lock mode is enabled, text is fontified as you type it:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7080
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7081 - Comments are displayed in `font-lock-comment-face';
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7082 - Strings are displayed in `font-lock-string-face';
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7083 - Certain other expressions are displayed in other faces according to the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7084 value of the variable `font-lock-keywords'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7085
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7086 You can enable Font Lock mode in any major mode automatically by turning on in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7087 the major mode's hook. For example, put in your ~/.emacs:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7088
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7089 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-font-lock)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7090
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7091 Alternatively, you can use Global Font Lock mode to automagically turn on Font
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7092 Lock mode in buffers whose major mode supports it and whose major mode is one
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7093 of `font-lock-global-modes'. For example, put in your ~/.emacs:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7094
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7095 (global-font-lock-mode t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7096
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7097 There are a number of support modes that may be used to speed up Font Lock mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7098 in various ways, specified via the variable `font-lock-support-mode'. Where
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7099 major modes support different levels of fontification, you can use the variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7100 `font-lock-maximum-decoration' to specify which level you generally prefer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7101 When you turn Font Lock mode on/off the buffer is fontified/defontified, though
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7102 fontification occurs only if the buffer is less than `font-lock-maximum-size'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7103
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7104 For example, to specify that Font Lock mode use use Lazy Lock mode as a support
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7105 mode and use maximum levels of fontification, put in your ~/.emacs:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7106
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7107 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'lazy-lock-mode)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7108 (setq font-lock-maximum-decoration t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7109
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7110 To add your own highlighting for some major mode, and modify the highlighting
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7111 selected automatically via the variable `font-lock-maximum-decoration', you can
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7112 use `font-lock-add-keywords'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7113
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7114 To fontify a buffer, without turning on Font Lock mode and regardless of buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7115 size, you can use \\[font-lock-fontify-buffer].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7116
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7117 To fontify a block (the function or paragraph containing point, or a number of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7118 lines around point), perhaps because modification on the current line caused
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7119 syntactic change on other lines, you can use \\[font-lock-fontify-block].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7120
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7121 See the variable `font-lock-defaults-alist' for the Font Lock mode default
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7122 settings. You can set your own default settings for some mode, by setting a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7123 buffer local value for `font-lock-defaults', via its mode hook." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7124
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7125 (autoload (quote turn-on-font-lock) "font-lock" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7126 Turn on Font Lock mode conditionally.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7127 Turn on only if the terminal can display it." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7128
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7129 (autoload (quote font-lock-add-keywords) "font-lock" "\
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
7130 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for MODE.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
7131 MODE should be a symbol, the major mode command name, such as `c-mode'
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7132 or nil. If nil, highlighting keywords are added for the current buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7133 KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable `font-lock-keywords'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7134 By default they are added at the beginning of the current highlighting list.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7135 If optional argument APPEND is `set', they are used to replace the current
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7136 highlighting list. If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7137 end of the current highlighting list.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7138
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7139 For example:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7140
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7141 (font-lock-add-keywords 'c-mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7142 '((\"\\\\\\=<\\\\(FIXME\\\\):\" 1 font-lock-warning-face prepend)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7143 (\"\\\\\\=<\\\\(and\\\\|or\\\\|not\\\\)\\\\\\=>\" . font-lock-keyword-face)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7144
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7145 adds two fontification patterns for C mode, to fontify `FIXME:' words, even in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7146 comments, and to fontify `and', `or' and `not' words as keywords.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7147
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7148 Note that some modes have specialised support for additional patterns, e.g.,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7149 see the variables `c-font-lock-extra-types', `c++-font-lock-extra-types',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7150 `objc-font-lock-extra-types' and `java-font-lock-extra-types'." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7151
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
7152 (autoload (quote font-lock-remove-keywords) "font-lock" "\
27949
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
7153 Remove highlighting KEYWORDS for MODE.
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
7154
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
7155 MODE should be a symbol, the major mode command name, such as `c-mode'
26963
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
7156 or nil. If nil, highlighting keywords are removed for the current buffer." nil nil)
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
7157
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7158 (autoload (quote global-font-lock-mode) "font-lock" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7159 Toggle Global Font Lock mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7160 With prefix ARG, turn Global Font Lock mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7161 Displays a message saying whether the mode is on or off if MESSAGE is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7162 Returns the new status of Global Font Lock mode (non-nil means on).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7163
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7164 When Global Font Lock mode is enabled, Font Lock mode is automagically
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7165 turned on in a buffer if its major mode is one of `font-lock-global-modes'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7166
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7167 (defvar global-font-lock-mode nil "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7168 Toggle Global Font Lock mode.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7169 When Global Font Lock mode is enabled, Font Lock mode is automagically
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7170 turned on in a buffer if its major mode is one of `font-lock-global-modes'.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7171 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7172 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-font-lock-mode'.")
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7173
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7174 (custom-add-to-group (quote font-lock) (quote global-font-lock-mode) (quote custom-variable))
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7175
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7176 (custom-add-load (quote global-font-lock-mode) (quote font-lock))
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7177
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7178 (autoload (quote font-lock-fontify-buffer) "font-lock" "\
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
7179 Fontify the current buffer the way the function `font-lock-mode' would." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7180
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7181 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7182
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7183 ;;;### (autoloads (create-fontset-from-fontset-spec) "fontset" "international/fontset.el"
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
7184 ;;;;;; (14652 49270))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7185 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/fontset.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7186
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7187 (autoload (quote create-fontset-from-fontset-spec) "fontset" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7188 Create a fontset from fontset specification string FONTSET-SPEC.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7189 FONTSET-SPEC is a string of the format:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7190 FONTSET-NAME,CHARSET-NAME0:FONT-NAME0,CHARSET-NAME1:FONT-NAME1, ...
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7191 Any number of SPACE, TAB, and NEWLINE can be put before and after commas.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7192
28288
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
7193 Optional 2nd argument is ignored. It exists just for backward
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
7194 compatibility.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7195
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7196 If this function attempts to create already existing fontset, error is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7197 signaled unless the optional 3rd argument NOERROR is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7198
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7199 It returns a name of the created fontset." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7200
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7201 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7202
27949
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
7203 ;;;### (autoloads (footnote-mode) "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (14517
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
7204 ;;;;;; 9680))
26963
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
7205 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
7206
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
7207 (autoload (quote footnote-mode) "footnote" "\
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
7208 Toggle footnote minor mode.
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
7209 \\<message-mode-map>
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
7210 key binding
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
7211 --- -------
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
7212
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
7213 \\[Footnote-renumber-footnotes] Footnote-renumber-footnotes
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
7214 \\[Footnote-goto-footnote] Footnote-goto-footnote
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
7215 \\[Footnote-delete-footnote] Footnote-delete-footnote
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
7216 \\[Footnote-cycle-style] Footnote-cycle-style
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
7217 \\[Footnote-back-to-message] Footnote-back-to-message
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
7218 \\[Footnote-add-footnote] Footnote-add-footnote
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
7219 " t nil)
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
7220
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
7221 ;;;***
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
7222
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7223 ;;;### (autoloads (forms-find-file-other-window forms-find-file forms-mode)
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
7224 ;;;;;; "forms" "forms.el" (14381 57540))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7225 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7226
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7227 (autoload (quote forms-mode) "forms" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7228 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7229
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7230 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7231 TAB forms-next-field TAB
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7232 C-c TAB forms-next-field
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7233 C-c < forms-first-record <
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7234 C-c > forms-last-record >
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7235 C-c ? describe-mode ?
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7236 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7237 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7238 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7239 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7240 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7241 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7242 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7243 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7244 C-c C-x forms-exit x
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7245 " t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7246
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7247 (autoload (quote forms-find-file) "forms" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7248 Visit a file in Forms mode." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7249
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7250 (autoload (quote forms-find-file-other-window) "forms" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7251 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7252
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7253 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7254
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7255 ;;;### (autoloads (fortran-mode fortran-tab-mode-default) "fortran"
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
7256 ;;;;;; "progmodes/fortran.el" (14702 57276))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7257 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7258
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7259 (defvar fortran-tab-mode-default nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7260 *Default tabbing/carriage control style for empty files in Fortran mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7261 A value of t specifies tab-digit style of continuation control.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7262 A value of nil specifies that continuation lines are marked
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7263 with a character in column 6.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7264
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7265 (autoload (quote fortran-mode) "fortran" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7266 Major mode for editing Fortran code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7267 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7268 DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7269
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7270 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7271 Fortran keywords.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7272
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7273 Key definitions:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7274 \\{fortran-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7275
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7276 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7277
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7278 `comment-start'
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
7279 If you want to use comments starting with `!',
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
7280 set this to the string \"!\".
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7281 `fortran-do-indent'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7282 Extra indentation within do blocks. (default 3)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7283 `fortran-if-indent'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7284 Extra indentation within if blocks. (default 3)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7285 `fortran-structure-indent'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7286 Extra indentation within structure, union, map and interface blocks.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7287 (default 3)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7288 `fortran-continuation-indent'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7289 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements. (default 5)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7290 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7291 Amount of extra indentation for text within full-line comments. (default 0)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7292 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7293 nil means don't change indentation of text in full-line comments,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7294 fixed means indent that text at `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7295 the value of `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (for fixed
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7296 format continuation style) or `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7297 (for TAB format continuation style).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7298 relative means indent at `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7299 indentation for a line of code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7300 (default 'fixed)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7301 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7302 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7303 full-line comment indentation. (default \" \")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7304 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7305 Minimum indentation for Fortran statements in fixed format mode. (def.6)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7306 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7307 Minimum indentation for Fortran statements in TAB format mode. (default 9)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7308 `fortran-line-number-indent'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7309 Maximum indentation for line numbers. A line number will get
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7310 less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7311 column 5. (default 1)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7312 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7313 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7314 statements. (default nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7315 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7316 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF statement to blink on
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7317 matching IF. Also, from an ENDDO statement, blink on matching DO [WHILE]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7318 statement. (default nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7319 `fortran-continuation-string'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7320 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7321 line. (default \"$\")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7322 `fortran-comment-region'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7323 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7324 region. (default \"c$$$\")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7325 `fortran-electric-line-number'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7326 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7327 as typed. (default t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7328 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
7329 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7330 (default t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7331
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7332 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7333 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7334
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7335 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7336
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7337 ;;;### (autoloads (generic-mode define-generic-mode) "generic" "generic.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7338 ;;;;;; (13973 3308))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7339 ;;; Generated autoloads from generic.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7340
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7341 (autoload (quote define-generic-mode) "generic" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7342 Create a new generic mode with NAME.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7343
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7344 Args: (NAME COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7345 FUNCTION-LIST &optional DESCRIPTION)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7346
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7347 NAME should be a symbol; its string representation is used as the function
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7348 name. If DESCRIPTION is provided, it is used as the docstring for the new
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7349 function.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7350
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7351 COMMENT-LIST is a list, whose entries are either a single character,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7352 a one or two character string or a cons pair. If the entry is a character
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7353 or a one-character string, it is added to the mode's syntax table with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7354 comment-start syntax. If the entry is a cons pair, the elements of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7355 pair are considered to be comment-start and comment-end respectively.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7356 Note that Emacs has limitations regarding comment characters.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7357
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7358 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with `font-lock-keyword-face'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7359 Each keyword should be a string.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7360
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7361 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each entry
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7362 in the list should have the same form as an entry in `font-lock-defaults-alist'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7363
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7364 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to auto-mode-alist.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7365 These regexps are added to auto-mode-alist as soon as `define-generic-mode'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7366 is called; any old regexps with the same name are removed.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7367
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7368 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional setup.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7369
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7370 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7371
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7372 (autoload (quote generic-mode) "generic" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7373 Basic comment and font-lock functionality for `generic' files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7374 \(Files which are too small to warrant their own mode, but have
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7375 comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7376
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7377 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7378 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7379
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7380 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7381
27545
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
7382 ;;;### (autoloads (glasses-mode) "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el"
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
7383 ;;;;;; (14746 24126))
27545
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
7384 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
7385
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
7386 (autoload (quote glasses-mode) "glasses" "\
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
7387 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
7388 When this mode is active, it tries to add virtual separators (like underscores)
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
7389 at places they belong to." t nil)
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
7390
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
7391 ;;;***
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
7392
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7393 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus gnus-other-frame gnus-slave gnus-no-server
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
7394 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (14030 49411))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7395 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7396
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7397 (autoload (quote gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7398 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to local server." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7399
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7400 (autoload (quote gnus-no-server) "gnus" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7401 Read network news.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7402 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7403 startup level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7404 If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7405 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7406 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local server." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7407
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7408 (autoload (quote gnus-slave) "gnus" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7409 Read news as a slave." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7410
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7411 (autoload (quote gnus-other-frame) "gnus" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7412 Pop up a frame to read news." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7413
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7414 (autoload (quote gnus) "gnus" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7415 Read network news.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7416 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7417 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7418 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7419
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7420 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7421
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7422 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-agent-batch gnus-agent-batch-fetch gnus-agentize
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7423 ;;;;;; gnus-plugged gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "gnus/gnus-agent.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7424 ;;;;;; (14030 49649))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7425 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7426
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7427 (autoload (quote gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7428 Start Gnus unplugged." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7429
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7430 (autoload (quote gnus-plugged) "gnus-agent" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7431 Start Gnus plugged." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7432
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7433 (autoload (quote gnus-agentize) "gnus-agent" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7434 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7435 The normal usage of this command is to put the following as the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7436 last form in your `.gnus.el' file:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7437
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7438 \(gnus-agentize)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7439
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7440 This will modify the `gnus-before-startup-hook', `gnus-post-method',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7441 and `message-send-mail-function' variables, and install the Gnus
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7442 agent minor mode in all Gnus buffers." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7443
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7444 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch-fetch) "gnus-agent" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7445 Start Gnus and fetch session." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7446
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7447 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch) "gnus-agent" nil t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7448
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7449 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7450
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7451 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "gnus/gnus-audio.el"
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
7452 ;;;;;; (14030 49288))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7453 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-audio.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7454
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7455 (autoload (quote gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7456 Play a sound through the speaker." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7457
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7458 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7459
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7460 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases gnus-cache-generate-active
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7461 ;;;;;; gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (14030
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
7462 ;;;;;; 49293))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7463 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7464
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7465 (autoload (quote gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7466 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7467
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7468 Usage:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7469 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7470
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7471 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-active) "gnus-cache" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7472 Generate the cache active file." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7473
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7474 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases) "gnus-cache" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7475 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7476
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7477 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7478
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7479 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fetch-group-other-frame gnus-fetch-group)
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7480 ;;;;;; "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (14177 56552))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7481 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7482
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7483 (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group) "gnus-group" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7484 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7485 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7486
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7487 (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group-other-frame) "gnus-group" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7488 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7489
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7490 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7491
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7492 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el"
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
7493 ;;;;;; (14030 49328))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7494 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7495
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7496 (defalias (quote gnus-batch-kill) (quote gnus-batch-score))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7497
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7498 (autoload (quote gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7499 Run batched scoring.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7500 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7501
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7502 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7503
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7504 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "gnus/gnus-move.el"
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
7505 ;;;;;; (14030 49334))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7506 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-move.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7507
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7508 (autoload (quote gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7509 Move from FROM-SERVER to TO-SERVER.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7510 Update the .newsrc.eld file to reflect the change of nntp server." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7511
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7512 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7513
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7514 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-mule-initialize gnus-mule-add-group) "gnus-mule"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7515 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-mule.el" (14092 5540))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7516 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mule.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7517
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7518 (autoload (quote gnus-mule-add-group) "gnus-mule" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7519 Specify that articles of news group NAME are encoded in CODING-SYSTEM.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7520 All news groups deeper than NAME are also the target.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7521 If CODING-SYSTEM is a cons, the car and cdr part are regarded as
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7522 coding-system for reading and writing respectively." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7523
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7524 (autoload (quote gnus-mule-initialize) "gnus-mule" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7525 Do several settings for GNUS to enable automatic code conversion." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7526
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7527 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7528
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7529 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "gnus/gnus-soup.el"
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
7530 ;;;;;; (14030 49357))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7531 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-soup.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7532
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7533 (autoload (quote gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7534 Brew a SOUP packet from groups mention on the command line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7535 Will use the remaining command line arguments as regular expressions
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7536 for matching on group names.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7537
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7538 For instance, if you want to brew on all the nnml groups, as well as
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7539 groups with \"emacs\" in the name, you could say something like:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7540
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7541 $ emacs -batch -f gnus-batch-brew-soup ^nnml \".*emacs.*\"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7542
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7543 Note -- this function hasn't been implemented yet." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7544
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7545 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7546
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7547 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el"
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
7548 ;;;;;; (14030 49359))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7549 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7550
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7551 (autoload (quote gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7552 Update the format specification near point." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7553
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7554 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7555
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7556 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-declare-backend gnus-unload) "gnus-start"
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
7557 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-start.el" (14345 52937))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7558 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7559
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7560 (autoload (quote gnus-unload) "gnus-start" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7561 Unload all Gnus features." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7562
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7563 (autoload (quote gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7564 Declare backend NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus backend." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7565
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7566 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7567
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7568 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el"
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
7569 ;;;;;; (14030 49407))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7570 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7571
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7572 (autoload (quote gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7573 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7574
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7575 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7576
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
7577 ;;;### (autoloads (gomoku) "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (14726 36008))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7578 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7579
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7580 (autoload (quote gomoku) "gomoku" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7581 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7582 If a game is in progress, this command allow you to resume it.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7583 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7584 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7585
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7586 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7587 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7588 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7589
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7590 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7591 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7592 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7593
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7594 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7595
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7596 ;;;### (autoloads (goto-address goto-address-at-point goto-address-at-mouse)
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
7597 ;;;;;; "goto-addr" "net/goto-addr.el" (14747 44775))
28212
7252a5d43f22 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28162
diff changeset
7598 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7599
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7600 (autoload (quote goto-address-at-mouse) "goto-addr" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7601 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL clicked with the mouse.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7602 Send mail to address at position of mouse click. See documentation for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7603 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7604 there, then load the URL at or before the position of the mouse click." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7605
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7606 (autoload (quote goto-address-at-point) "goto-addr" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7607 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7608 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7609 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7610 there, then load the URL at or before point." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7611
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7612 (autoload (quote goto-address) "goto-addr" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7613 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7614 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7615 or to send e-mail.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7616 By default, goto-address binds to mouse-2 and C-c RET.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7617
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7618 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7619 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information)." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7620
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7621 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7622
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7623 ;;;### (autoloads (gs-load-image) "gs" "gs.el" (14300 2906))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7624 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7625
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7626 (autoload (quote gs-load-image) "gs" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7627 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7628 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7629 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7630 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7631
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7632 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7633
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7634 ;;;### (autoloads (jdb pdb perldb xdb dbx sdb gdb) "gud" "gud.el"
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
7635 ;;;;;; (14750 26818))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7636 ;;; Generated autoloads from gud.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7637
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7638 (autoload (quote gdb) "gud" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7639 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7640 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7641 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7642
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7643 (autoload (quote sdb) "gud" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7644 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7645 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7646 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7647
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7648 (autoload (quote dbx) "gud" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7649 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7650 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7651 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7652
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7653 (autoload (quote xdb) "gud" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7654 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7655 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7656 and source-file directory for your debugger.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7657
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7658 You can set the variable 'gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7659 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7660
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7661 (autoload (quote perldb) "gud" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7662 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7663 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7664 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7665
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7666 (autoload (quote pdb) "gud" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7667 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7668 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7669 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7670
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7671 (autoload (quote jdb) "gud" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7672 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer. The buffer is named
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7673 \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7674 if there is. If the \"-classpath\" switch is given, omit all whitespace
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7675 between it and it's value." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7676 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*gud-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7677
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7678 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7679
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
7680 ;;;### (autoloads (handwrite) "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (14638
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
7681 ;;;;;; 40782))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7682 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7683
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7684 (autoload (quote handwrite) "handwrite" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7685 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7686 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7687 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7688
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7689 Variables: handwrite-linespace (default 12)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7690 handwrite-fontsize (default 11)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7691 handwrite-numlines (default 60)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7692 handwrite-pagenumbering (default nil)" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7693
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7694 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7695
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7696 ;;;### (autoloads (hanoi-unix-64 hanoi-unix hanoi) "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el"
28162
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
7697 ;;;;;; (14539 53714))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7698 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7699
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7700 (autoload (quote hanoi) "hanoi" "\
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7701 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings." t nil)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7702
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7703 (autoload (quote hanoi-unix) "hanoi" "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7704 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7705 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7706 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7707
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7708 Repent before ring 31 moves." t nil)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7709
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7710 (autoload (quote hanoi-unix-64) "hanoi" "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7711 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7712 This is, necessarily (as of emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7713 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7714 to be updated." t nil)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7715
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7716 ;;;***
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7717
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7718 ;;;### (autoloads (three-step-help) "help-macro" "help-macro.el"
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7719 ;;;;;; (14264 39262))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7720 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7721
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7722 (defvar three-step-help nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7723 *Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7724 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7725 and window listing and describing the options.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7726 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7727 \\[help-command] \\[help-command] gives the window that lists the options.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7728
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7729 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7730
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7731 ;;;### (autoloads (Helper-help Helper-describe-bindings) "helper"
27949
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
7732 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (14518 20602))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7733 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7734
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7735 (autoload (quote Helper-describe-bindings) "helper" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7736 Describe local key bindings of current mode." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7737
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7738 (autoload (quote Helper-help) "helper" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7739 Provide help for current mode." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7740
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7741 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7742
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7743 ;;;### (autoloads (hexlify-buffer hexl-find-file hexl-mode) "hexl"
28710
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
7744 ;;;;;; "hexl.el" (14589 54862))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7745 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7746
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7747 (autoload (quote hexl-mode) "hexl" "\
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7748 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7749 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7750 if the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7751 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7752
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7753 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7754 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7755
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7756 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7757 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7758 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7759 values grouped every 16 bits) and as their ASCII values.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7760
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7761 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7762 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced as
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7763 periods.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7764
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7765 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7766 in hexl format.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7767
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7768 A sample format:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7769
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7770 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7771 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7772 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7773 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7774 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7775 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7776 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7777 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7778 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7779 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7780 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7781 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7782 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7783 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7784 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7785
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7786 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal emacs text buffer. Most
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7787 cursor movement bindings are the same (ie. Use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7788 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7789
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7790 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7791 also supported.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7792
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7793 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7794
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7795 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7796 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7797 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7798
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7799 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7800 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7801 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7802
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7803 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7804 into the buffer at the current point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7805
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7806 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7807 into the buffer at the current point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7808
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7809 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7810 into the buffer at the current point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7811
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7812 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit hexl-mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7813
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7814 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7815 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7816
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7817 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7818
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7819 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7820
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7821 (autoload (quote hexl-find-file) "hexl" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7822 Edit file FILENAME in hexl-mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7823 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one in none exists." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7824
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7825 (autoload (quote hexlify-buffer) "hexl" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7826 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7827 This discards the buffer's undo information." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7828
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7829 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7830
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
7831 ;;;### (autoloads (hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns hi-lock-unface-buffer
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
7832 ;;;;;; hi-lock-face-buffer hi-lock-line-face-buffer hi-lock-mode
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
7833 ;;;;;; hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el" (14747 44772))
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
7834 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
7835
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
7836 (defgroup hi-lock-interactive-text-highlighting nil "Interactively add and remove font-lock patterns for highlighting text." :group (quote faces))
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
7837
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
7838 (defvar hi-lock-mode nil "\
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
7839 Toggle hi-lock, for interactively adding font-lock text-highlighting patterns.")
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
7840
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
7841 (custom-add-to-group (quote hi-lock-interactive-text-highlighting) (quote hi-lock-mode) (quote custom-variable))
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
7842
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
7843 (custom-add-load (quote hi-lock-mode) (quote hi-lock))
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
7844
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
7845 (autoload (quote hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "\
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
7846 Toggle minor mode for interactively adding font-lock highlighting patterns.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
7847
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
7848 If ARG positive turn hi-lock on. Issuing a hi-lock command will also
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
7849 turn hi-lock on. When hi-lock turned on an \"Automatic Highlighting\"
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
7850 submenu is added to the \"Edit\" menu. The commands in the submenu,
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
7851 which can be called interactively, are:
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
7852
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
7853 \\[highlight-regexp] REGEXP FACE
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
7854 Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
7855
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
7856 \\[highlight-lines-matching-regexp] REGEXP FACE
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
7857 Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
7858
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
7859 \\[unhighlight-regexp] REGEXP
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
7860 Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
7861
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
7862 \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
7863 Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They will
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
7864 be read the next time file is loaded or when the \\[hi-lock-find-patterns] command
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
7865 is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
7866 (See `font-lock-keywords') They may be edited and re-loaded with \\[hi-lock-find-patterns],
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
7867 any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
7868
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
7869 \\[hi-lock-find-patterns]
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
7870 Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]).
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
7871
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
7872 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded, the
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
7873 beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the form:
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
7874 Hi-lock: FOO
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
7875 where FOO is a list of patterns. These are added to the font lock keywords
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
7876 already present. The patterns must start before position (number
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
7877 of characters into buffer) `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'. Patterns
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
7878 will be read until
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
7879 Hi-lock: end
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
7880 is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list `hi-lock-exclude-modes'." t nil)
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
7881
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
7882 (defalias (quote highlight-lines-matching-regexp) (quote hi-lock-line-face-buffer))
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
7883
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
7884 (autoload (quote hi-lock-line-face-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
7885 Set face of all lines containing matches of REGEXP to FACE.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
7886
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
7887 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
7888 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
7889 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[next-history-element] and \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve next or previous history item.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
7890 \(See info node `Minibuffer History')" t nil)
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
7891
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
7892 (defalias (quote highlight-regexp) (quote hi-lock-face-buffer))
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
7893
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
7894 (autoload (quote hi-lock-face-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
7895 Set face of all matches of REGEXP to FACE.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
7896
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
7897 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
7898 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
7899 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[next-history-element] and \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve next or previous history item.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
7900 \(See info node `Minibuffer History')" t nil)
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
7901
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
7902 (defalias (quote unhighlight-regexp) (quote hi-lock-unface-buffer))
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
7903
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
7904 (autoload (quote hi-lock-unface-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
7905 Remove highlighting of matches to REGEXP set by hi-lock.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
7906
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
7907 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP. Buffer-local history of inserted
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
7908 regexp's maintained. Will accept only regexps inserted by hi-lock
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
7909 interactive functions. (See `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.)
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
7910 \\<minibuffer-local-must-match-map>Use \\[minibuffer-complete] to complete a partially typed regexp.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
7911 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)" t nil)
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
7912
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
7913 (autoload (quote hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns) "hi-lock" "\
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
7914 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
7915
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
7916 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
7917 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
7918 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'." t nil)
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
7919
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
7920 ;;;***
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
7921
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7922 ;;;### (autoloads (hide-ifdef-lines hide-ifdef-read-only hide-ifdef-initially
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
7923 ;;;;;; hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el" (14745 13974))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7924 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7925
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7926 (defvar hide-ifdef-mode nil "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7927 Non-nil when hide-ifdef-mode is activated.")
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7928
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7929 (autoload (quote hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7930 Toggle Hide-Ifdef mode. This is a minor mode, albeit a large one.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7931 With ARG, turn Hide-Ifdef mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7932 In Hide-Ifdef mode, code within #ifdef constructs that the C preprocessor
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7933 would eliminate may be hidden from view. Several variables affect
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7934 how the hiding is done:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7935
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7936 hide-ifdef-env
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7937 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7938 current buffer. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7939 is used.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7940
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7941 hide-ifdef-define-alist
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7942 An association list of defined symbol lists.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7943 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7944 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7945 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7946
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7947 hide-ifdef-lines
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7948 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7949 #endif lines when hiding.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7950
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7951 hide-ifdef-initially
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7952 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7953 is activated.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7954
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7955 hide-ifdef-read-only
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7956 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7957 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7958
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7959 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7960
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7961 (defvar hide-ifdef-initially nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7962 *Non-nil means call `hide-ifdefs' when Hide-Ifdef mode is first activated.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7963
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7964 (defvar hide-ifdef-read-only nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7965 *Set to non-nil if you want buffer to be read-only while hiding text.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7966
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7967 (defvar hide-ifdef-lines nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7968 *Non-nil means hide the #ifX, #else, and #endif lines.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7969
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7970 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7971
27016
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7972 ;;;### (autoloads (hs-minor-mode hs-hide-comments-when-hiding-all)
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
7973 ;;;;;; "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el" (14716 16655))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7974 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7975
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7976 (defvar hs-hide-comments-when-hiding-all t "\
27016
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7977 *Hide the comments too when you do an `hs-hide-all'.")
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7978
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7979 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist (quote ((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (bibtex-mode ("^@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning))) "\
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7980 *Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
27016
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7981 Each element has the form
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7982 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
27016
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7983
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7984 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7985 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7986
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7987 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7988 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7989
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7990 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7991 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7992 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7993 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. For
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7994 example, see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7995
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7996 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7997 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7998
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7999 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8000 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8001
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8002 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8003 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8004 whitespace. Case does not matter.")
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8005
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8006 (autoload (quote hs-minor-mode) "hideshow" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8007 Toggle hideshow minor mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8008 With ARG, turn hideshow minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8009 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8010 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8011 The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8012
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8013 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
27016
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8014 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-show-region'. There is also
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8015 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8016
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8017 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8018 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8019
27949
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
8020 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
8021
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8022 Key bindings:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8023 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8024
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8025 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8026
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8027 ;;;### (autoloads (global-highlight-changes highlight-compare-with-file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8028 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-rotate-faces highlight-changes-previous-change
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8029 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-next-change highlight-changes-mode highlight-changes-remove-highlight)
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
8030 ;;;;;; "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (14750 31723))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8031 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8032
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8033 (defvar highlight-changes-mode nil)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8034
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8035 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-remove-highlight) "hilit-chg" "\
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
8036 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8037 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8038
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8039 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-mode) "hilit-chg" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8040 Toggle (or initially set) Highlight Changes mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8041
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
8042 Without an argument:
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
8043 If Highlight Changes mode is not enabled, then enable it (in either active
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
8044 or passive state as determined by the variable
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
8045 `highlight-changes-initial-state'); otherwise, toggle between active
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
8046 and passive state.
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
8047
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
8048 With an argument ARG:
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
8049 If ARG is positive, set state to active;
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
8050 If ARG is zero, set state to passive;
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
8051 If ARG is negative, disable Highlight Changes mode completely.
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
8052
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
8053 Active state - means changes are shown in a distinctive face.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8054 Passive state - means changes are kept and new ones recorded but are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8055 not displayed in a different face.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8056
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8057 Functions:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8058 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8059 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8060 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8061 buffer with the contents of a file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8062 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8063 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes through
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8064 various faces.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8065
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8066 Hook variables:
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
8067 `highlight-changes-enable-hook' - when enabling Highlight Changes mode.
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
8068 `highlight-changes-toggle-hook' - when entering active or passive state
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
8069 `highlight-changes-disable-hook' - when turning off Highlight Changes mode." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8070
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8071 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-next-change) "hilit-chg" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8072 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8073
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8074 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-previous-change) "hilit-chg" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8075 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8076
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8077 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-rotate-faces) "hilit-chg" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8078 Rotate the faces used by Highlight Changes mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8079
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
8080 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
8081 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8082 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8083 shown in the last face in the list.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8084
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8085 You can automatically rotate colours when the buffer is saved
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
8086 by adding the following to `local-write-file-hooks', by evaling it in the
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8087 buffer to be saved):
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
8088
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
8089 (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces)" t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8090
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8091 (autoload (quote highlight-compare-with-file) "hilit-chg" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8092 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8093
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8094 The current buffer must be an unmodified buffer visiting a file,
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
8095 and must not be read-only.
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
8096
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
8097 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
8098 this function is called interactively.
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
8099
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
8100 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
8101 also will have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
8102 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
8103
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
8104 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
8105 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8106 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8107
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8108 (autoload (quote global-highlight-changes) "hilit-chg" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8109 Turn on or off global Highlight Changes mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8110
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8111 When called interactively:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8112 - if no prefix, toggle global Highlight Changes mode on or off
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8113 - if called with a positive prefix (or just C-u) turn it on in active mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8114 - if called with a zero prefix turn it on in passive mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8115 - if called with a negative prefix turn it off
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8116
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8117 When called from a program:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8118 - if ARG is nil or omitted, turn it off
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
8119 - if ARG is `active', turn it on in active mode
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
8120 - if ARG is `passive', turn it on in passive mode
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8121 - otherwise just turn it on
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8122
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8123 When global Highlight Changes mode is enabled, Highlight Changes mode is turned
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8124 on for future \"suitable\" buffers (and for \"suitable\" existing buffers if
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8125 variable `highlight-changes-global-changes-existing-buffers' is non-nil).
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
8126 \"Suitability\" is determined by variable `highlight-changes-global-modes'." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8127
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8128 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8129
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8130 ;;;### (autoloads (make-hippie-expand-function hippie-expand hippie-expand-only-buffers
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8131 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-ignore-buffers hippie-expand-max-buffers hippie-expand-no-restriction
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8132 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
8133 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-verbose hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp"
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
8134 ;;;;;; "hippie-exp.el" (14735 57398))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8135 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8136
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8137 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list (quote (try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol)) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8138 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8139 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8140 or insert functions in this list.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8141
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8142 (defvar hippie-expand-verbose t "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8143 *Non-nil makes `hippie-expand' output which function it is trying.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8144
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8145 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8146 *Non-nil means tolerate trailing spaces in the abbreviation to expand.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8147
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8148 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol t "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8149 *Non-nil means expand as symbols, i.e. syntax `_' is considered a letter.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8150
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8151 (defvar hippie-expand-no-restriction t "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8152 *Non-nil means that narrowed buffers are widened during search.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8153
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8154 (defvar hippie-expand-max-buffers nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8155 *The maximum number of buffers (apart from the current) searched.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8156 If nil, all buffers are searched.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8157
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8158 (defvar hippie-expand-ignore-buffers (quote ("^ \\*.*\\*$" dired-mode)) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8159 *A list specifying which buffers not to search (if not current).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8160 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8161 \(as atoms)")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8162
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8163 (defvar hippie-expand-only-buffers nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8164 *A list specifying the only buffers to search (in addition to current).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8165 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8166 \(as atoms). If non-NIL, this variable overrides the variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8167 `hippie-expand-ignore-buffers'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8168
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8169 (autoload (quote hippie-expand) "hippie-exp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8170 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8171 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8172 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8173 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8174 expansions.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8175 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8176 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument],
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8177 undoes the expansion." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8178
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8179 (autoload (quote make-hippie-expand-function) "hippie-exp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8180 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8181 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8182 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose." nil (quote macro))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8183
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8184 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8185
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8186 ;;;### (autoloads (hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "hl-line.el" (14709 28151))
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8187 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8188
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8189 (defvar hl-line-mode nil "\
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8190 Toggle Hl-Line mode.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8191 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8192 use either \\[customize] or the function `hl-line-mode'.")
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8193
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8194 (custom-add-to-group (quote hl-line) (quote hl-line-mode) (quote custom-variable))
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8195
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8196 (custom-add-load (quote hl-line-mode) (quote hl-line))
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8197
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8198 (autoload (quote hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "\
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8199 Global minor mode to highlight the line about point in the current window.
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8200 With ARG, turn Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8201 Uses functions `hl-line-unhighlight' and `hl-line-highlight' on
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8202 `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'." t nil)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8203
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8204 ;;;***
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8205
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8206 ;;;### (autoloads (list-holidays) "holidays" "calendar/holidays.el"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8207 ;;;;;; (13462 53924))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8208 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8209
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8210 (autoload (quote list-holidays) "holidays" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8211 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8212
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8213 The optional list of holidays L defaults to `calendar-holidays'. See the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8214 documentation for that variable for a description of holiday lists.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8215
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8216 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8217
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8218 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8219
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8220 ;;;### (autoloads (hscroll-global-mode hscroll-mode turn-on-hscroll)
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8221 ;;;;;; "hscroll" "hscroll.el" (14671 47520))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8222 ;;; Generated autoloads from hscroll.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8223
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8224 (autoload (quote turn-on-hscroll) "hscroll" "\
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8225 This function is obsolete." nil nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8226
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8227 (autoload (quote hscroll-mode) "hscroll" "\
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8228 This function is absolete." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8229
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8230 (autoload (quote hscroll-global-mode) "hscroll" "\
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8231 This function is absolete." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8232
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8233 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8234
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8235 ;;;### (autoloads (icomplete-minibuffer-setup icomplete-mode) "icomplete"
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
8236 ;;;;;; "icomplete.el" (14636 62704))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8237 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8238
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8239 (autoload (quote icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8240 Activate incremental minibuffer completion for this Emacs session.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8241 Deactivates with negative universal argument." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8242
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8243 (autoload (quote icomplete-minibuffer-setup) "icomplete" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8244 Run in minibuffer on activation to establish incremental completion.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8245 Usually run by inclusion in `minibuffer-setup-hook'." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8246
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8247 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8248
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
8249 ;;;### (autoloads (icon-mode) "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (14748 53301))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8250 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8251
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8252 (autoload (quote icon-mode) "icon" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8253 Major mode for editing Icon code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8254 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8255 Tab indents for Icon code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8256 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8257 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8258 \\{icon-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8259 Variables controlling indentation style:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8260 icon-tab-always-indent
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8261 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8262 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8263 icon-auto-newline
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8264 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8265 inserted in Icon code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8266 icon-indent-level
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8267 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8268 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8269 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8270 icon-continued-statement-offset
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8271 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8272 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8273 icon-continued-brace-offset
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8274 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8275 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8276 icon-brace-offset
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8277 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8278 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8279 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8280 this far to the right of the start of its line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8281
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8282 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8283 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8284
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8285 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8286
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8287 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el"
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
8288 ;;;;;; (14735 57460))
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8289 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8290
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8291 (autoload (quote idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "\
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8292 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8293 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8294 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8295
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8296 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8297 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8298 separate frames.
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8299
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8300 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name'.
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8301
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8302 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8303 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8304 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8305
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8306 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8307
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8308 ;;;***
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8309
27016
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8310 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el"
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8311 ;;;;;; (14671 47574))
27016
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8312 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8313
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8314 (autoload (quote idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "\
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8315 Major mode for editing IDL and WAVE CL .pro files.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8316
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8317 The main features of this mode are
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8318
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8319 1. Indentation and Formatting
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8320 --------------------------
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8321 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8322 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8323
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8324 To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line]. This function can also
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8325 be used in the middle of a line to split the line at that point.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8326 When used inside a long constant string, the string is split at
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8327 that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8328
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8329 Comments are indented as follows:
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8330
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8331 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8332 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8333 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8334
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8335 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8336
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8337 Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a comment. The indentation
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8338 of the second line of the paragraph relative to the first will be
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8339 retained. Use \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these comments.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8340 When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is nil, code
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8341 can also be auto-filled and auto-indented (not recommended).
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8342
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8343 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8344 entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs].
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8345 Then mark the entire buffer again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region').
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8346
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8347 2. Routine Info
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8348 ------------
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8349 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the accepted
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8350 keyword parameters of a procedure or function with \\[idlwave-routine-info].
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8351 \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the source file of a module.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8352 These commands know about system routines, all routines in idlwave-mode
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8353 buffers and (when the idlwave-shell is active) about all modules
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8354 currently compiled under this shell. Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8355 information, which is also used for completion (see item 4).
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8356
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8357 3. Online IDL Help
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8358 ---------------
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8359 \\[idlwave-context-help] displays the IDL documentation relevant
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8360 for the system variable, keyword, or routine at point. A single key
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8361 stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. Two additional
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8362 files (an ASCII version of the IDL documentation and a topics file) must
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8363 be installed for this - check the IDLWAVE webpage for these files.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8364
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8365 4. Completion
27016
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8366 ----------
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8367 \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8368 class names and keyword parameters. It is context sensitive and
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8369 figures out what is expected at point (procedure/function/keyword).
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8370 Lower case strings are completed in lower case, other strings in
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8371 mixed or upper case.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8372
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8373 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations
27016
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8374 --------------------------------
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8375 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8376 The abbreviations start generally with a `\\`. Some examples
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8377
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8378 \\pr PROCEDURE template
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8379 \\fu FUNCTION template
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8380 \\c CASE statement template
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8381 \\f FOR loop template
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8382 \\r REPEAT Loop template
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8383 \\w WHILE loop template
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8384 \\i IF statement template
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8385 \\elif IF-ELSE statement template
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8386 \\b BEGIN
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8387
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8388 For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also have
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8389 direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8390
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8391 \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the beginning of the
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8392 current program unit (pro, function or main). Change log entries
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8393 can be added to the current program unit with \\[idlwave-doc-modification].
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8394
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8395 6. Automatic Case Conversion
27016
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8396 -------------------------
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8397 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8398 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8399
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8400 7. Automatic END completion
27016
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8401 ------------------------
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8402 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8403 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8404
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8405 8. Hooks
27016
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8406 -----
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8407 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8408 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8409
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8410 9. Documentation and Customization
27016
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8411 -------------------------------
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8412 Info documentation for this package is available. Use \\[idlwave-info]
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8413 to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does not work).
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8414 For Postscript and HTML versions of the documentation, check IDLWAVE's
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8415 homepage at `http://www.strw.leidenuniv.nl/~dominik/Tools/idlwave'.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8416 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8417
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8418 10.Keybindings
27016
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8419 -----------
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8420 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8421 If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key]
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8422 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8423
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8424 \\{idlwave-mode-map}" t nil)
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8425
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8426 ;;;***
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8427
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
8428 ;;;### (autoloads (ielm) "ielm" "ielm.el" (14736 1145))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8429 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8430 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*ielm*")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8431
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8432 (autoload (quote ielm) "ielm" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8433 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8434 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8435
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8436 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8437
28724
48df558593f9 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28710
diff changeset
8438 ;;;### (autoloads (defimage find-image remove-images insert-image
48df558593f9 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28710
diff changeset
8439 ;;;;;; put-image create-image image-type-available-p image-type-from-file-header
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
8440 ;;;;;; image-type-from-data) "image" "image.el" (14750 26818))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8441 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8442
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8443 (autoload (quote image-type-from-data) "image" "\
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8444 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8445 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8446 be determined." nil nil)
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8447
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8448 (autoload (quote image-type-from-file-header) "image" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8449 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8450 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8451 be determined." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8452
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8453 (autoload (quote image-type-available-p) "image" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8454 Value is non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8455 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8456
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8457 (autoload (quote create-image) "image" "\
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8458 Create an image.
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8459 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8460 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8461 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8462 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8463 use its file extension.as image type.
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8464 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8465 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8466 like, e.g. `:heuristic-mask t'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8467 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8468
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8469 (autoload (quote put-image) "image" "\
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8470 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8471 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8472 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8473 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
8474 image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8475 POS may be an integer or marker.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8476 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8477 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8478 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8479 means display it in the right marginal area." nil nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8480
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8481 (autoload (quote insert-image) "image" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8482 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8483 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
8484 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
8485 defaulted if you omit it.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8486 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8487 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8488 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8489 means display it in the right marginal area." nil nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8490
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8491 (autoload (quote remove-images) "image" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8492 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8493 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8494 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8495
28724
48df558593f9 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28710
diff changeset
8496 (autoload (quote find-image) "image" "\
48df558593f9 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28710
diff changeset
8497 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
48df558593f9 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28710
diff changeset
8498
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
8499 SPECS is a list of image specifications.
28724
48df558593f9 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28710
diff changeset
8500
48df558593f9 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28710
diff changeset
8501 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
48df558593f9 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28710
diff changeset
8502 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
48df558593f9 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28710
diff changeset
8503 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
48df558593f9 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28710
diff changeset
8504 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
48df558593f9 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28710
diff changeset
8505 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
8506 string containing the actual image data. The specification whose TYPE
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
8507 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
8508 specification to be returned. Return nil if no specification is
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
8509 satisfied.
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
8510
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
8511 The image is looked for first on `load-path' and then in `data-directory'." nil nil)
28724
48df558593f9 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28710
diff changeset
8512
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8513 (autoload (quote defimage) "image" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8514 Define SYMBOL as an image.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8515
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8516 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8517 documentation string.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8518
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8519 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8520 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8521 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8522 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8523 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8524 string containing the actual image data. The first image
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8525 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8526 define SYMBOL.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8527
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8528 Example:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8529
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8530 (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8531 (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))" nil (quote macro))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8532
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8533 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8534
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8535 ;;;### (autoloads (imenu imenu-add-menubar-index imenu-add-to-menubar
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8536 ;;;;;; imenu-sort-function) "imenu" "imenu.el" (14659 22945))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8537 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8538
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8539 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8540 *The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8541
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8542 Affects only the mouse index menu.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8543
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8544 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8545 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8546 in the buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8547
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8548 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8549
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8550 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8551 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8552 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8553
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8554 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8555 The regex pattern to use for creating a buffer index.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8556
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8557 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8558 to create a buffer index.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8559
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8560 The value should be an alist with elements that look like this:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8561 (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8562 or like this:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8563 (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX FUNCTION ARGUMENTS...)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8564 with zero or more ARGUMENTS. The former format creates a simple element in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8565 the index alist when it matches; the latter creates a special element
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8566 of the form (NAME POSITION-MARKER FUNCTION ARGUMENTS...)
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8567 with FUNCTION and ARGUMENTS copied from `imenu-generic-expression'.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8568
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8569 MENU-TITLE is a string used as the title for the submenu or nil if the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8570 entries are not nested.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8571
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8572 REGEXP is a regexp that should match a construct in the buffer that is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8573 to be displayed in the menu; i.e., function or variable definitions,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8574 etc. It contains a substring which is the name to appear in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8575 menu. See the info section on Regexps for more information.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8576
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8577 INDEX points to the substring in REGEXP that contains the name (of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8578 function, variable or type) that is to appear in the menu.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8579
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8580 The variable is buffer-local.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8581
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8582 The variable `imenu-case-fold-search' determines whether or not the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8583 regexp matches are case sensitive. and `imenu-syntax-alist' can be
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8584 used to alter the syntax table for the search.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8585
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8586 For example, see the value of `lisp-imenu-generic-expression' used by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8587 `lisp-mode' and `emacs-lisp-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8588 locally to give the characters which normally have \"punctuation\"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8589 syntax \"word\" syntax during matching.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8590
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8591 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-generic-expression))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8592
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8593 (defvar imenu-create-index-function (quote imenu-default-create-index-function) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8594 The function to use for creating a buffer index.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8595
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8596 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns an index
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8597 of the current buffer as an alist.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8598
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8599 Simple elements in the alist look like (INDEX-NAME . INDEX-POSITION).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8600 Special elements look like (INDEX-NAME INDEX-POSITION FUNCTION ARGUMENTS...).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8601 A nested sub-alist element looks like (INDEX-NAME SUB-ALIST).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8602 The function `imenu--subalist-p' tests an element and returns t
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8603 if it is a sub-alist.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8604
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8605 This function is called within a `save-excursion'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8606
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8607 The variable is buffer-local.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8608
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8609 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-create-index-function))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8610
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8611 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function (quote beginning-of-defun) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8612 Function for finding the next index position.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8613
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8614 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8615 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8616 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8617 file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8618
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8619 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8620 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8621
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8622 This variable is local in all buffers.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8623
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8624 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-prev-index-position-function))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8625
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8626 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8627 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8628
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8629 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8630 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8631 It should return the name for that index item.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8632
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8633 This variable is local in all buffers.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8634
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8635 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-extract-index-name-function))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8636
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8637 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8638 Function to compare string with index item.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8639
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8640 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8641 non-nil if they match.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8642
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8643 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8644 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8645 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8646 arguments match\".
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8647
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8648 This variable is local in all buffers.")
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8649
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8650 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-name-lookup-function))
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8651
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8652 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function (quote imenu-default-goto-function) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8653 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8654 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8655
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8656 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-default-goto-function))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8657
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8658 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-case-fold-search))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8659
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8660 (autoload (quote imenu-add-to-menubar) "imenu" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8661 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8662 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8663 See the command `imenu' for more information." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8664
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8665 (autoload (quote imenu-add-menubar-index) "imenu" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8666 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8667
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8668 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8669
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8670 (autoload (quote imenu) "imenu" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8671 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8672 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8673 for more information." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8674
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8675 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8676
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8677 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-lisp) "inf-lisp" "progmodes/inf-lisp.el"
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
8678 ;;;;;; (14735 57460))
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8679 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8680
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8681 (defvar inferior-lisp-filter-regexp "\\`\\s *\\(:\\(\\w\\|\\s_\\)\\)?\\s *\\'" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8682 *What not to save on inferior Lisp's input history.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8683 Input matching this regexp is not saved on the input history in Inferior Lisp
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8684 mode. Default is whitespace followed by 0 or 1 single-letter colon-keyword
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8685 \(as in :a, :c, etc.)")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8686
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8687 (defvar inferior-lisp-program "lisp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8688 *Program name for invoking an inferior Lisp with for Inferior Lisp mode.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8689
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8690 (defvar inferior-lisp-load-command "(load \"%s\")\n" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8691 *Format-string for building a Lisp expression to load a file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8692 This format string should use `%s' to substitute a file name
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8693 and should result in a Lisp expression that will command the inferior Lisp
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8694 to load that file. The default works acceptably on most Lisps.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8695 The string \"(progn (load \\\"%s\\\" :verbose nil :print t) (values))\\n\"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8696 produces cosmetically superior output for this application,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8697 but it works only in Common Lisp.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8698
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8699 (defvar inferior-lisp-prompt "^[^> \n]*>+:? *" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8700 Regexp to recognise prompts in the Inferior Lisp mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8701 Defaults to \"^[^> \\n]*>+:? *\", which works pretty good for Lucid, kcl,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8702 and franz. This variable is used to initialize `comint-prompt-regexp' in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8703 Inferior Lisp buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8704
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
8705 This variable is only used if the variable
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
8706 `comint-use-prompt-regexp-instead-of-fields' is non-nil.
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
8707
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8708 More precise choices:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8709 Lucid Common Lisp: \"^\\\\(>\\\\|\\\\(->\\\\)+\\\\) *\"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8710 franz: \"^\\\\(->\\\\|<[0-9]*>:\\\\) *\"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8711 kcl: \"^>+ *\"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8712
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8713 This is a fine thing to set in your .emacs file.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8714
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8715 (defvar inferior-lisp-mode-hook (quote nil) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8716 *Hook for customising Inferior Lisp mode.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8717
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8718 (autoload (quote inferior-lisp) "inf-lisp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8719 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8720 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8721 to that buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8722 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8723 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8724 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8725 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8726 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*inferior-lisp*")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8727
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8728 (defalias (quote run-lisp) (quote inferior-lisp))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8729
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8730 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8731
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8732 ;;;### (autoloads (Info-speedbar-browser Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node
28710
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
8733 ;;;;;; Info-goto-emacs-command-node Info-directory info-standalone
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
8734 ;;;;;; info info-other-window) "info" "info.el" (14768 46217))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8735 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8736
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8737 (autoload (quote info-other-window) "info" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8738 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8739 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*info*")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8740
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8741 (autoload (quote info) "info" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8742 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8743 Optional argument FILE specifies the file to examine;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8744 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8745 Called from a program, FILE may specify an Info node of the form
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8746 `(FILENAME)NODENAME'.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8747
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8748 In interactive use, a prefix argument directs this command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8749 to read a file name from the minibuffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8750
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8751 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
8752 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8753 in all the directories in that path." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8754
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8755 (autoload (quote info-standalone) "info" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8756 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8757 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8758 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8759
28710
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
8760 (autoload (quote Info-directory) "info" "\
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
8761 Go to the Info directory node." t nil)
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
8762
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8763 (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-command-node) "info" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8764 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8765 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's Command Index
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8766 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8767 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8768
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8769 (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node) "info" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8770 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual the command bound to KEY, a string.
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8771 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8772 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's Command Index
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8773 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8774 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8775
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8776 (autoload (quote Info-speedbar-browser) "info" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8777 Initialize speedbar to display an info node browser.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8778 This will add a speedbar major display mode." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8779
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8780 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8781
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8782 ;;;### (autoloads (info-complete-file info-complete-symbol info-lookup-file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8783 ;;;;;; info-lookup-symbol info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "info-look.el"
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8784 ;;;;;; (14710 63985))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8785 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8786
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8787 (autoload (quote info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8788 Throw away all cached data.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8789 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8790 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8791 system." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8792
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8793 (autoload (quote info-lookup-symbol) "info-look" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8794 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8795 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the minibuffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8796 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument value
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8797 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8798 The default symbol is the one found at point.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8799
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8800 With prefix arg a query for the symbol help mode is offered." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8801
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8802 (autoload (quote info-lookup-file) "info-look" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8803 Display the documentation of a file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8804 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8805 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8806 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8807 The default file name is the one found at point.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8808
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8809 With prefix arg a query for the file help mode is offered." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8810
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8811 (autoload (quote info-complete-symbol) "info-look" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8812 Perform completion on symbol preceding point." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8813
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8814 (autoload (quote info-complete-file) "info-look" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8815 Perform completion on file preceding point." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8816
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8817 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8818
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8819 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-info-validate Info-validate Info-split Info-tagify)
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8820 ;;;;;; "informat" "informat.el" (14281 34724))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8821 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8822
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8823 (autoload (quote Info-tagify) "informat" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8824 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8825
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8826 (autoload (quote Info-split) "informat" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8827 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8828 Each subfile will be up to 50,000 characters plus one node.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8830 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8831 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8832 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8833
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8834 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8835 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8836 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8837 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8838
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8839 (autoload (quote Info-validate) "informat" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8840 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8841 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8842
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8843 (autoload (quote batch-info-validate) "informat" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8844 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8845 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8846 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8847 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"" nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8848
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8849 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8850
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8851 ;;;### (autoloads (isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters isearch-toggle-input-method
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8852 ;;;;;; isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el"
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8853 ;;;;;; (14669 64271))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8854 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8855
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8856 (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8857 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8858
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8859 (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-input-method) "isearch-x" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8860 Toggle input method in interactive search." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8861
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8862 (autoload (quote isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters) "isearch-x" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8863
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8864 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8865
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8866 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-accents-mode) "iso-acc" "international/iso-acc.el"
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8867 ;;;;;; (14388 10886))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8868 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-acc.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8869
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8870 (autoload (quote iso-accents-mode) "iso-acc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8871 Toggle ISO Accents mode, in which accents modify the following letter.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8872 This permits easy insertion of accented characters according to ISO-8859-1.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8873 When Iso-accents mode is enabled, accent character keys
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8874 \(`, ', \", ^, / and ~) do not self-insert; instead, they modify the following
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8875 letter key so that it inserts an ISO accented letter.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8877 You can customize ISO Accents mode to a particular language
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8878 with the command `iso-accents-customize'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8879
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8880 Special combinations: ~c gives a c with cedilla,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8881 ~d gives an Icelandic eth (d with dash).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8882 ~t gives an Icelandic thorn.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8883 \"s gives German sharp s.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8884 /a gives a with ring.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8885 /e gives an a-e ligature.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8886 ~< and ~> give guillemots.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8887 ~! gives an inverted exclamation mark.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8888 ~? gives an inverted question mark.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8889
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8890 With an argument, a positive argument enables ISO Accents mode,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8891 and a negative argument disables it." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8892
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8893 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8894
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8895 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-cvt-define-menu iso-cvt-write-only iso-cvt-read-only
28523
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
8896 ;;;;;; iso-sgml2iso iso-iso2sgml iso-iso2duden iso-iso2gtex iso-gtex2iso
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
8897 ;;;;;; iso-tex2iso iso-iso2tex iso-german iso-spanish) "iso-cvt"
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
8898 ;;;;;; "international/iso-cvt.el" (14564 29908))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8899 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8900
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8901 (autoload (quote iso-spanish) "iso-cvt" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8902 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8903 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8904 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8905 `format-alist')." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8906
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8907 (autoload (quote iso-german) "iso-cvt" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8908 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8909 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8910 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8911 `format-alist')." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8912
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8913 (autoload (quote iso-iso2tex) "iso-cvt" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8914 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8915 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8916 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8917 `format-alist')." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8918
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8919 (autoload (quote iso-tex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8920 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8921 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8922 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8923 `format-alist')." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8924
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8925 (autoload (quote iso-gtex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8926 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8927 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8928 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8929 `format-alist')." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8930
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8931 (autoload (quote iso-iso2gtex) "iso-cvt" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8932 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8933 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8934 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8935 `format-alist')." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8936
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8937 (autoload (quote iso-iso2duden) "iso-cvt" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8938 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8939 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8940 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8941 `format-alist')." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8942
28523
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
8943 (autoload (quote iso-iso2sgml) "iso-cvt" "\
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
8944 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
8945 The entities used are from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
8946 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
8947 `format-alist')." t nil)
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
8948
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
8949 (autoload (quote iso-sgml2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
8950 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
8951 The entities used are from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
8952 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
8953 `format-alist')." t nil)
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
8954
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8955 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-read-only) "iso-cvt" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8956 Warn that format is read-only." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8957
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8958 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-write-only) "iso-cvt" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8959 Warn that format is write-only." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8960
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8961 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-define-menu) "iso-cvt" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8962 Add submenus to the Files menu, to convert to and from various formats." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8963
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8964 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8965
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8966 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8967 ;;;;;; (14716 1570))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8968 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8969 (or key-translation-map (setq key-translation-map (make-sparse-keymap)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8970 (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8971 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8972
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8973 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8974
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8975 ;;;### (autoloads (ispell-message ispell-minor-mode ispell ispell-complete-word-interior-frag
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8976 ;;;;;; ispell-complete-word ispell-continue ispell-buffer ispell-comments-and-strings
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8977 ;;;;;; ispell-region ispell-change-dictionary ispell-kill-ispell
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8978 ;;;;;; ispell-help ispell-word ispell-dictionary-alist ispell-local-dictionary-alist
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8979 ;;;;;; ispell-personal-dictionary) "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el"
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
8980 ;;;;;; (14750 26861))
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8981 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8982
28710
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
8983 (defconst xemacsp (string-match "Lucid\\|XEmacs" emacs-version) "\
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8984 Non nil if using XEmacs.")
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8985
28710
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
8986 (defconst version18p (string-match "18\\.[0-9]+\\.[0-9]+" emacs-version) "\
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8987 Non nil if using emacs version 18.")
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8988
28710
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
8989 (defconst version20p (string-match "20\\.[0-9]+\\.[0-9]+" emacs-version) "\
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8990 Non nil if using emacs version 20.")
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8991
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8992 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8993 *File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8994 If nil, the default personal dictionary, \"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" is used,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8995 where DICTNAME is the name of your default dictionary.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8996
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8997 (defvar ispell-local-dictionary-alist nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8998 *Contains local or customized dictionary definitions.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8999 See `ispell-dictionary-alist'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9000
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
9001 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-1 (quote ((nil "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("american" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("brasileiro" "[A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[']" nil ("-d" "brasileiro") nil iso-8859-1) ("british" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B" "-d" "british") nil iso-8859-1) ("castellano" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[-]" nil ("-B" "-d" "castellano") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("castellano8" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[-]" nil ("-B" "-d" "castellano") "~latin1" iso-8859-1))))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9002
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9003 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-2 (quote (("czech" "[A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B" "-d" "czech") nil iso-8859-2) ("dansk" "[A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[^A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[']" nil ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("deutsch" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("deutsch8" "[a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[^a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "deutsch") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("english" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1))))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9004
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
9005 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-3 (quote (("esperanto" "[A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[^A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[-']" t ("-C") "~latin3" iso-8859-1) ("esperanto-tex" "[A-Za-z^\\]" "[^A-Za-z^\\]" "[-'`\"]" t ("-C" "-d" "esperanto") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("francais7" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[`'^---]" t nil nil iso-8859-1) ("francais" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[-']" t nil "~list" iso-8859-1))))
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
9006
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
9007 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-4 (quote (("francais-tex" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[-'^`\"]" t nil "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("italiano" "[A-Z\300\301\310\311\314\315\322\323\331\332a-z\340\341\350\351\354\355\363\371\372]" "[^A-Z\300\301\310\311\314\315\322\323\331\332a-z\340\341\350\351\354\355\363\371\372]" "[-]" nil ("-B" "-d" "italian") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("nederlands" "[A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("nederlands8" "[A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1))))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9008
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9009 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-5 (quote (("norsk" "[A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[^A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[\"]" nil ("-d" "norsk") "~list" iso-8859-1) ("norsk7-tex" "[A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[^A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[\"]" nil ("-d" "norsk") "~plaintex" iso-8859-1) ("polish" "[A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "[^A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "" nil ("-d" "polish") nil iso-8859-2))))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9010
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
9011 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-6 (quote (("russian" "[\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "[^\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "" nil ("-d" "russian") nil koi8-r) ("svenska" "[A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[^A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[']" nil ("-C") "~list" iso-8859-1) ("portugues" "[a-zA-Z\301\302\311\323\340\341\342\351\352\355\363\343\372]" "[^a-zA-Z\301\302\311\323\340\341\342\351\352\355\363\343\372]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "portugues") "~latin1" iso-8859-1))))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9012
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9013 (defvar ispell-dictionary-alist (append ispell-local-dictionary-alist ispell-dictionary-alist-1 ispell-dictionary-alist-2 ispell-dictionary-alist-3 ispell-dictionary-alist-4 ispell-dictionary-alist-5 ispell-dictionary-alist-6) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9014 An alist of dictionaries and their associated parameters.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9015
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9016 Each element of this list is also a list:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9017
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9018 \(DICTIONARY-NAME CASECHARS NOT-CASECHARS OTHERCHARS MANY-OTHERCHARS-P
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9019 ISPELL-ARGS EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE CHARACTER-SET)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9020
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9021 DICTIONARY-NAME is a possible string value of variable `ispell-dictionary',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9022 nil means the default dictionary.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9023
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9024 CASECHARS is a regular expression of valid characters that comprise a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9025 word.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9026
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9027 NOT-CASECHARS is the opposite regexp of CASECHARS.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9028
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9029 OTHERCHARS is a regexp of characters in the NOT-CASECHARS set but which can be
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9030 used to construct words in some special way. If OTHERCHARS characters follow
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9031 and precede characters from CASECHARS, they are parsed as part of a word,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9032 otherwise they become word-breaks. As an example in English, assume the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9033 regular expression \"[']\" for OTHERCHARS. Then \"they're\" and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9034 \"Steven's\" are parsed as single words including the \"'\" character, but
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9035 \"Stevens'\" does not include the quote character as part of the word.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9036 If you want OTHERCHARS to be empty, use the empty string.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9037 Hint: regexp syntax requires the hyphen to be declared first here.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9038
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9039 MANY-OTHERCHARS-P is non-nil when multiple OTHERCHARS are allowed in a word.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9040 Otherwise only a single OTHERCHARS character is allowed to be part of any
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9041 single word.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9042
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9043 ISPELL-ARGS is a list of additional arguments passed to the ispell
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9044 subprocess.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9045
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9046 EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE should be used when dictionaries are used which
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9047 have been configured in an Ispell affix file. (For example, umlauts
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9048 can be encoded as \\\"a, a\\\", \"a, ...) Defaults are ~tex and ~nroff
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9049 in English. This has the same effect as the command-line `-T' option.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9050 The buffer Major Mode controls Ispell's parsing in tex or nroff mode,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9051 but the dictionary can control the extended character mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9052 Both defaults can be overruled in a buffer-local fashion. See
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9053 `ispell-parsing-keyword' for details on this.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9054
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9055 CHARACTER-SET used for languages with multibyte characters.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9056
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9057 Note that the CASECHARS and OTHERCHARS slots of the alist should
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9058 contain the same character set as casechars and otherchars in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9059 LANGUAGE.aff file (e.g., english.aff).")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9060
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9061 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9062 Key map for ispell menu.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9063
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9064 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9065 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9066 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9067 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9068
28710
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
9069 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not version18p) (not xemacsp) (quote reload)))
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
9070
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
9071 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (let ((dicts (reverse (cons (cons "default" nil) ispell-dictionary-alist))) (path (and (boundp (quote ispell-library-path)) ispell-library-path)) name load-dict) (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (while dicts (setq name (car (car dicts)) load-dict (car (cdr (member "-d" (nth 5 (car dicts))))) dicts (cdr dicts)) (cond ((not (stringp name)) (define-key ispell-menu-map (vector (quote default)) (cons "Select Default Dict" (cons "Dictionary for which Ispell was configured" (list (quote lambda) nil (quote (interactive)) (list (quote ispell-change-dictionary) "default")))))) ((or (not path) (file-exists-p (concat path "/" name ".hash")) (file-exists-p (concat path "/" name ".has")) (and load-dict (or (file-exists-p (concat path "/" load-dict ".hash")) (file-exists-p (concat path "/" load-dict ".has"))))) (define-key ispell-menu-map (vector (intern name)) (cons (concat "Select " (capitalize name) " Dict") (list (quote lambda) nil (quote (interactive)) (list (quote ispell-change-dictionary) name)))))))))
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
9072
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
9073 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] (quote (menu-item "Change Dictionary..." ispell-change-dictionary :help "Supply explicit path to dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] (quote (menu-item "Kill Process" ispell-kill-ispell :enable (and (boundp (quote ispell-process)) ispell-process (eq (ispell-process-status) (quote run))) :help "Terminate Ispell subprocess"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] (quote (menu-item "Save Dictionary" (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)) :help "Save personal dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] (quote (menu-item "Help" (lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function (quote ispell-help))) :help "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] (quote (menu-item "Complete Word" ispell-complete-word :help "Complete word at cursor using dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] (quote (menu-item "Complete Word Fragment" ispell-complete-word-interior-frag :help "Complete word fragment at cursor")))))
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
9074
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
9075 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] (quote (menu-item "Continue Spell-Checking" ispell-continue :enable (and (boundp (quote ispell-region-end)) (marker-position ispell-region-end) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end) (current-buffer))) :help "Continue spell checking last region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Word" ispell-word :help "Spell-check word at cursor"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Comments" ispell-comments-and-strings :help "Spell-check only comments and strings")))))
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
9076
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
9077 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Region" ispell-region :enable mark-active :help "Spell-check text in marked region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Message" ispell-message :help "Skip headers and included message text"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Buffer" ispell-buffer :help "Check spelling of selected buffer"))) (fset (quote ispell-menu-map) (symbol-value (quote ispell-menu-map)))))
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
9078
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
9079 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist (quote ((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) ("^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*" . "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*") ("^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage" . "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") ("\\(-+\\|\\(/\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\|~\\)+\\)+\\)"))) "\
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9080 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9081 The alist key must be a regular expression.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9082 Valid forms include:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9083 (KEY) - just skip the key.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9084 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9085 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9086 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9087
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
9088 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists (quote ((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}")))) "\
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9089 *Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9090 First list is used raw.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9091 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9092
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9093 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9094 for skipping in latex mode.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9095
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9096 (define-key esc-map "$" (quote ispell-word))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9097
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9098 (autoload (quote ispell-word) "ispell" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9099 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9100 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9101 in a window allowing you to choose one.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9102
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9103 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9104 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9105 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9106 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9107 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9108
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9109 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9110 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9111
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9112 Word syntax described by `ispell-dictionary-alist' (which see).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9113
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9114 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
9115 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process.
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
9116
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
9117 return values:
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
9118 nil word is correct or spelling is accpeted.
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
9119 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
9120 \"word\" word corrected from word list.
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
9121 \(\"word\" arg) word is hand entered.
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
9122 quit spell session exited." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9123
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9124 (autoload (quote ispell-help) "ispell" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9125 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9126
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9127 Selections are:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9128
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9129 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9130 SPC: Accept word this time.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9131 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9132 `a': Accept word for this session.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9133 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9134 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9135 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9136 `?': Show these commands.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9137 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9138 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9139 the aborted check to be completed later.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9140 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9141 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9142 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9143 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9144 `C-l': redraws screen
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9145 `C-r': recursive edit
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9146 `C-z': suspend emacs or iconify frame" nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9147
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9148 (autoload (quote ispell-kill-ispell) "ispell" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9149 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9150 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9151
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9152 (autoload (quote ispell-change-dictionary) "ispell" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9153 Change `ispell-dictionary' (q.v.) to DICT and kill old Ispell process.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9154 A new one will be started as soon as necessary.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9155
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9156 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9157
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9158 With prefix argument, set the default directory." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9159
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9160 (autoload (quote ispell-region) "ispell" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9161 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
9162 Return nil if spell session is quit,
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
9163 otherwise returns shift offset amount for last line processed." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9164
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9165 (autoload (quote ispell-comments-and-strings) "ispell" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9166 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9167
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9168 (autoload (quote ispell-buffer) "ispell" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9169 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9170
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9171 (autoload (quote ispell-continue) "ispell" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9172 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9173
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9174 (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word) "ispell" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9175 Try to complete the word before or under point (see `lookup-words')
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9176 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word may be a character
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9177 sequence inside of a word.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9178
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9179 Standard ispell choices are then available." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9180
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9181 (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word-interior-frag) "ispell" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9182 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9183
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
9184 (autoload (quote ispell) "ispell" "\
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
9185 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors.
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
9186 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
9187 that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer." t nil)
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
9188
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9189 (autoload (quote ispell-minor-mode) "ispell" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9190 Toggle Ispell minor mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9191 With prefix arg, turn Ispell minor mode on iff arg is positive.
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
9192
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9193 In Ispell minor mode, pressing SPC or RET
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9194 warns you if the previous word is incorrectly spelled.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9195
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9196 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored -- to read
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9197 them into the running ispell process, type \\[ispell-word] SPC." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9198
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9199 (autoload (quote ispell-message) "ispell" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9200 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9201 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9202 Don't check included messages.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9203
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9204 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9205 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9206 The `X' command aborts the message send so that you can edit the buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9207
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9208 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9209 in your .emacs file:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9210 (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9211 (add-hook 'news-inews-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9212 (add-hook 'mail-send-hook 'ispell-message)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9213 (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9214
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9215 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9216 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9217 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message)))" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9218
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9219 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9220
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9221 ;;;### (autoloads (iswitchb-buffer-other-frame iswitchb-display-buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9222 ;;;;;; iswitchb-buffer-other-window iswitchb-buffer iswitchb-default-keybindings
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
9223 ;;;;;; iswitchb-read-buffer) "iswitchb" "iswitchb.el" (14727 65181))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9224 ;;; Generated autoloads from iswitchb.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9225
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9226 (autoload (quote iswitchb-read-buffer) "iswitchb" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9227 Replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9228 Return the name of a buffer selected.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9229 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9230 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9231 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing-buffer must be selected." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9232
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9233 (autoload (quote iswitchb-default-keybindings) "iswitchb" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9234 Set up default keybindings for `iswitchb-buffer'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9235 Call this function to override the normal bindings. This function also
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9236 adds a hook to the minibuffer." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9237
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9238 (autoload (quote iswitchb-buffer) "iswitchb" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9239 Switch to another buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9240
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9241 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring. The
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9242 buffer is displayed according to `iswitchb-default-method' -- the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9243 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9244 in another frame.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9245 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9246
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9247 (autoload (quote iswitchb-buffer-other-window) "iswitchb" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9248 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9249 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9250 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9251
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9252 (autoload (quote iswitchb-display-buffer) "iswitchb" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9253 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9254 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9255 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9256
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9257 (autoload (quote iswitchb-buffer-other-frame) "iswitchb" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9258 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9259 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9260 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9261
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9262 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9263
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9264 ;;;### (autoloads (read-hiragana-string japanese-zenkaku-region japanese-hankaku-region
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9265 ;;;;;; japanese-hiragana-region japanese-katakana-region japanese-zenkaku
28919
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
9266 ;;;;;; japanese-hankaku japanese-hiragana japanese-katakana setup-japanese-environment-internal)
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
9267 ;;;;;; "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (14718 42200))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9268 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9269
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9270 (autoload (quote setup-japanese-environment-internal) "japan-util" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9271
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9272 (autoload (quote japanese-katakana) "japan-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9273 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9274 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9275 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9276 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9277 (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9278 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9279 necessary to represent OBJ." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9280
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9281 (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana) "japan-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9282 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9283 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9284 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9285
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9286 (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku) "japan-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9287 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9288 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9289 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9290 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9291
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9292 (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku) "japan-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9293 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9294 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9295 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9296
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9297 (autoload (quote japanese-katakana-region) "japan-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9298 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9299 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9300 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9301
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9302 (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana-region) "japan-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9303 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9304
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9305 (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku-region) "japan-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9306 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9307 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9308 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9309 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9310
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9311 (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku-region) "japan-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9312 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9313 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9314 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9315 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9316
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9317 (autoload (quote read-hiragana-string) "japan-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9318 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9319 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9320
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9321 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9322
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
9323 ;;;### (autoloads (jit-lock-mode) "jit-lock" "jit-lock.el" (14672
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
9324 ;;;;;; 33974))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9325 ;;; Generated autoloads from jit-lock.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9326
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9327 (autoload (quote jit-lock-mode) "jit-lock" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9328 Toggle Just-in-time Lock mode.
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
9329 Turn Just-in-time Lock mode on if and only if ARG is non-nil.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9330 Enable it automatically by customizing group `font-lock'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9331
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9332 When Just-in-time Lock mode is enabled, fontification is different in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9333 following ways:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9334
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9335 - Demand-driven buffer fontification triggered by Emacs C code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9336 This means initial fontification of the whole buffer does not occur.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9337 Instead, fontification occurs when necessary, such as when scrolling
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9338 through the buffer would otherwise reveal unfontified areas. This is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9339 useful if buffer fontification is too slow for large buffers.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9340
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9341 - Stealthy buffer fontification if `jit-lock-stealth-time' is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9342 This means remaining unfontified areas of buffers are fontified if Emacs has
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9343 been idle for `jit-lock-stealth-time' seconds, while Emacs remains idle.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9344 This is useful if any buffer has any deferred fontification.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9345
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9346 - Deferred context fontification if `jit-lock-defer-contextually' is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9347 non-nil. This means fontification updates the buffer corresponding to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9348 true syntactic context, after `jit-lock-stealth-time' seconds of Emacs
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9349 idle time, while Emacs remains idle. Otherwise, fontification occurs
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9350 on modified lines only, and subsequent lines can remain fontified
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9351 corresponding to previous syntactic contexts. This is useful where
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9352 strings or comments span lines.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9353
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9354 Stealth fontification only occurs while the system remains unloaded.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9355 If the system load rises above `jit-lock-stealth-load' percent, stealth
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9356 fontification is suspended. Stealth fontification intensity is controlled via
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
9357 the variable `jit-lock-stealth-nice'." nil nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9358
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9359 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9360
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
9361 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-compression-mode) "jka-compr" "jka-compr.el"
28523
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
9362 ;;;;;; (14568 39747))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9363 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
9364
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
9365 (defvar auto-compression-mode nil "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
9366 Toggle automatic file compression and uncompression.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
9367 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
9368 use either \\[customize] or the function `auto-compression-mode'.")
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
9369
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
9370 (custom-add-to-group (quote jka-compr) (quote auto-compression-mode) (quote custom-variable))
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
9371
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
9372 (custom-add-load (quote auto-compression-mode) (quote jka-compr))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9373 (defun auto-compression-mode (&optional arg)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9374 "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9375 Toggle automatic file compression and uncompression.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9376 With prefix argument ARG, turn auto compression on if positive, else off.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9377 Returns the new status of auto compression (non-nil means on)."
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9378 (interactive "P")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9379 (if (not (fboundp 'jka-compr-installed-p))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9380 (progn
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9381 (require 'jka-compr)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9382 ;; That turned the mode on, so make it initially off.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9383 (toggle-auto-compression)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9384 (toggle-auto-compression arg t))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9385
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9386 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9387
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9388 ;;;### (autoloads (kinsoku) "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
9389 ;;;;;; (13866 35434))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9390 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9391
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9392 (autoload (quote kinsoku) "kinsoku" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9393 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9394 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9395
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9396 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9397 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9398 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9399 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9400 shorter.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9401
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9402 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9403 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9404 the context of text formatting." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9405
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9406 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9407
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
9408 ;;;### (autoloads (kkc-region) "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (14762
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
9409 ;;;;;; 12604))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9410 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9411
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
9412 (defvar kkc-after-update-conversion-functions nil "\
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
9413 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
9414 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
9415 candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
9416 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
9417 positions that contains the current selection.")
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
9418
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9419 (autoload (quote kkc-region) "kkc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9420 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9421 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9422 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9423 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9424 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9425 and the return value is the length of the conversion." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9426
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9427 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9428
28919
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
9429 ;;;### (autoloads (setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util"
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
9430 ;;;;;; "language/korea-util.el" (14623 45991))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9431 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9432
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
9433 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "") "\
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9434 *The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9435 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9436
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9437 (autoload (quote setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9438
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9439 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9440
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9441 ;;;### (autoloads (lm lm-test-run) "landmark" "play/landmark.el"
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
9442 ;;;;;; (14747 44776))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9443 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/landmark.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9444
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9445 (defalias (quote landmark-repeat) (quote lm-test-run))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9446
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9447 (autoload (quote lm-test-run) "landmark" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9448 Run 100 Lm games, each time saving the weights from the previous game." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9449
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9450 (defalias (quote landmark) (quote lm))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9451
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9452 (autoload (quote lm) "landmark" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9453 Start or resume an Lm game.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9454 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9455 Here is the relation between prefix args and game options:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9456
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9457 prefix arg | robot is auto-started | weights are saved from last game
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9458 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9459 none / 1 | yes | no
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9460 2 | yes | yes
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9461 3 | no | yes
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9462 4 | no | no
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9463
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9464 You start by moving to a square and typing \\[lm-start-robot],
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9465 if you did not use a prefix arg to ask for automatic start.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9466 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9467
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9468 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9469
28919
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
9470 ;;;### (autoloads (lao-compose-region lao-composition-function lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
9471 ;;;;;; lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao lao-compose-string)
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
9472 ;;;;;; "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (14647 32047))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9473 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9474
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
9475 (autoload (quote lao-compose-string) "lao-util" nil nil nil)
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
9476
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
9477 (autoload (quote lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao) "lao-util" "\
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
9478 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
9479 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
9480 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
9481 START and END are the beggining and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
9482 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
9483
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
9484 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
9485 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR." nil nil)
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
9486
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
9487 (autoload (quote lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string) "lao-util" "\
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
9488 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string." nil nil)
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
9489
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
9490 (autoload (quote lao-composition-function) "lao-util" "\
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
9491 Compose Lao text in the region FROM and TO.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
9492 The text matches the regular expression PATTERN.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
9493 Optional 4th argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string containing text
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
9494 to compose.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
9495
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
9496 The return value is number of composed characters." nil nil)
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
9497
28919
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
9498 (autoload (quote lao-compose-region) "lao-util" nil t nil)
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
9499
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9500 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9501
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9502 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-lazy-lock lazy-lock-mode) "lazy-lock"
27545
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
9503 ;;;;;; "lazy-lock.el" (14477 53252))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9504 ;;; Generated autoloads from lazy-lock.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9505
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9506 (autoload (quote lazy-lock-mode) "lazy-lock" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9507 Toggle Lazy Lock mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9508 With arg, turn Lazy Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive. Enable it
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9509 automatically in your `~/.emacs' by:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9510
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9511 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'lazy-lock-mode)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9512
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9513 When Lazy Lock mode is enabled, fontification can be lazy in a number of ways:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9514
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9515 - Demand-driven buffer fontification if `lazy-lock-minimum-size' is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9516 This means initial fontification does not occur if the buffer is greater than
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9517 `lazy-lock-minimum-size' characters in length. Instead, fontification occurs
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9518 when necessary, such as when scrolling through the buffer would otherwise
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9519 reveal unfontified areas. This is useful if buffer fontification is too slow
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9520 for large buffers.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9521
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9522 - Deferred scroll fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-on-scrolling' is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9523 This means demand-driven fontification does not occur as you scroll.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9524 Instead, fontification is deferred until after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9525 of Emacs idle time, while Emacs remains idle. This is useful if
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9526 fontification is too slow to keep up with scrolling.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9527
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9528 - Deferred on-the-fly fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-on-the-fly' is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9529 This means on-the-fly fontification does not occur as you type. Instead,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9530 fontification is deferred until after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds of Emacs
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9531 idle time, while Emacs remains idle. This is useful if fontification is too
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9532 slow to keep up with your typing.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9533
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9534 - Deferred context fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-contextually' is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9535 This means fontification updates the buffer corresponding to true syntactic
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9536 context, after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds of Emacs idle time, while Emacs
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9537 remains idle. Otherwise, fontification occurs on modified lines only, and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9538 subsequent lines can remain fontified corresponding to previous syntactic
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9539 contexts. This is useful where strings or comments span lines.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9540
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9541 - Stealthy buffer fontification if `lazy-lock-stealth-time' is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9542 This means remaining unfontified areas of buffers are fontified if Emacs has
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9543 been idle for `lazy-lock-stealth-time' seconds, while Emacs remains idle.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9544 This is useful if any buffer has any deferred fontification.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9545
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9546 Basic Font Lock mode on-the-fly fontification behaviour fontifies modified
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9547 lines only. Thus, if `lazy-lock-defer-contextually' is non-nil, Lazy Lock mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9548 on-the-fly fontification may fontify differently, albeit correctly. In any
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9549 event, to refontify some lines you can use \\[font-lock-fontify-block].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9550
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9551 Stealth fontification only occurs while the system remains unloaded.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9552 If the system load rises above `lazy-lock-stealth-load' percent, stealth
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9553 fontification is suspended. Stealth fontification intensity is controlled via
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9554 the variable `lazy-lock-stealth-nice' and `lazy-lock-stealth-lines', and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9555 verbosity is controlled via the variable `lazy-lock-stealth-verbose'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9556
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9557 (autoload (quote turn-on-lazy-lock) "lazy-lock" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9558 Unconditionally turn on Lazy Lock mode." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9559
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9560 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9561
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9562 ;;;### (autoloads (ledit-from-lisp-mode ledit-mode) "ledit" "ledit.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
9563 ;;;;;; (14280 10549))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9564 ;;; Generated autoloads from ledit.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9565
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9566 (defconst ledit-save-files t "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9567 *Non-nil means Ledit should save files before transferring to Lisp.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9568
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9569 (defconst ledit-go-to-lisp-string "%?lisp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9570 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp job.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9571
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9572 (defconst ledit-go-to-liszt-string "%?liszt" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9573 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp compiler job.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9574
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9575 (autoload (quote ledit-mode) "ledit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9576 \\<ledit-mode-map>Major mode for editing text and stuffing it to a Lisp job.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9577 Like Lisp mode, plus these special commands:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9578 \\[ledit-save-defun] -- record defun at or after point
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9579 for later transmission to Lisp job.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9580 \\[ledit-save-region] -- record region for later transmission to Lisp job.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9581 \\[ledit-go-to-lisp] -- transfer to Lisp job and transmit saved text.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9582 \\[ledit-go-to-liszt] -- transfer to Liszt (Lisp compiler) job
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9583 and transmit saved text.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9584 \\{ledit-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9585 To make Lisp mode automatically change to Ledit mode,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9586 do (setq lisp-mode-hook 'ledit-from-lisp-mode)" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9587
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9588 (autoload (quote ledit-from-lisp-mode) "ledit" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9589
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9590 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9591
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
9592 ;;;### (autoloads (life) "life" "play/life.el" (13578 3356))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9593 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9594
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9595 (autoload (quote life) "life" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9596 Run Conway's Life simulation.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9597 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9598 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9599 generations (this defaults to 1)." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9600
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9601 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9602
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
9603 ;;;### (autoloads (unload-feature) "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (14747
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
9604 ;;;;;; 44772))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9605 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9606
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9607 (autoload (quote unload-feature) "loadhist" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9608 Unload the library that provided FEATURE, restoring all its autoloads.
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
9609 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9610 is nil, raise an error." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9611
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9612 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9613
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9614 ;;;### (autoloads (locate-with-filter locate) "locate" "locate.el"
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
9615 ;;;;;; (14763 31121))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9616 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9617
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9618 (autoload (quote locate) "locate" "\
26084
804cba424b64 Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 25999
diff changeset
9619 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
804cba424b64 Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 25999
diff changeset
9620 With prefix arg, prompt for the locate command to run." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9621
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9622 (autoload (quote locate-with-filter) "locate" "\
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
9623 Run the locate command with a filter.
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
9624
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
9625 The filter is a regular expression. Only results matching the filter are
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
9626 shown; this is often useful to constrain a big search." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9627
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9628 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9629
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
9630 ;;;### (autoloads (log-edit) "log-edit" "log-edit.el" (14651 36595))
28162
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
9631 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-edit.el
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
9632
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
9633 (autoload (quote log-edit) "log-edit" "\
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
9634 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
9635 The buffer will be put in `log-edit-mode'.
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
9636 If SETUP is non-nil, the buffer is then erased and `log-edit-hook' is run.
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
9637 Mark and point will be set around the entire contents of the
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
9638 buffer so that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with \\[kill-region].
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
9639 Once you're done editing the message, pressing \\[log-edit-done] will call
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
9640 `log-edit-done' which will end up calling CALLBACK to do the actual commit." nil nil)
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
9641
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
9642 ;;;***
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
9643
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
9644 ;;;### (autoloads (log-view-mode) "log-view" "log-view.el" (14631
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
9645 ;;;;;; 42770))
28162
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
9646 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-view.el
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
9647
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
9648 (autoload (quote log-view-mode) "log-view" "\
28288
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
9649 Major mode for browsing CVS log output." t nil)
28162
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
9650
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
9651 ;;;***
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
9652
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9653 ;;;### (autoloads (print-region lpr-region print-buffer lpr-buffer
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
9654 ;;;;;; lpr-command lpr-switches printer-name) "lpr" "lpr.el" (14692
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
9655 ;;;;;; 45304))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9656 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9657
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9658 (defvar printer-name (if (memq system-type (quote (ms-dos windows-nt))) "PRN") "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9659 *The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9660 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9661
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9662 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9663 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9664
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9665 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9666 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\".
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9667 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9668 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9669 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9670 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9671 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9672
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9673 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9674 *List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9675 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9676 switch on this list.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9677 See `lpr-command'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9678
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9679 (defvar lpr-command (cond ((memq system-type (quote (ms-dos windows-nt))) "") ((memq system-type (quote (usg-unix-v dgux hpux irix))) "lp") (t "lpr")) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9680 *Name of program for printing a file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9681
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9682 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9683 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9684 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9685 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9686 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9687 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9688 argument.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9689
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9690 (autoload (quote lpr-buffer) "lpr" "\
27016
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
9691 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
9692 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
9693 for customization of the printer command." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9694
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9695 (autoload (quote print-buffer) "lpr" "\
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
9696 Paginate and print buffer contents.
27016
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
9697
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
9698 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
9699 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
9700 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
9701 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
9702
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
9703 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
9704 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
9705
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
9706 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
9707 for further customization of the printer command." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9708
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9709 (autoload (quote lpr-region) "lpr" "\
27016
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
9710 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
9711 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
9712 for customization of the printer command." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9713
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9714 (autoload (quote print-region) "lpr" "\
27016
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
9715 Paginate and print the region contents.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
9716
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
9717 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
9718 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
9719 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
9720 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
9721
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
9722 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
9723 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
9724
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
9725 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
9726 for further customization of the printer command." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9727
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9728 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9729
26963
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
9730 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el" (14425 19316))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9731 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9732
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9733 (defvar ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards t "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9734 *Non-nil means file patterns are treated as shell wildcards.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9735 nil means they are treated as Emacs regexps (for backward compatibility).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9736 This variable is checked by \\[insert-directory] only when `ls-lisp.el'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9737 package is used.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9738
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9739 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9740
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9741 ;;;### (autoloads (phases-of-moon) "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (13462
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9742 ;;;;;; 53924))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9743 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9744
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9745 (autoload (quote phases-of-moon) "lunar" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9746 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9747 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9748
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9749 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9750
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9751 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9752
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
9753 ;;;### (autoloads (m4-mode) "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (14717
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
9754 ;;;;;; 60217))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9755 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9756
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9757 (autoload (quote m4-mode) "m4-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9758 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9759 \\{m4-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9760 " t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9761
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9762 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9763
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9764 ;;;### (autoloads (apply-macro-to-region-lines kbd-macro-query insert-kbd-macro
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
9765 ;;;;;; name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "macros.el" (13229 28845))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9766 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9767
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9768 (autoload (quote name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9769 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9770 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9771 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9772 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9773
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9774 (autoload (quote insert-kbd-macro) "macros" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9775 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro NAME, as Lisp code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9776 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9777 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9778
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9779 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9780 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9781 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9782 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9783 bindings.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9784
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9785 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9786 use this command, and then save the file." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9787
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9788 (autoload (quote kbd-macro-query) "macros" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9789 Query user during kbd macro execution.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9790 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9791 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9792 each time the macro executes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9793 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9794 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9795 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9796 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9797 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9798 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9799 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9800
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9801 (autoload (quote apply-macro-to-region-lines) "macros" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9802 For each complete line between point and mark, move to the beginning
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9803 of the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9804
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9805 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9806 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9807 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9808 execute.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9809
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9810 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9811 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9812
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9813 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9814 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9815 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9816 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9817 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9818
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9819 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9820 looked like this:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9821
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9822 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9823 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9824 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9825
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9826 You could enter the names in this format:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9827
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9828 foo
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9829 bar
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9830 baz
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9831
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9832 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9833
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9834 \\C-x (
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9835 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9836 \\C-x )
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9837
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9838 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9839 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9840 " t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9841 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9842
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9843 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9844
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9845 ;;;### (autoloads (what-domain mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
9846 ;;;;;; "mail/mail-extr.el" (14281 39314))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9847 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9848
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9849 (autoload (quote mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9850 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9851 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9852 If no name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9854 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9855 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9856 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9857 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9858 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9859
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9860 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9861 (narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9862 (This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9863 consing a string.)" nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9864
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9865 (autoload (quote what-domain) "mail-extr" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9866 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9867
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9868 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9869
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9870 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-hist-put-headers-into-history mail-hist-keep-history
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9871 ;;;;;; mail-hist-enable mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el"
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
9872 ;;;;;; (14723 62186))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9873 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9874
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9875 (autoload (quote mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9876 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9877
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9878 (autoload (quote mail-hist-enable) "mail-hist" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9879
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9880 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9881 *Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9882
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9883 (autoload (quote mail-hist-put-headers-into-history) "mail-hist" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9884 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9885 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9886 message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9887
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9888 This function normally would be called when the message is sent." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9889
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9890 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9891
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
9892 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-fetch-field mail-unquote-printable-region
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
9893 ;;;;;; mail-unquote-printable mail-quote-printable mail-file-babyl-p
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
9894 ;;;;;; mail-use-rfc822) "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (14710
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
9895 ;;;;;; 50128))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9896 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9897
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9898 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9899 *If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9900 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9901 often correct parser.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9902
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9903 (autoload (quote mail-file-babyl-p) "mail-utils" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9904
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
9905 (autoload (quote mail-quote-printable) "mail-utils" "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
9906 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
9907 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
9908 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=." nil nil)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
9909
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
9910 (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable) "mail-utils" "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
9911 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
9912 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
9913 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=." nil nil)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
9914
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
9915 (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable-region) "mail-utils" "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
9916 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
9917 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
9918 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=." t nil)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
9919
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9920 (autoload (quote mail-fetch-field) "mail-utils" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9921 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9922 The buffer is expected to be narrowed to just the header of the message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9923 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9924 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9925 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9926
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9927 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9928
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9929 ;;;### (autoloads (define-mail-abbrev build-mail-abbrevs mail-abbrevs-setup)
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
9930 ;;;;;; "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (14747 44775))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9931 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9932
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9933 (autoload (quote mail-abbrevs-setup) "mailabbrev" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9934 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9935
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9936 (autoload (quote build-mail-abbrevs) "mailabbrev" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9937 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9938 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9939
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9940 (autoload (quote define-mail-abbrev) "mailabbrev" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9941 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9942 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9943
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9944 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9945
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9946 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-complete define-mail-alias expand-mail-aliases
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9947 ;;;;;; mail-complete-style) "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (13996
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
9948 ;;;;;; 15646))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9949 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9950
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9951 (defvar mail-complete-style (quote angles) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9952 *Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9953 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9954 king@grassland.com
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9955 If `parens', they look like:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9956 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9957 If `angles', they look like:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9958 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9959
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9960 (autoload (quote expand-mail-aliases) "mailalias" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9961 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9962 If interactive, expand in header fields.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9963 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9964 their `Resent-' variants.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9965
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9966 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9967 removed from alias expansions." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9968
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9969 (autoload (quote define-mail-alias) "mailalias" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9970 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9971 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9972
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9973 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9974 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9975 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9976 if it is quoted with double-quotes." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9977
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9978 (autoload (quote mail-complete) "mailalias" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9979 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9980 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9981 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix arg if any." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9982
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9983 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9984
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9985 ;;;### (autoloads (makefile-mode) "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el"
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
9986 ;;;;;; (14717 60289))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9987 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9988
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9989 (autoload (quote makefile-mode) "make-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9990 Major mode for editing Makefiles.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9991 This function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9992
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9993 \\{makefile-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9994
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9995 In the browser, use the following keys:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9996
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9997 \\{makefile-browser-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9998
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9999 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10000
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10001 makefile-browser-buffer-name:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10002 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10003
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10004 makefile-target-colon:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10005 The string that gets appended to all target names
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10006 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10007 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10008
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10009 makefile-macro-assign:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10010 The string that gets appended to all macro names
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10011 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10012 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
10013 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10014 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10015 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10016
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10017 makefile-tab-after-target-colon:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10018 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10019 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10020
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10021 makefile-browser-leftmost-column:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10022 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10023
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10024 makefile-browser-cursor-column:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10025 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10026 up or down in the browser.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10027
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10028 makefile-browser-selected-mark:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10029 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10030
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10031 makefile-browser-unselected-mark:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10032 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10033
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10034 makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10035 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10036 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10037 has been selected in the browser.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10038
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10039 makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10040 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10041 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10042 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10043 filenames are omitted.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10044
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10045 makefile-cleanup-continuations-p:
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
10046 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10047 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10048 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10049 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10050 the backslash itself intact.
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
10051 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10052 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10053
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10054 makefile-browser-hook:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10055 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10056 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10057
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10058 makefile-special-targets-list:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10059 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10060 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10061 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10062
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10063 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10064
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10065 ;;;### (autoloads (make-command-summary) "makesum" "makesum.el" (13229
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10066 ;;;;;; 28917))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10067 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10068
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10069 (autoload (quote make-command-summary) "makesum" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10070 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10071 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10072
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10073 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10074
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
10075 ;;;### (autoloads (man-follow man) "man" "man.el" (14754 14509))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10076 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10077
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10078 (defalias (quote manual-entry) (quote man))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10079
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10080 (autoload (quote man) "man" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10081 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10082 This command is the top-level command in the man package. It runs a Un*x
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10083 command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the background and places the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10084 results in a Man mode (manpage browsing) buffer. See variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10085 `Man-notify-method' for what happens when the buffer is ready.
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
10086 If a buffer already exists for this man page, it will display immediately.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
10087
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
10088 To specify a man page from a certain section, type SUBJECT(SECTION) or
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
10089 SECTION SUBJECT when prompted for a manual entry." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10090
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10091 (autoload (quote man-follow) "man" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10092 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10093
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10094 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10095
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10096 ;;;### (autoloads (unbold-region bold-region message-news-other-frame
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10097 ;;;;;; message-news-other-window message-mail-other-frame message-mail-other-window
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10098 ;;;;;; message-bounce message-resend message-forward message-recover
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10099 ;;;;;; message-supersede message-cancel-news message-followup message-wide-reply
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10100 ;;;;;; message-reply message-news message-mail message-mode message-signature-file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10101 ;;;;;; message-signature message-indent-citation-function message-cite-function
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10102 ;;;;;; message-yank-prefix message-citation-line-function message-send-mail-function
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10103 ;;;;;; message-user-organization-file message-signature-separator
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
10104 ;;;;;; message-from-style) "message" "gnus/message.el" (14030 49419))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10105 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10106
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10107 (defvar message-from-style (quote default) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10108 *Specifies how \"From\" headers look.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10109
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10110 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10111 king@grassland.com
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10112 If `parens', they look like:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10113 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10114 If `angles', they look like:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10115 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10116
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10117 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10118 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10119
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10120 (defvar message-signature-separator "^-- *$" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10121 Regexp matching the signature separator.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10122
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10123 (defvar message-user-organization-file "/usr/lib/news/organization" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10124 *Local news organization file.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10125
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10126 (defvar message-send-mail-function (quote message-send-mail-with-sendmail) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10127 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10128 The headers should be delimited by a line whose contents match the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10129 variable `mail-header-separator'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10130
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10131 Legal values include `message-send-mail-with-sendmail' (the default),
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10132 `message-send-mail-with-mh', `message-send-mail-with-qmail' and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10133 `smtpmail-send-it'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10134
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10135 (defvar message-citation-line-function (quote message-insert-citation-line) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10136 *Function called to insert the \"Whomever writes:\" line.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10137
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10138 (defvar message-yank-prefix "> " "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10139 *Prefix inserted on the lines of yanked messages.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10140 nil means use indentation.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10141
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10142 (defvar message-cite-function (quote message-cite-original) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10143 *Function for citing an original message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10144 Predefined functions include `message-cite-original' and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10145 `message-cite-original-without-signature'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10146 Note that `message-cite-original' uses `mail-citation-hook' if that is non-nil.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10147
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10148 (defvar message-indent-citation-function (quote message-indent-citation) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10149 *Function for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10150 This can also be a list of functions. Each function can find the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10151 citation between (point) and (mark t). And each function should leave
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10152 point and mark around the citation text as modified.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10153
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10154 (defvar message-signature t "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10155 *String to be inserted at the end of the message buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10156 If t, the `message-signature-file' file will be inserted instead.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10157 If a function, the result from the function will be used instead.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10158 If a form, the result from the form will be used instead.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10159
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10160 (defvar message-signature-file "~/.signature" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10161 *File containing the text inserted at end of message buffer.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10162
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10163 (condition-case nil (define-mail-user-agent (quote message-user-agent) (quote message-mail) (quote message-send-and-exit) (quote message-kill-buffer) (quote message-send-hook)) (error nil))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10164
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10165 (autoload (quote message-mode) "message" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10166 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10167 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10168 C-c C-s message-send (send the message) C-c C-c message-send-and-exit
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10169 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10170 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10171 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10172 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10173 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10174 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10175 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10176 C-c C-t message-insert-to (add a To header to a news followup)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10177 C-c C-n message-insert-newsgroups (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10178 C-c C-b message-goto-body (move to beginning of message text).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10179 C-c C-i message-goto-signature (move to the beginning of the signature).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10180 C-c C-w message-insert-signature (insert `message-signature-file' file).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10181 C-c C-y message-yank-original (insert current message, if any).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10182 C-c C-q message-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10183 C-c C-e message-elide-region (elide the text between point and mark).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10184 C-c C-z message-kill-to-signature (kill the text up to the signature).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10185 C-c C-r message-caesar-buffer-body (rot13 the message body)." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10186
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10187 (autoload (quote message-mail) "message" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10188 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10189 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10190
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10191 (autoload (quote message-news) "message" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10192 Start editing a news article to be sent." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10193
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10194 (autoload (quote message-reply) "message" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10195 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10196
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10197 (autoload (quote message-wide-reply) "message" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10198 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10199
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10200 (autoload (quote message-followup) "message" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10201 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10202 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10203
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10204 (autoload (quote message-cancel-news) "message" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10205 Cancel an article you posted." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10206
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10207 (autoload (quote message-supersede) "message" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10208 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10209 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10210 header line with the old Message-ID." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10211
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10212 (autoload (quote message-recover) "message" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10213 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10214
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10215 (autoload (quote message-forward) "message" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10216 Forward the current message via mail.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10217 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10218
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10219 (autoload (quote message-resend) "message" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10220 Resend the current article to ADDRESS." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10221
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10222 (autoload (quote message-bounce) "message" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10223 Re-mail the current message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10224 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message than
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10225 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10226 you." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10227
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10228 (autoload (quote message-mail-other-window) "message" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10229 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10230
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10231 (autoload (quote message-mail-other-frame) "message" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10232 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10233
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10234 (autoload (quote message-news-other-window) "message" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10235 Start editing a news article to be sent." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10236
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10237 (autoload (quote message-news-other-frame) "message" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10238 Start editing a news article to be sent." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10239
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10240 (autoload (quote bold-region) "message" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10241 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10242 Works by overstriking characters.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10243 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10244 which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10245
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10246 (autoload (quote unbold-region) "message" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10247 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10248 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10249 which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10250
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10251 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10252
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10253 ;;;### (autoloads (metapost-mode metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10254 ;;;;;; (13549 39401))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10255 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10256
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10257 (autoload (quote metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10258 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10259 Special commands:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10260 \\{meta-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10261
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10262 Turning on Metafont mode calls the value of the variables
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10263 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10264
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10265 (autoload (quote metapost-mode) "meta-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10266 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10267 Special commands:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10268 \\{meta-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10269
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10270 Turning on MetaPost mode calls the value of the variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10271 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10272
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10273 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10274
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10275 ;;;### (autoloads (metamail-region metamail-buffer metamail-interpret-body
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10276 ;;;;;; metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "mail/metamail.el"
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
10277 ;;;;;; (14345 52966))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10278 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10279
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10280 (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10281 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10282 Its body part is not interpreted at all." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10283
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10284 (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-body) "metamail" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10285 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10286 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10287 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10288 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10289 redisplayed as output is inserted.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10290 Its header part is not interpreted at all." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10291
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10292 (autoload (quote metamail-buffer) "metamail" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10293 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10294 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10295 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10296 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10297 means current).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10298 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10299 redisplayed as output is inserted." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10300
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10301 (autoload (quote metamail-region) "metamail" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10302 Process current region through 'metamail'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10303 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10304 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10305 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10306 means current).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10307 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10308 redisplayed as output is inserted." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10309
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10310 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10311
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10312 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-letter-mode mh-smail-other-window mh-smail-batch
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
10313 ;;;;;; mh-smail) "mh-comp" "mail/mh-comp.el" (14747 44775))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10314 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mh-comp.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10315
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10316 (autoload (quote mh-smail) "mh-comp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10317 Compose and send mail with the MH mail system.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10318 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10319 to the MH mail system.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10320
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10321 See documentation of `\\[mh-send]' for more details on composing mail." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10322
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10323 (autoload (quote mh-smail-batch) "mh-comp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10324 Set up a mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10325 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10326 to the MH mail system. This function does not prompt the user
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10327 for any header fields, and thus is suitable for use by programs
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10328 that want to create a mail buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10329 Users should use `\\[mh-smail]' to compose mail." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10330
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10331 (autoload (quote mh-smail-other-window) "mh-comp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10332 Compose and send mail in other window with the MH mail system.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10333 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10334 to the MH mail system.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10335
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10336 See documentation of `\\[mh-send]' for more details on composing mail." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10337
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10338 (autoload (quote mh-letter-mode) "mh-comp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10339 Mode for composing letters in mh-e.\\<mh-letter-mode-map>
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10340 When you have finished composing, type \\[mh-send-letter] to send the message
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10341 using the MH mail handling system.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10342 See the documentation for \\[mh-edit-mhn] for information on composing MIME
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10343 messages.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10344
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10345 \\{mh-letter-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10346
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10347 Variables controlling this mode (defaults in parentheses):
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10348
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10349 mh-delete-yanked-msg-window (nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10350 If non-nil, \\[mh-yank-cur-msg] will delete any windows displaying
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10351 the yanked message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10352
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10353 mh-yank-from-start-of-msg (t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10354 If non-nil, \\[mh-yank-cur-msg] will include the entire message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10355 If `body', just yank the body (no header).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10356 If nil, only the portion of the message following the point will be yanked.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10357 If there is a region, this variable is ignored.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10358
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10359 mh-ins-buf-prefix (\"> \")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10360 String to insert before each non-blank line of a message as it is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10361 inserted in a draft letter.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10362
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10363 mh-signature-file-name (\"~/.signature\")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10364 File to be inserted into message by \\[mh-insert-signature].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10365
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10366 This command runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and `mh-letter-mode-hook'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10367
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10368 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10369
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
10370 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-version mh-rmail) "mh-e" "mail/mh-e.el" (14747
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
10371 ;;;;;; 44775))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10372 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mh-e.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10373
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10374 (autoload (quote mh-rmail) "mh-e" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10375 Inc(orporate) new mail with MH, or, with arg, scan an MH mail folder.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10376 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10377 to the MH mail system." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10378
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10379 (autoload (quote mh-version) "mh-e" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10380 Display version information about mh-e and the MH mail handling system." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10381
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10382 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10383
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
10384 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-mime" "mail/mh-mime.el" (13833 28022))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10385 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mh-mime.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10386
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10387 (defvar mh-mime-content-types (quote (("text/plain") ("text/richtext") ("multipart/mixed") ("multipart/alternative") ("multipart/digest") ("multipart/parallel") ("message/rfc822") ("message/partial") ("message/external-body") ("application/octet-stream") ("application/postscript") ("image/jpeg") ("image/gif") ("audio/basic") ("video/mpeg"))) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10388 Legal MIME content types. See documentation for \\[mh-edit-mhn].")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10389
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10390 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10391
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
10392 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-utils" "mail/mh-utils.el" (14457 61243))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10393 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mh-utils.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10394
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10395 (put (quote mh-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10396
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10397 (put (quote mh-lib) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10398
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10399 (put (quote mh-lib-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10400
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10401 (put (quote mh-nmh-p) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10402
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10403 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10404
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10405 ;;;### (autoloads (midnight-delay-set clean-buffer-list) "midnight"
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
10406 ;;;;;; "midnight.el" (14720 14160))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10407 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10408
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10409 (autoload (quote clean-buffer-list) "midnight" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10410 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10411 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10412 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10413 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10414 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10415 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10416 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10417 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10418 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10419 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10420
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10421 (autoload (quote midnight-delay-set) "midnight" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10422 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10423 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10424 to its second argument TM." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10425
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10426 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10427
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10428 ;;;### (autoloads (convert-mocklisp-buffer) "mlconvert" "emulation/mlconvert.el"
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
10429 ;;;;;; (14660 49410))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10430 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/mlconvert.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10431
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10432 (autoload (quote convert-mocklisp-buffer) "mlconvert" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10433 Convert buffer of Mocklisp code to real Lisp that GNU Emacs can run." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10434
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10435 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10436
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10437 ;;;### (autoloads (modula-2-mode) "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10438 ;;;;;; (13552 32940))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10439 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10440
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10441 (autoload (quote modula-2-mode) "modula2" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10442 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10443 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10444 followed by the first character of the construct.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10445 \\<m2-mode-map>
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10446 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10447 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10448 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10449 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10450 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10451 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10452 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10453 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10454 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10455 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10456 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10457 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10458 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10459 \\[m2-link] link
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10460
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10461 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10462 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10463 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10464
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10465 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10466
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
10467 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "mouse-sel.el" (14736
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
10468 ;;;;;; 992))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10469 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-sel.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10470
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10471 (autoload (quote mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10472 Toggle Mouse Sel mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10473 With prefix ARG, turn Mouse Sel mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10474 Returns the new status of Mouse Sel mode (non-nil means on).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10475
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10476 When Mouse Sel mode is enabled, mouse selection is enhanced in various ways:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10477
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10478 - Clicking mouse-1 starts (cancels) selection, dragging extends it.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10479
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10480 - Clicking or dragging mouse-3 extends the selection as well.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10481
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10482 - Double-clicking on word constituents selects words.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10483 Double-clicking on symbol constituents selects symbols.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10484 Double-clicking on quotes or parentheses selects sexps.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10485 Double-clicking on whitespace selects whitespace.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10486 Triple-clicking selects lines.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10487 Quad-clicking selects paragraphs.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10488
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10489 - Selecting sets the region & X primary selection, but does NOT affect
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
10490 the kill-ring, nor do the kill-ring function change the X selection.
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
10491 Because the mouse handlers set the primary selection directly,
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
10492 mouse-sel sets the variables interprogram-cut-function and
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
10493 interprogram-paste-function to nil.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10494
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10495 - Clicking mouse-2 inserts the contents of the primary selection at
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10496 the mouse position (or point, if mouse-yank-at-point is non-nil).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10497
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10498 - Pressing mouse-2 while selecting or extending copies selection
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10499 to the kill ring. Pressing mouse-1 or mouse-3 kills it.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10500
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10501 - Double-clicking mouse-3 also kills selection.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10502
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10503 - M-mouse-1, M-mouse-2 & M-mouse-3 work similarly to mouse-1, mouse-2
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10504 & mouse-3, but operate on the X secondary selection rather than the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10505 primary selection and region." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10506
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10507 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10508
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10509 ;;;### (autoloads (mpuz) "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (14184 34750))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10510 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10511
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10512 (autoload (quote mpuz) "mpuz" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10513 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10514
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10515 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10516
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
10517 ;;;### (autoloads (msb-mode) "msb" "msb.el" (14747 44772))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10518 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10519
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10520 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
10521 Toggle Msb mode.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10522 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10523 use either \\[customize] or the function `msb-mode'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10524
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10525 (custom-add-to-group (quote msb) (quote msb-mode) (quote custom-variable))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10526
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10527 (custom-add-load (quote msb-mode) (quote msb))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10528
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10529 (autoload (quote msb-mode) "msb" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10530 Toggle Msb mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10531 With arg, turn Msb mode on if and only if arg is positive.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10532 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10533 different buffer menu using the function `msb'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10534
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10535 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10536
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10537 ;;;### (autoloads (dump-codings dump-charsets mule-diag list-input-methods
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
10538 ;;;;;; list-fontsets describe-fontset describe-font list-coding-categories
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
10539 ;;;;;; list-coding-systems describe-current-coding-system describe-current-coding-system-briefly
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
10540 ;;;;;; describe-coding-system describe-char-after describe-character-set
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
10541 ;;;;;; list-charset-chars read-charset list-character-sets) "mule-diag"
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
10542 ;;;;;; "international/mule-diag.el" (14763 31124))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10543 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10544
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10545 (autoload (quote list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10546 Display a list of all character sets.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10547
27949
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
10548 The ID-NUM column contains a charset identification number
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
10549 for internal Emacs use.
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
10550
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
10551 The MULTIBYTE-FORM column contains a format of multibyte sequence
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
10552 of characters in the charset for buffer and string
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
10553 by one to four hexadecimal digits.
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
10554 `xx' stands for any byte in the range 0..127.
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
10555 `XX' stands for any byte in the range 160..255.
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
10556
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
10557 The D column contains a dimension of this character set.
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
10558 The CH column contains a number of characters in a block of this character set.
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
10559 The FINAL-CHAR column contains an ISO-2022's <final-char> to use for
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
10560 designating this character set in ISO-2022-based coding systems.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10561
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10562 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10563 but still shows the full information." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10564
27949
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
10565 (autoload (quote read-charset) "mule-diag" "\
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
10566 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
10567 It reads an Emacs' character set listed in the variable `charset-list'
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
10568 or a non-ISO character set listed in the variable
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
10569 `non-iso-charset-alist'.
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
10570
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
10571 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
10572 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
10573 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
10574 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
10575 detailed meanings of these arguments." nil nil)
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
10576
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
10577 (autoload (quote list-charset-chars) "mule-diag" "\
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
10578 Display a list of characters in the specified character set." t nil)
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
10579
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
10580 (autoload (quote describe-character-set) "mule-diag" "\
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
10581 Display information about character set CHARSET." t nil)
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
10582
28919
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
10583 (autoload (quote describe-char-after) "mule-diag" "\
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
10584 Display information of in current buffer at position POS.
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
10585 The information includes character code, charset and code points in it,
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
10586 syntax, category, how the character is encoded in a file,
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
10587 which font is being used for displaying the character." t nil)
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
10588
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10589 (autoload (quote describe-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10590 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10591
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10592 (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system-briefly) "mule-diag" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10593 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10594
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10595 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\",
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10596 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10597 at the place of `..':
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
10598 `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
10599 eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10600 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
10601 eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system'
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
10602 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'.
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
10603 eol-type of `terminal-coding-system'
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10604 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
10605 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10606 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
10607 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10608 `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
10609 eol-type of `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10610 `default-process-coding-system' for read
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
10611 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10612 `default-process-coding-system' for write
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
10613 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'" t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10614
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10615 (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10616 Display coding systems currently used, in detail." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10617
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10618 (autoload (quote list-coding-systems) "mule-diag" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10619 Display a list of all coding systems.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10620 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10621
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10622 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10623 but still contains full information about each coding system." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10624
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
10625 (autoload (quote list-coding-categories) "mule-diag" "\
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
10626 Display a list of all coding categories." nil nil)
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
10627
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10628 (autoload (quote describe-font) "mule-diag" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10629 Display information about fonts which partially match FONTNAME." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10630
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10631 (autoload (quote describe-fontset) "mule-diag" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10632 Display information of FONTSET.
28919
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
10633 This shows which font is used for which character(s)." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10634
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10635 (autoload (quote list-fontsets) "mule-diag" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10636 Display a list of all fontsets.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10637 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10638 With prefix arg, it also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10639 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10640
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10641 (autoload (quote list-input-methods) "mule-diag" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10642 Display information about all input methods." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10643
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10644 (autoload (quote mule-diag) "mule-diag" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10645 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10646
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10647 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10648 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10649 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10650 system which uses fontsets)." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10651
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10652 (autoload (quote dump-charsets) "mule-diag" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10653 Dump information about all charsets into the file `CHARSETS'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10654 The file is saved in the directory `data-directory'." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10655
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10656 (autoload (quote dump-codings) "mule-diag" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10657 Dump information about all coding systems into the file `CODINGS'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10658 The file is saved in the directory `data-directory'." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10659
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10660 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10661
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
10662 ;;;### (autoloads (detect-coding-with-language-environment detect-coding-with-priority
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
10663 ;;;;;; coding-system-equal coding-system-translation-table-for-encode
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10664 ;;;;;; coding-system-translation-table-for-decode coding-system-pre-write-conversion
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10665 ;;;;;; coding-system-post-read-conversion coding-system-eol-type-mnemonic
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10666 ;;;;;; lookup-nested-alist set-nested-alist truncate-string-to-width
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10667 ;;;;;; store-substring string-to-sequence) "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el"
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10668 ;;;;;; (14647 32042))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10669 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10670
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10671 (autoload (quote string-to-sequence) "mule-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10672 Convert STRING to a sequence of TYPE which contains characters in STRING.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10673 TYPE should be `list' or `vector'." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10674
28523
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
10675 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
10676 Return a list of characters in STRING." (string-to-sequence string (quote list)))
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
10677
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
10678 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
10679 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (string-to-sequence string (quote vector)))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10680
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10681 (autoload (quote store-substring) "mule-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10682 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10683
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10684 (autoload (quote truncate-string-to-width) "mule-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10685 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
10686 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10687 the starting column; that means to return the characters occupying
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10688 columns START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10689
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
10690 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding character
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10691 to add at the end of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10692 or if END-COLUMN comes in the middle of a character in STR.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10693 PADDING is also added at the beginning of the result
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10694 if column START-COLUMN appears in the middle of a character in STR.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10695
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10696 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10697 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10698
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10699 (defalias (quote truncate-string) (quote truncate-string-to-width))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10700
28523
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
10701 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
10702 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
10703
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
10704 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
10705 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
10706 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
10707
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
10708 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
10709 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
10710 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10711
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10712 (autoload (quote set-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10713 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10714 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10715 is considered.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10716 Optional argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10717 longer than KEYSEQ.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10718 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10719
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10720 (autoload (quote lookup-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10721 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10722 Optional 1st argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10723 Optional 2nd argument START specifies index of the starting key.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10724 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10725 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10726 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10727 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10728 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10729 Optional 3rd argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10730 even if ALIST is not deep enough." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10731
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10732 (autoload (quote coding-system-eol-type-mnemonic) "mule-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10733 Return the string indicating end-of-line format of CODING-SYSTEM." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10734
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10735 (autoload (quote coding-system-post-read-conversion) "mule-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10736 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's post-read-conversion property." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10737
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10738 (autoload (quote coding-system-pre-write-conversion) "mule-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10739 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's pre-write-conversion property." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10740
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10741 (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-decode) "mule-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10742 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's translation-table-for-decode property." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10743
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10744 (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-encode) "mule-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10745 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's translation-table-for-encode property." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10746
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10747 (autoload (quote coding-system-equal) "mule-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10748 Return t if and only if CODING-SYSTEM-1 and CODING-SYSTEM-2 are identical.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10749 Two coding systems are identical if two symbols are equal
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10750 or one is an alias of the other." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10751
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10752 (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-priority) "mule-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10753 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10754 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10755 coding systems ordered by priority." nil (quote macro))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10756
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10757 (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-language-environment) "mule-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10758 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10759 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10760 language environment LANG-ENV." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10761
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
10762 ;;;***
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
10763
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
10764 ;;;### (autoloads (mwheel-install) "mwheel" "mwheel.el" (14378 51930))
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
10765 ;;; Generated autoloads from mwheel.el
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
10766
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
10767 (autoload (quote mwheel-install) "mwheel" "\
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
10768 Enable mouse wheel support." nil nil)
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
10769
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
10770 ;;;***
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
10771
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10772 ;;;### (autoloads (network-connection network-connection-to-service
26084
804cba424b64 Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 25999
diff changeset
10773 ;;;;;; whois-reverse-lookup whois finger ftp dig nslookup nslookup-host
28212
7252a5d43f22 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28162
diff changeset
10774 ;;;;;; route arp netstat ipconfig ping traceroute) "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el"
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
10775 ;;;;;; (14727 65050))
28212
7252a5d43f22 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28162
diff changeset
10776 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10777
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10778 (autoload (quote traceroute) "net-utils" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10779 Run traceroute program for TARGET." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10780
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10781 (autoload (quote ping) "net-utils" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10782 Ping HOST.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10783 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10784 `ping-program-options'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10785
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10786 (autoload (quote ipconfig) "net-utils" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10787 Run ipconfig program." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10788
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10789 (defalias (quote ifconfig) (quote ipconfig))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10790
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10791 (autoload (quote netstat) "net-utils" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10792 Run netstat program." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10793
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10794 (autoload (quote arp) "net-utils" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10795 Run the arp program." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10796
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10797 (autoload (quote route) "net-utils" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10798 Run the route program." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10799
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10800 (autoload (quote nslookup-host) "net-utils" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10801 Lookup the DNS information for HOST." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10802
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10803 (autoload (quote nslookup) "net-utils" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10804 Run nslookup program." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10805
26084
804cba424b64 Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 25999
diff changeset
10806 (autoload (quote dig) "net-utils" "\
804cba424b64 Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 25999
diff changeset
10807 Run dig program." t nil)
804cba424b64 Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 25999
diff changeset
10808
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10809 (autoload (quote ftp) "net-utils" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10810 Run ftp program." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10811
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10812 (autoload (quote finger) "net-utils" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10813 Finger USER on HOST." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10814
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10815 (autoload (quote whois) "net-utils" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10816 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10817 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10818 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10819
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10820 (autoload (quote whois-reverse-lookup) "net-utils" nil t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10821
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10822 (autoload (quote network-connection-to-service) "net-utils" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10823 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10824
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10825 (autoload (quote network-connection) "net-utils" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10826 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10827
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10828 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10829
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10830 ;;;### (autoloads (comment-indent-new-line comment-dwim comment-region
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10831 ;;;;;; uncomment-region comment-kill comment-set-column comment-indent
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10832 ;;;;;; comment-multi-line comment-padding comment-style comment-column)
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
10833 ;;;;;; "newcomment" "newcomment.el" (14693 39146))
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10834 ;;; Generated autoloads from newcomment.el
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10835
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10836 (defalias (quote indent-for-comment) (quote comment-indent))
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10837
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10838 (defalias (quote set-comment-column) (quote comment-set-column))
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10839
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10840 (defalias (quote kill-comment) (quote comment-kill))
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10841
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10842 (defalias (quote indent-new-comment-line) (quote comment-indent-new-line))
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10843
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
10844 (defgroup comment nil "Indenting and filling of comments." :prefix "comment-" :version "21.1" :group (quote fill))
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10845
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10846 (defvar comment-column 32 "\
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10847 *Column to indent right-margin comments to.
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10848 Setting this variable automatically makes it local to the current buffer.
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10849 Each mode establishes a different default value for this variable; you
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10850 can set the value for a particular mode using that mode's hook.")
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10851
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10852 (defvar comment-start nil "\
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10853 *String to insert to start a new comment, or nil if no comment syntax.")
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10854
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10855 (defvar comment-start-skip nil "\
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10856 *Regexp to match the start of a comment plus everything up to its body.
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10857 If there are any \\(...\\) pairs, the comment delimiter text is held to begin
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10858 at the place matched by the close of the first pair.")
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10859
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10860 (defvar comment-end-skip nil "\
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10861 Regexp to match the end of a comment plus everything up to its body.")
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10862
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10863 (defvar comment-end "" "\
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10864 *String to insert to end a new comment.
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10865 Should be an empty string if comments are terminated by end-of-line.")
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10866
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10867 (defvar comment-indent-function (lambda nil comment-column) "\
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10868 Function to compute desired indentation for a comment.
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10869 This function is called with no args with point at the beginning of
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10870 the comment's starting delimiter.")
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10871
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10872 (defvar comment-style (quote plain) "\
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10873 *Style to be used for `comment-region'.
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10874 See `comment-styles' for a list of available styles.")
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10875
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10876 (defvar comment-padding " " "\
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10877 Padding string that `comment-region' puts between comment chars and text.
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10878 Can also be an integer which will be automatically turned into a string
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10879 of the corresponding number of spaces.
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10880
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10881 Extra spacing between the comment characters and the comment text
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10882 makes the comment easier to read. Default is 1. nil means 0.")
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10883
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10884 (defvar comment-multi-line nil "\
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
10885 *Non-nil means \\[comment-indent-new-line] continues comments, with no new terminator or starter.
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10886 This is obsolete because you might as well use \\[newline-and-indent].")
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10887
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10888 (autoload (quote comment-indent) "newcomment" "\
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10889 Indent this line's comment to comment column, or insert an empty comment.
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10890 If CONTINUE is non-nil, use the `comment-continuation' markers if any." t nil)
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10891
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10892 (autoload (quote comment-set-column) "newcomment" "\
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10893 Set the comment column based on point.
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10894 With no ARG, set the comment column to the current column.
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10895 With just minus as arg, kill any comment on this line.
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10896 With any other arg, set comment column to indentation of the previous comment
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10897 and then align or create a comment on this line at that column." t nil)
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10898
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10899 (autoload (quote comment-kill) "newcomment" "\
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10900 Kill the comment on this line, if any.
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10901 With prefix ARG, kill comments on that many lines starting with this one." t nil)
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10902
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10903 (autoload (quote uncomment-region) "newcomment" "\
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10904 Uncomment each line in the BEG..END region.
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10905 The numeric prefix ARG can specify a number of chars to remove from the
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10906 comment markers." t nil)
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10907
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10908 (autoload (quote comment-region) "newcomment" "\
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10909 Comment or uncomment each line in the region.
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10910 With just \\[universal-prefix] prefix arg, uncomment each line in region BEG..END.
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10911 Numeric prefix arg ARG means use ARG comment characters.
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10912 If ARG is negative, delete that many comment characters instead.
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10913 By default, comments start at the left margin, are terminated on each line,
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10914 even for syntax in which newline does not end the comment and blank lines
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10915 do not get comments. This can be changed with `comment-style'.
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10916
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10917 The strings used as comment starts are built from
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10918 `comment-start' without trailing spaces and `comment-padding'." t nil)
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10919
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10920 (autoload (quote comment-dwim) "newcomment" "\
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10921 Call the comment command you want (Do What I Mean).
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10922 If the region is active and `transient-mark-mode' is on, call
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10923 `comment-region' (unless it only consists in comments, in which
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10924 case it calls `uncomment-region').
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10925 Else, if the current line is empty, insert a comment and indent it.
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10926 Else if a prefix ARG is specified, call `comment-kill'.
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10927 Else, call `comment-indent'." t nil)
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10928
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10929 (autoload (quote comment-indent-new-line) "newcomment" "\
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10930 Break line at point and indent, continuing comment if within one.
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10931 This indents the body of the continued comment
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10932 under the previous comment line.
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10933
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10934 This command is intended for styles where you write a comment per line,
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10935 starting a new comment (and terminating it if necessary) on each line.
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10936 If you want to continue one comment across several lines, use \\[newline-and-indent].
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10937
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10938 If a fill column is specified, it overrides the use of the comment column
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10939 or comment indentation.
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10940
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10941 The inserted newline is marked hard if variable `use-hard-newlines' is true,
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10942 unless optional argument SOFT is non-nil." t nil)
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10943
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10944 ;;;***
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10945
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10946 ;;;### (autoloads (nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (14030
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
10947 ;;;;;; 49432))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10948 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10949
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10950 (autoload (quote nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10951 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10952 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10953 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10954 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10955 symbol in the alist." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10956
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10957 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10958
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10959 ;;;### (autoloads (nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el"
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
10960 ;;;;;; (14030 49439))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10961 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10962
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10963 (autoload (quote nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10964 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10965
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10966 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10967
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10968 ;;;### (autoloads (nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "gnus/nnkiboze.el"
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
10969 ;;;;;; (14030 49445))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10970 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnkiboze.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10971
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10972 (autoload (quote nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10973 \"Usage: emacs -batch -l nnkiboze -f nnkiboze-generate-groups\".
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10974 Finds out what articles are to be part of the nnkiboze groups." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10975
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10976 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10977
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10978 ;;;### (autoloads (nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el"
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
10979 ;;;;;; (14030 49457))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10980 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10981
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10982 (autoload (quote nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10983 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10984
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10985 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10986
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10987 ;;;### (autoloads (nnsoup-revert-variables nnsoup-set-variables nnsoup-pack-replies)
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10988 ;;;;;; "nnsoup" "gnus/nnsoup.el" (14293 3539))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10989 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnsoup.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10990
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10991 (autoload (quote nnsoup-pack-replies) "nnsoup" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10992 Make an outbound package of SOUP replies." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10993
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10994 (autoload (quote nnsoup-set-variables) "nnsoup" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10995 Use the SOUP methods for posting news and mailing mail." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10996
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10997 (autoload (quote nnsoup-revert-variables) "nnsoup" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10998 Revert posting and mailing methods to the standard Emacs methods." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10999
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11000 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11001
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11002 ;;;### (autoloads (disable-command enable-command disabled-command-hook)
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11003 ;;;;;; "novice" "novice.el" (13229 29111))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11004 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11005
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11006 (defvar disabled-command-hook (quote disabled-command-hook) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11007 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11008 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11009
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11010 (autoload (quote disabled-command-hook) "novice" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11011
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11012 (autoload (quote enable-command) "novice" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11013 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11014 The user's .emacs file is altered so that this will apply
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11015 to future sessions." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11016
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11017 (autoload (quote disable-command) "novice" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11018 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11019 The user's .emacs file is altered so that this will apply
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11020 to future sessions." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11021
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11022 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11023
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11024 ;;;### (autoloads (nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el"
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
11025 ;;;;;; (13382 24740))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11026 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11027
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11028 (autoload (quote nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11029 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11030 \\{nroff-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11031 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11032 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11033 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11034
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11035 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11036
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11037 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-help) "octave-hlp" "progmodes/octave-hlp.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11038 ;;;;;; (13145 50478))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11039 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-hlp.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11040
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11041 (autoload (quote octave-help) "octave-hlp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11042 Get help on Octave symbols from the Octave info files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11043 Look up KEY in the function, operator and variable indices of the files
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11044 specified by `octave-help-files'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11045 If KEY is not a string, prompt for it with completion." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11046
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11047 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11048
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11049 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "progmodes/octave-inf.el"
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
11050 ;;;;;; (14747 44776))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11051 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-inf.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11052
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11053 (autoload (quote inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11054 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11055 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11056
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11057 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11058
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11059 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11060 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11061
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11062 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11063 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11064 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11065
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11066 (defalias (quote run-octave) (quote inferior-octave))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11067
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11068 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11069
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11070 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-mode) "octave-mod" "progmodes/octave-mod.el"
28077
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
11071 ;;;;;; (14535 42068))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11072 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-mod.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11073
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11074 (autoload (quote octave-mode) "octave-mod" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11075 Major mode for editing Octave code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11076
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11077 This mode makes it easier to write Octave code by helping with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11078 indentation, doing some of the typing for you (with Abbrev mode) and by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11079 showing keywords, comments, strings, etc. in different faces (with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11080 Font Lock mode on terminals that support it).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11081
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11082 Octave itself is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11083 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11084 solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function definitions
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11085 can also be stored in files, and it can be used in a batch mode (which
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11086 is why you need this mode!).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11087
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11088 The latest released version of Octave is always available via anonymous
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11089 ftp from bevo.che.wisc.edu in the directory `/pub/octave'. Complete
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11090 source and binaries for several popular systems are available.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11091
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11092 Type \\[list-abbrevs] to display the built-in abbrevs for Octave keywords.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11093
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11094 Keybindings
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11095 ===========
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11096
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11097 \\{octave-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11098
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11099 Variables you can use to customize Octave mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11100 ==============================================
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11101
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11102 octave-auto-indent
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11103 Non-nil means indent current line after a semicolon or space.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11104 Default is nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11105
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11106 octave-auto-newline
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11107 Non-nil means auto-insert a newline and indent after a semicolon.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11108 Default is nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11109
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11110 octave-blink-matching-block
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11111 Non-nil means show matching begin of block when inserting a space,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11112 newline or semicolon after an else or end keyword. Default is t.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11113
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11114 octave-block-offset
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11115 Extra indentation applied to statements in block structures.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11116 Default is 2.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11117
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11118 octave-continuation-offset
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11119 Extra indentation applied to Octave continuation lines.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11120 Default is 4.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11121
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11122 octave-continuation-string
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11123 String used for Octave continuation lines.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11124 Default is a backslash.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11125
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11126 octave-mode-startup-message
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11127 Nil means do not display the Octave mode startup message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11128 Default is t.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11129
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11130 octave-send-echo-input
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11131 Non-nil means always display `inferior-octave-buffer' after sending a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11132 command to the inferior Octave process.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11133
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11134 octave-send-line-auto-forward
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11135 Non-nil means always go to the next unsent line of Octave code after
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11136 sending a line to the inferior Octave process.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11137
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11138 octave-send-echo-input
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11139 Non-nil means echo input sent to the inferior Octave process.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11140
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11141 Turning on Octave mode runs the hook `octave-mode-hook'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11142
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11143 To begin using this mode for all `.m' files that you edit, add the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11144 following lines to your `.emacs' file:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11145
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11146 (autoload 'octave-mode \"octave-mod\" nil t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11147 (setq auto-mode-alist
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11148 (cons '(\"\\\\.m$\" . octave-mode) auto-mode-alist))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11149
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11150 To automatically turn on the abbrev, auto-fill and font-lock features,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11151 add the following lines to your `.emacs' file as well:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11152
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11153 (add-hook 'octave-mode-hook
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11154 (lambda ()
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11155 (abbrev-mode 1)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11156 (auto-fill-mode 1)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11157 (if (eq window-system 'x)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11158 (font-lock-mode 1))))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11159
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11160 To submit a problem report, enter \\[octave-submit-bug-report] from an Octave mode buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11161 This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version information
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11162 already added. You just need to add a description of the problem,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11163 including a reproducible test case and send the message." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11164
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11165 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11166
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11167 ;;;### (autoloads (edit-options list-options) "options" "options.el"
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
11168 ;;;;;; (14747 44772))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11169 ;;; Generated autoloads from options.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11170
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11171 (autoload (quote list-options) "options" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11172 Display a list of Emacs user options, with values and documentation." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11173
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11174 (autoload (quote edit-options) "options" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11175 Edit a list of Emacs user option values.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11176 Selects a buffer containing such a list,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11177 in which there are commands to set the option values.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11178 Type \\[describe-mode] in that buffer for a list of commands.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11179
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11180 The Custom feature is intended to make this obsolete." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11181
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11182 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11183
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11184 ;;;### (autoloads (outline-minor-mode outline-mode) "outline" "textmodes/outline.el"
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
11185 ;;;;;; (14747 44776))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11186 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/outline.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11187
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11188 (autoload (quote outline-mode) "outline" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11189 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11190 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11191 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11192
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11193 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11194 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11195 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11196 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11197
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11198 Commands:\\<outline-mode-map>
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11199 \\[outline-next-visible-heading] outline-next-visible-heading move by visible headings
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11200 \\[outline-previous-visible-heading] outline-previous-visible-heading
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11201 \\[outline-forward-same-level] outline-forward-same-level similar but skip subheadings
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11202 \\[outline-backward-same-level] outline-backward-same-level
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11203 \\[outline-up-heading] outline-up-heading move from subheading to heading
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11204
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11205 \\[hide-body] make all text invisible (not headings).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11206 \\[show-all] make everything in buffer visible.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11207
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11208 The remaining commands are used when point is on a heading line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11209 They apply to some of the body or subheadings of that heading.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11210 \\[hide-subtree] hide-subtree make body and subheadings invisible.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11211 \\[show-subtree] show-subtree make body and subheadings visible.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11212 \\[show-children] show-children make direct subheadings visible.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11213 No effect on body, or subheadings 2 or more levels down.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11214 With arg N, affects subheadings N levels down.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11215 \\[hide-entry] make immediately following body invisible.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11216 \\[show-entry] make it visible.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11217 \\[hide-leaves] make body under heading and under its subheadings invisible.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11218 The subheadings remain visible.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11219 \\[show-branches] make all subheadings at all levels visible.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11220
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11221 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11222 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11223 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11224
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11225 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11226 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11227
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11228 (autoload (quote outline-minor-mode) "outline" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11229 Toggle Outline minor mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11230 With arg, turn Outline minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11231 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11232
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11233 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11234
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11235 ;;;### (autoloads (show-paren-mode show-paren-mode) "paren" "paren.el"
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
11236 ;;;;;; (14744 19183))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11237 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11238
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11239 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11240 *Toggle Show Paren mode.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11241 When Show Paren mode is enabled, any matching parenthesis is highlighted
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11242 after `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11243 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11244 use either \\[customize] or the function `show-paren-mode'.")
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11245
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11246 (custom-add-to-group (quote paren-showing) (quote show-paren-mode) (quote custom-variable))
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11247
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11248 (custom-add-load (quote show-paren-mode) (quote paren))
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11249
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11250 (autoload (quote show-paren-mode) "paren" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11251 Toggle Show Paren mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11252 With prefix ARG, turn Show Paren mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11253 Returns the new status of Show Paren mode (non-nil means on).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11254
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11255 When Show Paren mode is enabled, any matching parenthesis is highlighted
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11256 in `show-paren-style' after `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11257
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11258 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11259
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
11260 ;;;### (autoloads (pascal-mode) "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (14627
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
11261 ;;;;;; 63384))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11262 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11263
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11264 (autoload (quote pascal-mode) "pascal" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11265 Major mode for editing Pascal code. \\<pascal-mode-map>
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11266 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11267
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11268 \\[pascal-complete-word] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11269 \\[pascal-show-completions] shows all possible completions at this point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11270
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11271 Other useful functions are:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11272
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11273 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11274 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11275 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11276 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11277 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11278 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11279 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11280 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11281 \\[pascal-outline] - Enter pascal-outline-mode (see also pascal-outline).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11282
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11283 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11284
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11285 pascal-indent-level (default 3)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11286 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11287 pascal-case-indent (default 2)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11288 Indentation for case statements.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11289 pascal-auto-newline (default nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11290 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11291 mark after an end.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11292 pascal-indent-nested-functions (default t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11293 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11294 pascal-tab-always-indent (default t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11295 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11296 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11297 pascal-auto-endcomments (default t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11298 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11299 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11300 pascal-auto-lineup (default t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11301 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11302
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11303 See also the user variables pascal-type-keywords, pascal-start-keywords and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11304 pascal-separator-keywords.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11305
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11306 Turning on Pascal mode calls the value of the variable pascal-mode-hook with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11307 no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11308
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11309 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11310
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11311 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "emulation/pc-mode.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11312 ;;;;;; (13229 29217))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11313 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-mode.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11314
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11315 (autoload (quote pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11316 Set up certain key bindings for PC compatibility.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11317 The keys affected are:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11318 Delete (and its variants) delete forward instead of backward.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11319 C-Backspace kills backward a word (as C-Delete normally would).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11320 M-Backspace does undo.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11321 Home and End move to beginning and end of line
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11322 C-Home and C-End move to beginning and end of buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11323 C-Escape does list-buffers." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11324
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11325 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11326
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11327 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-selection-mode pc-selection-mode) "pc-select"
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
11328 ;;;;;; "emulation/pc-select.el" (14745 1586))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11329 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-select.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11330
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11331 (autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11332 Change mark behaviour to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11333
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11334 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11335
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11336 The arrow keys (and others) are bound to new functions
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11337 which modify the status of the mark.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11338
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11339 The ordinary arrow keys disable the mark.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11340 The shift-arrow keys move, leaving the mark behind.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11341
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11342 C-LEFT and C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, disabling the mark.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11343 S-C-LEFT and S-C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, leaving the mark behind.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11344
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11345 M-LEFT and M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, disabling the mark.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11346 S-M-LEFT and S-M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, leaving the mark
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11347 behind. To control wether these keys move word-wise or sexp-wise set the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11348 variable pc-select-meta-moves-sexps after loading pc-select.el but before
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11349 turning pc-selection-mode on.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11350
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11351 C-DOWN and C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, disabling the mark.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11352 S-C-DOWN and S-C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, leaving the mark behind.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11353
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11354 HOME moves to beginning of line, disabling the mark.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11355 S-HOME moves to beginning of line, leaving the mark behind.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11356 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to beginning of buffer instead.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11357
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11358 END moves to end of line, disabling the mark.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11359 S-END moves to end of line, leaving the mark behind.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11360 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to end of buffer instead.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11361
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11362 PRIOR or PAGE-UP scrolls and disables the mark.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11363 S-PRIOR or S-PAGE-UP scrolls and leaves the mark behind.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11364
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11365 S-DELETE kills the region (`kill-region').
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11366 S-INSERT yanks text from the kill ring (`yank').
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11367 C-INSERT copies the region into the kill ring (`copy-region-as-kill').
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11368
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11369 In addition, certain other PC bindings are imitated (to avoid this, set
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11370 the variable pc-select-selection-keys-only to t after loading pc-select.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11371 but before calling pc-selection-mode):
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11372
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11373 F6 other-window
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11374 DELETE delete-char
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11375 C-DELETE kill-line
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11376 M-DELETE kill-word
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11377 C-M-DELETE kill-sexp
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11378 C-BACKSPACE backward-kill-word
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11379 M-BACKSPACE undo" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11380
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11381 (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11382 Toggle PC Selection mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11383 Change mark behaviour to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11384 and cursor movement commands.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11385 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11386 You must modify via \\[customize] for this variable to have an effect.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11387
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11388 (custom-add-to-group (quote pc-select) (quote pc-selection-mode) (quote custom-variable))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11389
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11390 (custom-add-load (quote pc-selection-mode) (quote pc-select))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11391
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11392 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11393
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11394 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (14680
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11395 ;;;;;; 31123))
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11396 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11397
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11398 (autoload (quote pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "\
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11399 Completion rules for the `cvs' command." nil nil)
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11400
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11401 ;;;***
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11402
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11403 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/tar pcomplete/make pcomplete/bzip2 pcomplete/gzip)
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
11404 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (14763 31121))
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11405 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11406
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11407 (autoload (quote pcomplete/gzip) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11408 Completion for `gzip'." nil nil)
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11409
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11410 (autoload (quote pcomplete/bzip2) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11411 Completion for `bzip2'." nil nil)
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11412
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11413 (autoload (quote pcomplete/make) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11414 Completion for GNU `make'." nil nil)
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11415
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11416 (autoload (quote pcomplete/tar) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11417 Completion for the GNU tar utility." nil nil)
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11418
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11419 (defalias (quote pcomplete/gdb) (quote pcomplete/xargs))
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11420
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11421 ;;;***
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11422
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11423 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/mount pcomplete/umount pcomplete/kill)
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11424 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (14680 31151))
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11425 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11426
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11427 (autoload (quote pcomplete/kill) "pcmpl-linux" "\
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11428 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem." nil nil)
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11429
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11430 (autoload (quote pcomplete/umount) "pcmpl-linux" "\
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11431 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'." nil nil)
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11432
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11433 (autoload (quote pcomplete/mount) "pcmpl-linux" "\
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11434 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'." nil nil)
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11435
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11436 ;;;***
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11437
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11438 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (14680
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11439 ;;;;;; 31160))
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11440 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11441
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11442 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "\
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11443 Completion for RedHat's `rpm' command.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11444 These rules were taken from the output of `rpm --help' on a RedHat 6.1
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11445 system. They follow my interpretation of what followed, but since I'm
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11446 not a major rpm user/builder, please send me any corrections you find.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11447 You can use \\[eshell-report-bug] to do so." nil nil)
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11448
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11449 ;;;***
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11450
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11451 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/chgrp pcomplete/chown pcomplete/which
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11452 ;;;;;; pcomplete/xargs pcomplete/rm pcomplete/rmdir pcomplete/cd)
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11453 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (14680 31168))
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11454 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11455
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11456 (autoload (quote pcomplete/cd) "pcmpl-unix" "\
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11457 Completion for `cd'." nil nil)
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11458
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11459 (defalias (quote pcomplete/pushd) (quote pcomplete/cd))
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11460
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11461 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rmdir) "pcmpl-unix" "\
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11462 Completion for `rmdir'." nil nil)
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11463
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11464 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rm) "pcmpl-unix" "\
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11465 Completion for `rm'." nil nil)
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11466
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11467 (autoload (quote pcomplete/xargs) "pcmpl-unix" "\
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11468 Completion for `xargs'." nil nil)
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11469
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11470 (defalias (quote pcomplete/time) (quote pcomplete/xargs))
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11471
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11472 (autoload (quote pcomplete/which) "pcmpl-unix" "\
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11473 Completion for `which'." nil nil)
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11474
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11475 (autoload (quote pcomplete/chown) "pcmpl-unix" "\
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11476 Completion for the `chown' command." nil nil)
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11477
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11478 (autoload (quote pcomplete/chgrp) "pcmpl-unix" "\
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11479 Completion for the `chgrp' command." nil nil)
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11480
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11481 ;;;***
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11482
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11483 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete-shell-setup pcomplete-comint-setup pcomplete-list
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11484 ;;;;;; pcomplete-help pcomplete-expand pcomplete-continue pcomplete-expand-and-complete
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
11485 ;;;;;; pcomplete-reverse pcomplete) "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (14768
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
11486 ;;;;;; 46217))
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11487 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11488
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11489 (autoload (quote pcomplete) "pcomplete" "\
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11490 Support extensible programmable completion.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11491 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11492 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list)." t nil)
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11493
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11494 (autoload (quote pcomplete-reverse) "pcomplete" "\
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11495 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards." t nil)
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11496
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11497 (autoload (quote pcomplete-expand-and-complete) "pcomplete" "\
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11498 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11499 This will modify the current buffer." t nil)
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11500
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11501 (autoload (quote pcomplete-continue) "pcomplete" "\
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11502 Complete without reference to any cycling completions." t nil)
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11503
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11504 (autoload (quote pcomplete-expand) "pcomplete" "\
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11505 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11506 This will modify the current buffer." t nil)
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11507
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11508 (autoload (quote pcomplete-help) "pcomplete" "\
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11509 Display any help information relative to the current argument." t nil)
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11510
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11511 (autoload (quote pcomplete-list) "pcomplete" "\
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11512 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument." t nil)
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11513
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11514 (autoload (quote pcomplete-comint-setup) "pcomplete" "\
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11515 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11516 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11517 dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself, this is
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11518 `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'." nil nil)
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11519
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11520 (autoload (quote pcomplete-shell-setup) "pcomplete" "\
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11521 Setup shell-mode to use pcomplete." nil nil)
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11522
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11523 ;;;***
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11524
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11525 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-dired-use-hook cvs-dired-action cvs-status
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11526 ;;;;;; cvs-update cvs-examine cvs-quickdir cvs-checkout) "pcvs"
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
11527 ;;;;;; "pcvs.el" (14747 44772))
28162
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
11528 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs.el
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
11529
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
11530 (autoload (quote cvs-checkout) "pcvs" "\
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
11531 Run a 'cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
11532 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
11533 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
11534
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
11535 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use." t nil)
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
11536
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11537 (autoload (quote cvs-quickdir) "pcvs" "\
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11538 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11539 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11540 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11541 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11542 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11543 FLAGS is ignored." t nil)
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11544
28162
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
11545 (autoload (quote cvs-examine) "pcvs" "\
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
11546 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
11547 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
11548 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
11549 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
11550 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
11551 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
11552 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer." t nil)
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
11553
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
11554 (autoload (quote cvs-update) "pcvs" "\
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
11555 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
11556 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
11557 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
11558 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
11559 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer." t nil)
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
11560
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
11561 (autoload (quote cvs-status) "pcvs" "\
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
11562 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
11563 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
11564 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
11565 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
11566 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
11567 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer." t nil)
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
11568
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
11569 (add-to-list (quote completion-ignored-extensions) "CVS/")
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
11570
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11571 (defvar cvs-dired-action (quote cvs-examine) "\
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11572 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11573 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.")
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11574
28162
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
11575 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook (quote (4)) "\
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
11576 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
11577 NIL means never do it.
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
11578 ALWAYS means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
11579 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
11580 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
11581
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11582 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11583 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11584 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t)))))
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11585
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11586 ;;;***
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11587
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11588 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "pcvs-defs.el" (14663 20185))
28288
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
11589 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs-defs.el
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
11590
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
11591 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] (quote (menu-item "Directory Status" cvs-status :help "A more verbose status of a workarea"))) (define-key m [checkout] (quote (menu-item "Checkout Module" cvs-checkout :help "Check out a module from the repository"))) (define-key m [update] (quote (menu-item "Update Directory" cvs-update :help "Fetch updates from the repository"))) (define-key m [examine] (quote (menu-item "Examine Directory" cvs-examine :help "Examine the current state of a workarea"))) m))
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
11592
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
11593 ;;;***
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
11594
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11595 ;;;### (autoloads (perl-mode) "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el"
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
11596 ;;;;;; (14644 9538))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11597 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11598
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11599 (autoload (quote perl-mode) "perl-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11600 Major mode for editing Perl code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11601 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11602 Tab indents for Perl code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11603 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11604 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11605 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11606 \\{perl-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11607 Variables controlling indentation style:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11608 perl-tab-always-indent
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11609 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11610 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11611 perl-tab-to-comment
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11612 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11613 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11614 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11615 perl-nochange
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11616 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11617 perl-indent-level
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11618 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11619 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11620 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11621 perl-continued-statement-offset
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11622 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11623 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11624 perl-continued-brace-offset
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11625 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11626 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11627 perl-brace-offset
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11628 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11629 perl-brace-imaginary-offset
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11630 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11631 this far to the right of the start of its line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11632 perl-label-offset
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11633 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11634
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11635 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11636 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11637 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11638 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11639 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11640 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11641 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11642
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11643 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11644
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11645 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11646
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11647 ;;;### (autoloads (picture-mode) "picture" "textmodes/picture.el"
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
11648 ;;;;;; (14348 33291))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11649 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11650
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11651 (autoload (quote picture-mode) "picture" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11652 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11653 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11654 afterwards settable by these commands:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11655 C-c < Move left after insertion.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11656 C-c > Move right after insertion.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11657 C-c ^ Move up after insertion.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11658 C-c . Move down after insertion.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11659 C-c ` Move northwest (nw) after insertion.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11660 C-c ' Move northeast (ne) after insertion.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11661 C-c / Move southwest (sw) after insertion.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11662 C-c \\ Move southeast (se) after insertion.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11663 C-u C-c ` Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11664 C-u C-c ' Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11665 C-u C-c / Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11666 C-u C-c \\ Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11667 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11668 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11669 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11670 with these commands:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11671 \\[picture-move-down] Move vertically to SAME column in previous line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11672 \\[picture-move-up] Move vertically to SAME column in next line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11673 \\[picture-end-of-line] Move to column following last non-whitespace character.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11674 \\[picture-forward-column] Move right inserting spaces if required.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11675 \\[picture-backward-column] Move left changing tabs to spaces if required.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11676 C-c C-f Move in direction of current picture motion.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11677 C-c C-b Move in opposite direction of current picture motion.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11678 Return Move to beginning of next line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11679 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11680 M-Tab Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting character.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11681 `Indents' relative to a previous line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11682 Tab Move to next stop in tab stop list.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11683 C-c Tab Set tab stops according to context of this line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11684 With ARG resets tab stops to default (global) value.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11685 See also documentation of variable picture-tab-chars
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11686 which defines \"interesting character\". You can manually
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11687 change the tab stop list with command \\[edit-tab-stops].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11688 You can manipulate text with these commands:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11689 C-d Clear (replace) ARG columns after point without moving.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11690 C-c C-d Delete char at point - the command normally assigned to C-d.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11691 \\[picture-backward-clear-column] Clear (replace) ARG columns before point, moving back over them.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11692 \\[picture-clear-line] Clear ARG lines, advancing over them. The cleared
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11693 text is saved in the kill ring.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11694 \\[picture-open-line] Open blank line(s) beneath current line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11695 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11696 C-c C-k Clear (or kill) a rectangle and save it.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11697 C-c C-w Like C-c C-k except rectangle is saved in named register.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11698 C-c C-y Overlay (or insert) currently saved rectangle at point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11699 C-c C-x Like C-c C-y except rectangle is taken from named register.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11700 C-c C-r Draw a rectangular box around mark and point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11701 \\[copy-rectangle-to-register] Copies a rectangle to a register.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11702 \\[advertised-undo] Can undo effects of rectangle overlay commands
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11703 commands if invoked soon enough.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11704 You can return to the previous mode with:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11705 C-c C-c Which also strips trailing whitespace from every line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11706 Stripping is suppressed by supplying an argument.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11707
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11708 Entry to this mode calls the value of picture-mode-hook if non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11709
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11710 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11711 they are not defaultly assigned to keys." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11712
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11713 (defalias (quote edit-picture) (quote picture-mode))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11714
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11715 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11716
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
11717 ;;;### (autoloads (pong) "pong" "play/pong.el" (14747 44776))
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
11718 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
11719
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
11720 (autoload (quote pong) "pong" "\
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
11721 Play pong and waste time.
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
11722 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
11723 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
11724
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
11725 pong-mode keybindings:\\<pong-mode-map>
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
11726
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
11727 \\{pong-mode-map}" t nil)
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
11728
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
11729 ;;;***
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
11730
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11731 ;;;### (autoloads (pp-eval-last-sexp pp-eval-expression pp) "pp"
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
11732 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/pp.el" (13819 15860))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11733 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11734
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11735 (autoload (quote pp) "pp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11736 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11737 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11738 can handle, whenever this is possible.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11739 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see)." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11740
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11741 (autoload (quote pp-eval-expression) "pp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11742 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print value into a new display buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11743 If the pretty-printed value fits on one line, the message line is used
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11744 instead. The value is also consed onto the front of the list
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11745 in the variable `values'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11746
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11747 (autoload (quote pp-eval-last-sexp) "pp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11748 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point (which see).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11749 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11750 Ignores leading comment characters." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11751
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11752 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11753
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11754 ;;;### (autoloads (run-prolog prolog-mode) "prolog" "progmodes/prolog.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11755 ;;;;;; (13446 12665))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11756 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11757
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11758 (autoload (quote prolog-mode) "prolog" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11759 Major mode for editing Prolog code for Prologs.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11760 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s start comments.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11761 Commands:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11762 \\{prolog-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11763 Entry to this mode calls the value of `prolog-mode-hook'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11764 if that value is non-nil." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11765
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11766 (autoload (quote run-prolog) "prolog" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11767 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11768
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11769 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11770
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
11771 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (14353 44101))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11772 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11773
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11774 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (eq system-type (quote ms-dos)) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) (quote ("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf"))) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11775 *List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11776 The default value is '(\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11777
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11778 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11779
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
11780 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mode) "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (14380
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
11781 ;;;;;; 3795))
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11782 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11783
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11784 (autoload (quote ps-mode) "ps-mode" "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11785 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11786
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11787 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11788
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11789 The following variables hold user options, and can
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11790 be set through the `customize' command:
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11791
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11792 ps-mode-auto-indent
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11793 ps-mode-tab
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11794 ps-mode-paper-size
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11795 ps-mode-print-function
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11796 ps-run-prompt
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
11797 ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11798 ps-run-x
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11799 ps-run-dumb
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11800 ps-run-init
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11801 ps-run-error-line-numbers
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
11802 ps-run-tmp-dir
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11803
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11804 Type \\[describe-variable] for documentation on these options.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11805
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11806
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11807 \\{ps-mode-map}
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11808
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11809
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11810 When starting an interactive PostScript process with \\[ps-run-start],
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11811 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11812 The keymap for this second window is:
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11813
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11814 \\{ps-run-mode-map}
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11815
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11816
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11817 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11818 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11819 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11820 to the interpreter was sent from that window.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11821 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11822 " t nil)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11823
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11824 ;;;***
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11825
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11826 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mule-begin-page ps-mule-begin-job ps-mule-initialize
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
11827 ;;;;;; ps-mule-plot-composition ps-mule-plot-string ps-mule-set-ascii-font
27164
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
11828 ;;;;;; ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font ps-multibyte-buffer) "ps-mule"
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11829 ;;;;;; "ps-mule.el" (14728 6241))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11830 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-mule.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11831
27164
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
11832 (defvar ps-multibyte-buffer nil "\
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
11833 *Specifies the multi-byte buffer handling.
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
11834
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
11835 Valid values are:
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
11836
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
11837 nil This is the value to use the default settings which
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
11838 is by default for printing buffer with only ASCII
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
11839 and Latin characters. The default setting can be
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
11840 changed by setting the variable
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
11841 `ps-mule-font-info-database-default' differently.
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
11842 The initial value of this variable is
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
11843 `ps-mule-font-info-database-latin' (see
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
11844 documentation).
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
11845
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
11846 `non-latin-printer' This is the value to use when you have a Japanese
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
11847 or Korean PostScript printer and want to print
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
11848 buffer with ASCII, Latin-1, Japanese (JISX0208 and
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
11849 JISX0201-Kana) and Korean characters. At present,
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
11850 it was not tested the Korean characters printing.
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
11851 If you have a korean PostScript printer, please,
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
11852 test it.
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
11853
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
11854 `bdf-font' This is the value to use when you want to print
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
11855 buffer with BDF fonts. BDF fonts include both latin
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
11856 and non-latin fonts. BDF (Bitmap Distribution
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
11857 Format) is a format used for distributing X's font
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
11858 source file. BDF fonts are included in
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
11859 `intlfonts-1.1' which is a collection of X11 fonts
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
11860 for all characters supported by Emacs. In order to
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
11861 use this value, be sure to have installed
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
11862 `intlfonts-1.1' and set the variable
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
11863 `bdf-directory-list' appropriately (see ps-bdf.el for
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
11864 documentation of this variable).
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
11865
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
11866 `bdf-font-except-latin' This is like `bdf-font' except that it is used
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
11867 PostScript default fonts to print ASCII and Latin-1
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
11868 characters. This is convenient when you want or
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
11869 need to use both latin and non-latin characters on
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
11870 the same buffer. See `ps-font-family',
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
11871 `ps-header-font-family' and `ps-font-info-database'.
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
11872
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
11873 Any other value is treated as nil.")
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
11874
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11875 (autoload (quote ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font) "ps-mule" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11876 Setup special ASCII font for STRING.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11877 STRING should contain only ASCII characters." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11878
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11879 (autoload (quote ps-mule-set-ascii-font) "ps-mule" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11880
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11881 (autoload (quote ps-mule-plot-string) "ps-mule" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11882 Generate PostScript code for ploting characters in the region FROM and TO.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11883
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11884 It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same charset.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11885
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11886 Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11887
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11888 Returns the value:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11889
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11890 (ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11891
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11892 Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11893 the sequence." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11894
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
11895 (autoload (quote ps-mule-plot-composition) "ps-mule" "\
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
11896 Generate PostScript code for ploting composition in the region FROM and TO.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
11897
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
11898 It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
11899 composition.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
11900
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
11901 Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
11902
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
11903 Returns the value:
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
11904
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
11905 (ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH)
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
11906
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
11907 Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
11908 the sequence." nil nil)
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
11909
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11910 (autoload (quote ps-mule-initialize) "ps-mule" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11911 Initialize global data for printing multi-byte characters." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11912
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11913 (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-job) "ps-mule" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11914 Start printing job for multi-byte chars between FROM and TO.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11915 This checks if all multi-byte characters in the region are printable or not." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11916
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11917 (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-page) "ps-mule" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11918
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11919 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11920
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11921 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-extend-face ps-extend-face-list ps-setup ps-nb-pages-region
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11922 ;;;;;; ps-nb-pages-buffer ps-line-lengths ps-despool ps-spool-region-with-faces
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11923 ;;;;;; ps-spool-region ps-spool-buffer-with-faces ps-spool-buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11924 ;;;;;; ps-print-region-with-faces ps-print-region ps-print-buffer-with-faces
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
11925 ;;;;;; ps-print-buffer ps-print-customize ps-paper-type) "ps-print"
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
11926 ;;;;;; "ps-print.el" (14763 37945))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11927 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11928
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11929 (defvar ps-paper-type (quote letter) "\
26118
cac2b0da7b3a Updated for ps-print.el, ps-mule.el, and ps-bdf.el.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26084
diff changeset
11930 *Specify the size of paper to format for.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11931 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11932 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11933
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
11934 (autoload (quote ps-print-customize) "ps-print" "\
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
11935 Customization of ps-print group." t nil)
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
11936
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11937 (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer) "ps-print" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11938 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11939
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11940 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11941 prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11942 in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11943
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11944 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11945 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11946 the PostScript image in a file with that name." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11947
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11948 (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11949 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11950 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11951 information in the generated image. This command works only if you
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11952 are using a window system, so it has a way to determine color values." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11953
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11954 (autoload (quote ps-print-region) "ps-print" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11955 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11956 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11957
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11958 (autoload (quote ps-print-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11959 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11960 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11961 information in the generated image. This command works only if you
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11962 are using a window system, so it has a way to determine color values." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11963
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11964 (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer) "ps-print" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11965 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11966 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11967 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11968
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11969 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11970
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11971 (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11972 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11973 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11974 information in the generated image. This command works only if you
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11975 are using a window system, so it has a way to determine color values.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11976
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11977 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11978
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11979 (autoload (quote ps-spool-region) "ps-print" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11980 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11981 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11982
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11983 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11984
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11985 (autoload (quote ps-spool-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11986 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11987 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11988 information in the generated image. This command works only if you
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11989 are using a window system, so it has a way to determine color values.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11990
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11991 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11992
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11993 (autoload (quote ps-despool) "ps-print" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11994 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11995
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11996 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11997 prompts the user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11998 image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11999
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12000 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12001 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12002 the PostScript image in a file with that name." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12003
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12004 (autoload (quote ps-line-lengths) "ps-print" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12005 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12006 using the current ps-print setup.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12007 Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12008 \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12009
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12010 (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-buffer) "ps-print" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12011 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12012 The table depends on the current ps-print setup." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12013
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12014 (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-region) "ps-print" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12015 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12016 The table depends on the current ps-print setup." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12017
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12018 (autoload (quote ps-setup) "ps-print" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12019 Return the current PostScript-generation setup." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12020
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12021 (autoload (quote ps-extend-face-list) "ps-print" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12022 Extend face in `ps-print-face-extension-alist'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12023
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12024 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12025 with face extension in `ps-print-face-extension-alist'; otherwise, overrides.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12026
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12027 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST is like those for `ps-extend-face'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12028
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12029 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12030
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12031 (autoload (quote ps-extend-face) "ps-print" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12032 Extend face in `ps-print-face-extension-alist'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12033
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12034 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12035 with face extensions in `ps-print-face-extension-alist'; otherwise, overrides.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12036
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12037 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12038
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12039 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12040
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12041 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12042
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12043 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12044 foreground and background colors respectively.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12045
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12046 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12047 bold - use bold font.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12048 italic - use italic font.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12049 underline - put a line under text.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12050 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12051 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12052 shadow - text will have a shadow.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12053 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12054 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12055
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12056 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12057
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12058 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12059
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12060 ;;;### (autoloads (quail-update-leim-list-file quail-defrule-internal
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
12061 ;;;;;; quail-defrule quail-install-decode-map quail-install-map
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
12062 ;;;;;; quail-define-rules quail-set-keyboard-layout quail-define-package
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
12063 ;;;;;; quail-use-package) "quail" "international/quail.el" (14764
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
12064 ;;;;;; 59676))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12065 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12066
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12067 (autoload (quote quail-use-package) "quail" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12068 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12069 The remaining arguments are libraries to be loaded before using the package." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12070
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12071 (autoload (quote quail-define-package) "quail" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12072 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12073 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12074 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12075 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12076 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12077 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12078
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12079 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12080 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12081 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12082 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12083 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12084 shown.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12085 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12086
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12087 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12088
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12089 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12090 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12091 command to be called.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12092
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12093 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12094 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12095 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12096 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12097
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12098 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12099 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12100 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12101 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12102 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12103 to t.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12104
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12105 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12106 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12107 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12108 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12109
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12110 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the `quail-help' command should show
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12111 the user's keyboard layout visually with translated characters.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12112 If KBD-TRANSLATE is set, it is desirable to set also this flag unless
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12113 this package defines no translations for single character keys.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12114
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12115 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12116 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12117 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12118 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12119 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12120 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12121
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12122 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12123 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12124 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12125 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12126 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12127 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\".
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12128
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12129 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12130 covers Quail translation region.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12131
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12132 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12133 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12134 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12135 for it) is inserted.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12136
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12137 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12138 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12139 vs. corresponding command to be called.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12140
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12141 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12142 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12143 non-Quail commands." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12144
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12145 (autoload (quote quail-set-keyboard-layout) "quail" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12146 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12147
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12148 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12149 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12150 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12151 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12152 you type is correctly handled." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12153
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12154 (autoload (quote quail-define-rules) "quail" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12155 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12156 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12157 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12158 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12159 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12160 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12161 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12162 for the translation.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12163 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12164
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12165 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
12166 it is used to handle KEY.
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
12167
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
12168 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
12169 rules. Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
12170 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type. Currently
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
12171 the following annotation types are supported.
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
12172
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
12173 append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
12174 be appended to the rules of the current Quail package.
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
12175
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
12176 face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
12177 candidate list.
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
12178
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
12179 advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
12180 selected. The function is called with one argument, the
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
12181 selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
12182 inserted.
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
12183
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
12184 no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
12185 generated for the following translations." nil (quote macro))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12186
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12187 (autoload (quote quail-install-map) "quail" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12188 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
12189
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
12190 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
12191 which to install MAP.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
12192
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12193 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12194
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
12195 (autoload (quote quail-install-decode-map) "quail" "\
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
12196 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package.
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
12197
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
12198 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
12199 which to install MAP.
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
12200
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
12201 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'." nil nil)
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
12202
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12203 (autoload (quote quail-defrule) "quail" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12204 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12205 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12206 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12207 a function, or a cons.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12208 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12209 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12210 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12211 for the translation.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12212 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12213 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12214 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12215 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12216 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12217
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12218 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12219 it is used to handle KEY.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12220
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12221 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12222 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12223 current Quail package.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12224
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12225 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12226 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12227
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12228 (autoload (quote quail-defrule-internal) "quail" "\
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
12229 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP.
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
12230
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
12231 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
12232 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
12233
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
12234 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map.
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
12235
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
12236 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS. See the
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
12237 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail." nil nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12238
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12239 (autoload (quote quail-update-leim-list-file) "quail" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12240 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12241 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12242 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12243 of the Emacs source tree.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12244
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12245 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12246 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12247
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12248 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12249 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12250 of each directory." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12251
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12252 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12253
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12254 ;;;### (autoloads (quickurl-list quickurl-list-mode quickurl-edit-urls
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12255 ;;;;;; quickurl-browse-url-ask quickurl-browse-url quickurl-add-url
28288
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
12256 ;;;;;; quickurl-ask quickurl) "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (14554
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
12257 ;;;;;; 7245))
28212
7252a5d43f22 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28162
diff changeset
12258 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12259
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12260 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12261 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12262 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12263 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12264
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12265 To make use of this do something like:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12266
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12267 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12268
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12269 in your ~/.emacs (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12270
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12271 (autoload (quote quickurl) "quickurl" "Insert an URL based on LOOKUP.\n\nIf not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current\nbuffer, this default action can be modifed via\n`quickurl-grab-lookup-function'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12272
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12273 (autoload (quote quickurl-ask) "quickurl" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12274 Insert an URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12275
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12276 (autoload (quote quickurl-add-url) "quickurl" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12277 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12278
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12279 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/url combination
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12280 is decided." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12281
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12282 (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url) "quickurl" "Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.\n\nIf not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the\ncurrent buffer, this default action can be modifed via\n`quickurl-grab-lookup-function'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12283
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12284 (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url-ask) "quickurl" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12285 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12286
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12287 (autoload (quote quickurl-edit-urls) "quickurl" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12288 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12289
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12290 (autoload (quote quickurl-list-mode) "quickurl" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12291 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12292
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12293 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12294
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12295 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12296
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12297 (autoload (quote quickurl-list) "quickurl" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12298 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12299
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12300 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12301
28212
7252a5d43f22 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28162
diff changeset
12302 ;;;### (autoloads (remote-compile) "rcompile" "net/rcompile.el" (13149
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12303 ;;;;;; 16808))
28212
7252a5d43f22 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28162
diff changeset
12304 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcompile.el
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12305
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12306 (autoload (quote remote-compile) "rcompile" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12307 Compile the the current buffer's directory on HOST. Log in as USER.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12308 See \\[compile]." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12309
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12310 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12311
28077
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
12312 ;;;### (autoloads (re-builder) "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el"
28162
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
12313 ;;;;;; (14539 41135))
28077
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
12314 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
12315
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
12316 (autoload (quote re-builder) "re-builder" "\
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
12317 Call up the RE Builder for the current window." t nil)
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
12318
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
12319 ;;;***
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
12320
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
12321 ;;;### (autoloads (recentf-mode recentf-open-more-files recentf-open-files
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
12322 ;;;;;; recentf-cleanup recentf-edit-list recentf-save-list) "recentf"
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
12323 ;;;;;; "recentf.el" (14743 57317))
25999
3dc900e05402 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25998
diff changeset
12324 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
3dc900e05402 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25998
diff changeset
12325
3dc900e05402 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25998
diff changeset
12326 (autoload (quote recentf-save-list) "recentf" "\
3dc900e05402 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25998
diff changeset
12327 Save the current `recentf-list' to the file `recentf-save-file'." t nil)
3dc900e05402 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25998
diff changeset
12328
27949
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
12329 (autoload (quote recentf-edit-list) "recentf" "\
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
12330 Allow the user to edit the files that are kept in the recent list." t nil)
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
12331
25999
3dc900e05402 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25998
diff changeset
12332 (autoload (quote recentf-cleanup) "recentf" "\
27949
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
12333 Remove all non-readable and excluded files from `recentf-list'." t nil)
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
12334
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
12335 (autoload (quote recentf-open-files) "recentf" "\
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
12336 Open a buffer that allows the user to choose a file to open from
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
12337 the list of recently opened files. The optional argument FILES may be
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
12338 used to specify the list, otherwise recentf-list is used. The optional
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
12339 argument BUFFER-NAME specifies which buffer to use for the interaction." t nil)
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
12340
27949
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
12341 (autoload (quote recentf-open-more-files) "recentf" "\
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
12342 Allow the user to open files that are not in the menu." t nil)
25999
3dc900e05402 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25998
diff changeset
12343
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
12344 (autoload (quote recentf-mode) "recentf" "\
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
12345 Toggle recentf mode.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
12346 With prefix ARG, turn recentf mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
12347 Returns the new status of recentf mode (non-nil means on).
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
12348
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
12349 When recentf mode is enabled, it maintains a menu for visiting files that
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
12350 were operated on recently." t nil)
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
12351
25999
3dc900e05402 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25998
diff changeset
12352 ;;;***
3dc900e05402 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25998
diff changeset
12353
28162
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
12354 ;;;### (autoloads (clear-rectangle replace-rectangle string-rectangle
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
12355 ;;;;;; delete-whitespace-rectangle open-rectangle insert-rectangle
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
12356 ;;;;;; yank-rectangle kill-rectangle extract-rectangle delete-extract-rectangle
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
12357 ;;;;;; delete-rectangle move-to-column-force) "rect" "rect.el" (14709
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
12358 ;;;;;; 28151))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12359 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12360
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12361 (autoload (quote move-to-column-force) "rect" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12362 Move point to column COLUMN rigidly in the current line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12363 If COLUMN is within a multi-column character, replace it by
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12364 spaces and tab.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12365
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12366 As for `move-to-column', passing anything but nil or t in FLAG will move to
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12367 the desired column only if the line is long enough." nil nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12368
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12369 (autoload (quote delete-rectangle) "rect" "\
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12370 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12371 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12372 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12373 ends.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12374
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12375 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12376 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12377 to be deleted." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12378
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12379 (autoload (quote delete-extract-rectangle) "rect" "\
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12380 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12381 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12382
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12383 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12384 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12385 deleted." nil nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12386
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12387 (autoload (quote extract-rectangle) "rect" "\
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12388 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12389 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle." nil nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12390
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12391 (autoload (quote kill-rectangle) "rect" "\
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12392 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12393
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12394 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12395 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12396
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12397 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12398 deleted." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12399
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12400 (autoload (quote yank-rectangle) "rect" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12401 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12402
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12403 (autoload (quote insert-rectangle) "rect" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12404 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12405 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12406 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12407 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12408 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12409 and point is at the lower right corner." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12410
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12411 (autoload (quote open-rectangle) "rect" "\
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12412 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12413
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12414 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12415 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12416
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12417 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12418 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is no text
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12419 on the right side of the rectangle." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12420 (defalias 'close-rectangle 'delete-whitespace-rectangle) ;; Old name
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12421
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12422 (autoload (quote delete-whitespace-rectangle) "rect" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12423 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12424 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12425 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12426 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12427
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12428 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12429 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12430
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12431 (autoload (quote string-rectangle) "rect" "\
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12432 Insert STRING on each line of the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12433
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12434 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12435 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12436 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12437
28162
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
12438 (autoload (quote replace-rectangle) "rect" "\
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
12439 Like `string-rectangle', but replace the original region." t nil)
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
12440
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12441 (autoload (quote clear-rectangle) "rect" "\
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12442 Blank out the region-rectangle.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12443 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12444
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12445 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12446 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12447 rectangle which were empty." t nil)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12448
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12449 ;;;***
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12450
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12451 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-mode turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el"
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
12452 ;;;;;; (14671 47574))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12453 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12454
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12455 (autoload (quote turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12456 Turn on RefTeX mode." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12457
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12458 (autoload (quote reftex-mode) "reftex" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12459 Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12460
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12461 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12462 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12463
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12464 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12465 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12466 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12467 \\ref macro.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12468
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12469 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12470 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12471 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12472
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12473 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12474 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12475 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12476
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12477 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12478 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12479
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12480 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12481 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12482
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12483 \\{reftex-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12484 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12485 on the menu bar.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12486
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12487 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12488
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12489 ;;;***
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12490
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12491 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el"
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
12492 ;;;;;; (14702 57277))
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12493 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-cite.el
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12494
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12495 (autoload (quote reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "\
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12496 Make a citation using BibTeX database files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12497 After prompting for a regular expression, scans the buffers with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12498 bibtex entries (taken from the \\bibliography command) and offers the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12499 matching entries for selection. The selected entry is formated according
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12500 to `reftex-cite-format' and inserted into the buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12501
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12502 If NO-INSERT is non-nil, nothing is inserted, only the selected key returned.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12503
26963
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
12504 FORAT-KEY can be used to pre-select a citation format.
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
12505
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12506 When called with one or two `C-u' prefixes, first rescans the document.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12507 When called with a numeric prefix, make that many citations. When
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12508 called with point inside the braces of a `cite' command, it will
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12509 add another key, ignoring the value of `reftex-cite-format'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12510
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12511 The regular expression uses an expanded syntax: && is interpreted as `and'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12512 Thus, `aaaa&&bbb' matches entries which contain both `aaaa' and `bbb'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12513 While entering the regexp, completion on knows citation keys is possible.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12514 `=' is a good regular expression to match all entries in all files." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12515
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12516 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12517
26963
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
12518 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "textmodes/reftex-index.el"
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
12519 ;;;;;; (14671 47574))
26963
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
12520 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-index.el
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
12521
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
12522 (autoload (quote reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "\
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
12523 Major mode for managing the Index phrases of a LaTeX document.
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
12524 This buffer was created with RefTeX.
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
12525
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
12526 To insert new phrases, use
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
12527 - `C-c \\' in the LaTeX document to copy selection or word
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
12528 - `\\[reftex-index-new-phrase]' in the phrases buffer.
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
12529
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
12530 To index phrases use one of:
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
12531
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
12532 \\[reftex-index-this-phrase] index current phrase
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
12533 \\[reftex-index-next-phrase] index next phrase (or N with prefix arg)
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
12534 \\[reftex-index-all-phrases] index all phrases
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
12535 \\[reftex-index-remaining-phrases] index current and following phrases
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
12536 \\[reftex-index-region-phrases] index the phrases in the region
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
12537
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
12538 You can sort the phrases in this buffer with \\[reftex-index-sort-phrases].
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
12539 To display information about the phrase at point, use \\[reftex-index-phrases-info].
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
12540
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
12541 For more information see the RefTeX User Manual.
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
12542
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
12543 Here are all local bindings.
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
12544
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
12545 \\{reftex-index-phrases-map}" t nil)
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
12546
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
12547 ;;;***
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
12548
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12549 ;;;### (autoloads (regexp-opt-depth regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el"
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
12550 ;;;;;; (14738 26727))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12551 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12552
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12553 (autoload (quote regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12554 Return a regexp to match a string in STRINGS.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12555 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12556 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12557 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12558 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12559
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12560 (let ((open-paren (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close-paren (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\")))
28077
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
12561 (concat open-paren (mapconcat 'regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close-paren))" nil nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12562
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12563 (autoload (quote regexp-opt-depth) "regexp-opt" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12564 Return the depth of REGEXP.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12565 This means the number of regexp grouping constructs (parenthesised expressions)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12566 in REGEXP." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12567
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12568 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12569
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12570 ;;;### (autoloads (repeat) "repeat" "repeat.el" (14081 4820))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12571 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12572
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12573 (autoload (quote repeat) "repeat" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12574 Repeat most recently executed command.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12575 With prefix arg, apply new prefix arg to that command; otherwise, use
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12576 the prefix arg that was used before (if any).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12577 This command is like the `.' command in the vi editor.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12578
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12579 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it can then
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12580 be repeated by repeating the final character of that sequence. This behavior
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12581 can be modified by the global variable `repeat-on-final-keystroke'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12582
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12583 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12584
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12585 ;;;### (autoloads (reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "mail/reporter.el"
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
12586 ;;;;;; (14638 40777))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12587 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12588
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
12589 (autoload (quote reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "\
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
12590 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
12591
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
12592 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
12593 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
12594 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
12595 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
12596 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
12597 and point is left after the salutation.
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
12598
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
12599 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
12600 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
12601 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
12602 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
12603 left after that text.
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
12604
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
12605 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
12606 is non-nil.
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
12607
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
12608 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
12609 to initialize a a messagem, which the user can then edit and finally send
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
12610 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
12611 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message." nil nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12612
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12613 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12614
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12615 ;;;### (autoloads (reposition-window) "reposition" "reposition.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12616 ;;;;;; (13229 29317))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12617 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12618
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12619 (autoload (quote reposition-window) "reposition" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12620 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12621 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12622 visibility of comments that precede it.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12623 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12624 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12625 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12626 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12627 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12628 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12629 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12630 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12631 the comment lines.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12632 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12633 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12634 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12635 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12636 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment)." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12637 (define-key esc-map "\C-l" 'reposition-window)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12638
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12639 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12640
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12641 ;;;### (autoloads (resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "resume.el" (12679
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12642 ;;;;;; 50658))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12643 ;;; Generated autoloads from resume.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12644
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12645 (autoload (quote resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12646 Clear out the file used for transmitting args when Emacs resumes." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12647
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12648 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12649
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12650 ;;;### (autoloads (make-ring ring-p) "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el"
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
12651 ;;;;;; (14634 20460))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12652 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12653
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12654 (autoload (quote ring-p) "ring" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12655 Returns t if X is a ring; nil otherwise." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12656
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12657 (autoload (quote make-ring) "ring" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12658 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12659
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12660 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12661
28212
7252a5d43f22 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28162
diff changeset
12662 ;;;### (autoloads (rlogin) "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (14550 7959))
7252a5d43f22 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28162
diff changeset
12663 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12664 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "^\\*rlogin-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12665
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12666 (autoload (quote rlogin) "rlogin" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12667 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12668 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12669 other arguments for `rlogin'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12670
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12671 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12672
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12673 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12674 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12675 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12676 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12677
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12678 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12679 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12680
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12681 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12682 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12683
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12684 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12685 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12686 INPUT-ARGS.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12687
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12688 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12689 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12690 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12691 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12692 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12693
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12694 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12695 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12696 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12697 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12698
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12699 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12700 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12701 variable." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12702
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12703 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12704
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12705 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-set-pop-password rmail-input rmail-mode
28919
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
12706 ;;;;;; rmail rmail-enable-mime rmail-show-message-hook rmail-confirm-expunge
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
12707 ;;;;;; rmail-secondary-file-regexp rmail-secondary-file-directory
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
12708 ;;;;;; rmail-mail-new-frame rmail-primary-inbox-list rmail-delete-after-output
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
12709 ;;;;;; rmail-highlight-face rmail-highlighted-headers rmail-retry-ignored-headers
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
12710 ;;;;;; rmail-displayed-headers rmail-ignored-headers rmail-dont-reply-to-names)
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
12711 ;;;;;; "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (14726 36008))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12712 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12713
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12714 (defvar rmail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12715 *A regexp specifying names to prune of reply to messages.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12716 A value of nil means exclude your own login name as an address
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12717 plus whatever is specified by `rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12718
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12719 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names "info-" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12720 A regular expression specifying part of the value of the default value of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12721 the variable `rmail-dont-reply-to-names', for when the user does not set
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12722 `rmail-dont-reply-to-names' explicitly. (The other part of the default
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12723 value is the user's name.)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12724 It is useful to set this variable in the site customization file.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12725
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12726 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:\\|^mime-version:\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:\\|^x-attribution:\\|^x-disclaimer:" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12727 *Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12728 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12729 which normally happens once for each message,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12730 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12731 To make a change in this variable take effect
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12732 for a message that you have already viewed,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12733 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12734
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12735 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12736 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12737 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12738 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12739
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12740 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12741 *Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12742
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12743 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers "^From:\\|^Subject:" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12744 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12745 A value of nil means don't highlight.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12746 See also `rmail-highlight-face'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12747
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12748 (defvar rmail-highlight-face nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12749 *Face used by Rmail for highlighting headers.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12750
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12751 (defvar rmail-delete-after-output nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12752 *Non-nil means automatically delete a message that is copied to a file.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12753
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12754 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12755 *List of files which are inboxes for user's primary mail file `~/RMAIL'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12756 `nil' means the default, which is (\"/usr/spool/mail/$USER\")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12757 \(the name varies depending on the operating system,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12758 and the value of the environment variable MAIL overrides it).")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12759
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12760 (defvar rmail-mail-new-frame nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12761 *Non-nil means Rmail makes a new frame for composing outgoing mail.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12762
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12763 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory "~/" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12764 *Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12765
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12766 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp "\\.xmail$" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12767 *Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12768
28292
156a858432c4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28288
diff changeset
12769 (defvar rmail-confirm-expunge (quote yes-or-no-p) "\
156a858432c4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28288
diff changeset
12770 *Whether and how to ask for confirmation before expunging deleted messages.")
156a858432c4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28288
diff changeset
12771
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12772 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12773 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12774
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12775 (defvar rmail-get-new-mail-hook nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12776 List of functions to call when Rmail has retrieved new mail.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12777
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12778 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12779 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12780
27949
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
12781 (defvar rmail-quit-hook nil "\
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
12782 List of functions to call when quitting out of Rmail.")
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
12783
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12784 (defvar rmail-delete-message-hook nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12785 List of functions to call when Rmail deletes a message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12786 When the hooks are called, the message has been marked deleted but is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12787 still the current message in the Rmail buffer.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12788
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12789 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12790 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12791
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12792 This is set to nil by default.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12793
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12794 (defvar rmail-enable-mime nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12795 *If non-nil, RMAIL uses MIME feature.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12796 If the value is t, RMAIL automatically shows MIME decoded message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12797 If the value is neither t nor nil, RMAIL does not show MIME decoded message
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12798 until a user explicitly requires it.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12799
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12800 (defvar rmail-show-mime-function nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12801 Function to show MIME decoded message of RMAIL file.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12802
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12803 (defvar rmail-mime-feature (quote rmail-mime) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12804 Feature to require to load MIME support in Rmail.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12805 When starting Rmail, if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12806 this feature is required with `require'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12807
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12808 (defvar rmail-decode-mime-charset t "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12809 *Non-nil means a message is decoded by MIME's charset specification.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12810 If this variable is nil, or the message has not MIME specification,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12811 the message is decoded as normal way.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12812
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12813 If the variable `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil, this variables is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12814 ignored, and all the decoding work is done by a feature specified by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12815 the variable `rmail-mime-feature'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12816
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12817 (defvar rmail-mime-charset-pattern "^content-type:[ ]*text/plain;[ \n]*charset=\"?\\([^ \n\"]+\\)\"?" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12818 Regexp to match MIME-charset specification in a header of message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12819 The first parenthesized expression should match the MIME-charset name.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12820
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12821 (autoload (quote rmail) "rmail" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12822 Read and edit incoming mail.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12823 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' (a babyl format file)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12824 and edits that file in RMAIL Mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12825 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12826
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12827 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12828 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12829 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12830 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12831
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12832 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12833
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12834 (autoload (quote rmail-mode) "rmail" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12835 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12836 All normal editing commands are turned off.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12837 Instead, these commands are available:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12838
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12839 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message (same as \\[beginning-of-buffer]).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12840 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12841 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12842 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12843 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12844 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12845 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12846 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12847 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12848 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12849 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12850 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12851 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12852 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12853 till a deleted message is found.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12854 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12855 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12856 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12857 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12858 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12859 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12860 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12861 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12862 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12863 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12864 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12865 \\[rmail-output-to-rmail-file] Output this message to an Rmail file (append it).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12866 \\[rmail-output] Output this message to a Unix-format mail file (append it).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12867 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12868 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12869 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12870 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12871 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12872 (label defaults to last one specified).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12873 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12874 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12875 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12876 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12877 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12878 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12879 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12880 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12881 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12882
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12883 (autoload (quote rmail-input) "rmail" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12884 Run Rmail on file FILENAME." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12885
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12886 (autoload (quote rmail-set-pop-password) "rmail" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12887 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP server." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12888
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12889 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12890
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12891 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "mail/rmailedit.el"
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
12892 ;;;;;; (14387 64145))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12893 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailedit.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12894
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12895 (autoload (quote rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12896 Edit the contents of this message." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12897
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12898 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12899
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12900 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-next-labeled-message rmail-previous-labeled-message
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12901 ;;;;;; rmail-read-label rmail-kill-label rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12902 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailkwd.el" (12875 8164))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12903 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailkwd.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12904
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12905 (autoload (quote rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12906 Add LABEL to labels associated with current RMAIL message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12907 Completion is performed over known labels when reading." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12908
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12909 (autoload (quote rmail-kill-label) "rmailkwd" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12910 Remove LABEL from labels associated with current RMAIL message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12911 Completion is performed over known labels when reading." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12912
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12913 (autoload (quote rmail-read-label) "rmailkwd" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12914
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12915 (autoload (quote rmail-previous-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12916 Show previous message with one of the labels LABELS.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12917 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12918 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12919 With prefix argument N moves backward N messages with these labels." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12920
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12921 (autoload (quote rmail-next-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12922 Show next message with one of the labels LABELS.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12923 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12924 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12925 With prefix argument N moves forward N messages with these labels." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12926
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12927 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12928
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12929 ;;;### (autoloads (set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "mail/rmailmsc.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12930 ;;;;;; (13772 51133))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12931 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailmsc.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12932
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12933 (autoload (quote set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12934 Set the inbox list of the current RMAIL file to FILE-NAME.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12935 You can specify one file name, or several names separated by commas.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12936 If FILE-NAME is empty, remove any existing inbox list." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12937
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12938 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12939
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12940 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-output-body-to-file rmail-output rmail-fields-not-to-output
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12941 ;;;;;; rmail-output-to-rmail-file rmail-output-file-alist) "rmailout"
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
12942 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailout.el" (14636 62741))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12943 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12944
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12945 (defvar rmail-output-file-alist nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12946 *Alist matching regexps to suggested output Rmail files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12947 This is a list of elements of the form (REGEXP . NAME-EXP).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12948 The suggestion is taken if REGEXP matches anywhere in the message buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12949 NAME-EXP may be a string constant giving the file name to use,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12950 or more generally it may be any kind of expression that returns
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12951 a file name as a string.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12952
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12953 (autoload (quote rmail-output-to-rmail-file) "rmailout" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12954 Append the current message to an Rmail file named FILE-NAME.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12955 If the file does not exist, ask if it should be created.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12956 If file is being visited, the message is appended to the Emacs
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12957 buffer visiting that file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12958 If the file exists and is not an Rmail file, the message is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12959 appended in inbox format, the same way `rmail-output' does it.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12960
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12961 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-rmail-file',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12962 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12963
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12964 A prefix argument N says to output N consecutive messages
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
12965 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
12966
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
12967 If optional argument STAY is non-nil, then leave the last filed
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
12968 mesasge up instead of moving forward to the next non-deleted message." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12969
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12970 (defvar rmail-fields-not-to-output nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12971 *Regexp describing fields to exclude when outputting a message to a file.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12972
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12973 (autoload (quote rmail-output) "rmailout" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12974 Append this message to system-inbox-format mail file named FILE-NAME.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12975 A prefix argument N says to output N consecutive messages
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12976 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12977 When called from lisp code, N may be omitted.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12978
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12979 If the pruned message header is shown on the current message, then
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12980 messages will be appended with pruned headers; otherwise, messages
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12981 will be appended with their original headers.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12982
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12983 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12984 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12985
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12986 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12987 to set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12988
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12989 The optional fourth argument FROM-GNUS is set when called from GNUS." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12990
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12991 (autoload (quote rmail-output-body-to-file) "rmailout" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12992 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12993 FILE-NAME defaults, interactively, from the Subject field of the message." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12994
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12995 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12996
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12997 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-sort-by-keywords rmail-sort-by-lines rmail-sort-by-correspondent
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12998 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-recipient rmail-sort-by-author rmail-sort-by-subject
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12999 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "mail/rmailsort.el" (13054
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13000 ;;;;;; 26387))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13001 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsort.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13002
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13003 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13004 Sort messages of current Rmail file by date.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13005 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13006
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13007 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-subject) "rmailsort" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13008 Sort messages of current Rmail file by subject.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13009 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13010
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13011 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-author) "rmailsort" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13012 Sort messages of current Rmail file by author.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13013 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13014
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13015 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-recipient) "rmailsort" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13016 Sort messages of current Rmail file by recipient.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13017 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13018
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13019 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-correspondent) "rmailsort" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13020 Sort messages of current Rmail file by other correspondent.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13021 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13022
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13023 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-lines) "rmailsort" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13024 Sort messages of current Rmail file by number of lines.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13025 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13026
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13027 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-keywords) "rmailsort" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13028 Sort messages of current Rmail file by labels.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13029 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13030 KEYWORDS is a comma-separated list of labels." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13031
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13032 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13033
28523
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
13034 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-user-mail-address-regexp rmail-summary-line-decoder
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
13035 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-senders rmail-summary-by-topic rmail-summary-by-regexp
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
13036 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-recipients rmail-summary-by-labels rmail-summary
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
13037 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-line-count-flag rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages)
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
13038 ;;;;;; "rmailsum" "mail/rmailsum.el" (14637 38354))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13039 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsum.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13040
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13041 (defvar rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages t "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13042 *Non-nil means Rmail summary scroll commands move between messages.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13043
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13044 (defvar rmail-summary-line-count-flag t "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13045 *Non-nil if Rmail summary should show the number of lines in each message.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13046
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13047 (autoload (quote rmail-summary) "rmailsum" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13048 Display a summary of all messages, one line per message." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13049
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13050 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-labels) "rmailsum" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13051 Display a summary of all messages with one or more LABELS.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13052 LABELS should be a string containing the desired labels, separated by commas." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13053
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13054 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-recipients) "rmailsum" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13055 Display a summary of all messages with the given RECIPIENTS.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13056 Normally checks the To, From and Cc fields of headers;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13057 but if PRIMARY-ONLY is non-nil (prefix arg given),
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13058 only look in the To and From fields.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13059 RECIPIENTS is a string of regexps separated by commas." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13060
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13061 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-regexp) "rmailsum" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13062 Display a summary of all messages according to regexp REGEXP.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13063 If the regular expression is found in the header of the message
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13064 \(including in the date and other lines, as well as the subject line),
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13065 Emacs will list the header line in the RMAIL-summary." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13066
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13067 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-topic) "rmailsum" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13068 Display a summary of all messages with the given SUBJECT.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13069 Normally checks the Subject field of headers;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13070 but if WHOLE-MESSAGE is non-nil (prefix arg given),
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13071 look in the whole message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13072 SUBJECT is a string of regexps separated by commas." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13073
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13074 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-senders) "rmailsum" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13075 Display a summary of all messages with the given SENDERS.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13076 SENDERS is a string of names separated by commas." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13077
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13078 (defvar rmail-summary-line-decoder (function identity) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13079 *Function to decode summary-line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13080
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13081 By default, `identity' is set.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13082
28523
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
13083 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
13084 *Regexp matching user mail addresses.
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
13085 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
13086 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender,
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
13087 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
13088 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
13089 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
13090
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
13091 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
13092 sent by you under different user names.
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
13093 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail adresses.
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
13094
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
13095 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
13096
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13097 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13098
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13099 ;;;### (autoloads (news-post-news) "rnewspost" "mail/rnewspost.el"
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
13100 ;;;;;; (14660 49436))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13101 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rnewspost.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13102
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13103 (autoload (quote news-post-news) "rnewspost" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13104 Begin editing a new USENET news article to be posted.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13105 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing the article to get a list of commands.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13106 If NOQUERY is non-nil, we do not query before doing the work." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13107
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13108 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13109
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13110 ;;;### (autoloads (toggle-rot13-mode rot13-other-window) "rot13"
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
13111 ;;;;;; "rot13.el" (12536 45574))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13112 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13113
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13114 (autoload (quote rot13-other-window) "rot13" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13115 Display current buffer in rot 13 in another window.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13116 To terminate the rot13 display, delete that window." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13117
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13118 (autoload (quote toggle-rot13-mode) "rot13" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13119 Toggle the use of rot 13 encoding for the current window." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13120
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13121 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13122
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13123 ;;;### (autoloads (resize-minibuffer-mode resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13124 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height resize-minibuffer-frame
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13125 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-window-exactly resize-minibuffer-window-max-height
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13126 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini" "rsz-mini.el" (14301 25409))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13127 ;;; Generated autoloads from rsz-mini.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13128
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13129 (defvar resize-minibuffer-mode nil "\
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13130 *This variable is obsolete.")
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13131
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13132 (custom-add-to-group (quote resize-minibuffer) (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) (quote custom-variable))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13133
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13134 (custom-add-load (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) (quote rsz-mini))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13135
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13136 (defvar resize-minibuffer-window-max-height nil "\
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13137 *This variable is obsolete.")
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13138
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13139 (defvar resize-minibuffer-window-exactly t "\
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13140 *This variable is obsolete.")
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13141
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13142 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame nil "\
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13143 *This variable is obsolete.")
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13144
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13145 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height nil "\
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13146 *This variable is obsolete.")
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13147
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13148 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly t "\
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13149 *This variable is obsolete.")
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13150
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13151 (autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini" "\
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13152 This function is obsolete." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13153
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13154 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13155
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13156 ;;;### (autoloads (dsssl-mode scheme-mode) "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el"
27016
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
13157 ;;;;;; (14432 37919))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13158 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13159
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13160 (autoload (quote scheme-mode) "scheme" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13161 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
27016
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
13162 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13163
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13164 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13165 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13166 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13167 modeline of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13168 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\". For more information
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13169 see the documentation for xscheme-interaction-mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13170
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13171 Commands:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13172 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13173 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13174 \\{scheme-mode-map}
27016
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
13175 Entry to this mode calls the value of `scheme-mode-hook'
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13176 if that value is non-nil." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13177
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13178 (autoload (quote dsssl-mode) "scheme" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13179 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
27016
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
13180 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13181
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13182 Commands:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13183 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13184 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13185 \\{scheme-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13186 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13187 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13188 that variable's value is a string." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13189
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13190 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13191
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13192 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el"
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
13193 ;;;;;; (14030 49477))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13194 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13195
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13196 (autoload (quote gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13197 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13198 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13199
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13200 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13201
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13202 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13203
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
13204 ;;;### (autoloads (scribe-mode) "scribe" "textmodes/scribe.el" (14381
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
13205 ;;;;;; 55098))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13206 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/scribe.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13207
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13208 (autoload (quote scribe-mode) "scribe" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13209 Major mode for editing files of Scribe (a text formatter) source.
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
13210 Scribe-mode is similar to text-mode, with a few extra commands added.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13211 \\{scribe-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13212
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13213 Interesting variables:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13214
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13215 scribe-fancy-paragraphs
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13216 Non-nil makes Scribe mode use a different style of paragraph separation.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13217
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13218 scribe-electric-quote
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13219 Non-nil makes insert of double quote use `` or '' depending on context.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13220
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13221 scribe-electric-parenthesis
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13222 Non-nil makes an open-parenthesis char (one of `([<{')
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13223 automatically insert its close if typed after an @Command form." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13224
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13225 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13226
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13227 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-other-frame mail-other-window mail mail-mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13228 ;;;;;; mail-signature mail-personal-alias-file mail-alias-file mail-default-reply-to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13229 ;;;;;; mail-archive-file-name mail-header-separator mail-yank-ignored-headers
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13230 ;;;;;; mail-interactive mail-self-blind mail-specify-envelope-from
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
13231 ;;;;;; mail-from-style) "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" (14743 46413))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13232 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13233
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13234 (defvar mail-from-style (quote angles) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13235 *Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13236
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13237 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13238 king@grassland.com
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13239 If `parens', they look like:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13240 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13241 If `angles', they look like:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13242 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13243 If `system-default', allows the mailer to insert its default From field
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13244 derived from the envelope-from address.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13245
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13246 In old versions of Emacs, the `system-default' setting also caused
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13247 Emacs to pass the proper email address from `user-mail-address'
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13248 to the mailer to specify the envelope-from address. But that is now
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13249 controlled by a separate variable, `mail-specify-envelope-from'.")
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13250
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
13251 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13252 *If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13253 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in `user-mail-address'.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13254
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13255 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13256 is a privileged operation.")
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13257
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13258 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13259 *Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13260 This is done when the message is initialized,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13261 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13262
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13263 (defvar mail-interactive nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13264 *Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13265 nil means let mailer mail back a message to report errors.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13266
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13267 (defvar mail-yank-ignored-headers "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^status:\\|^remailed\\|^received:\\|^message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^to:\\|^subject:\\|^in-reply-to:\\|^return-path:" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13268 *Delete these headers from old message when it's inserted in a reply.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13269
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13270 (defvar send-mail-function (quote sendmail-send-it) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13271 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13272 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13273 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13274
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13275 (defvar mail-header-separator "--text follows this line--" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13276 *Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13277
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13278 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13279 *Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13280 This can be an inbox file or an Rmail file.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13281
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13282 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13283 *Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13284 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13285 when you first send mail.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13286
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13287 (defvar mail-alias-file nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13288 *If non-nil, the name of a file to use instead of `/usr/lib/aliases'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13289 This file defines aliases to be expanded by the mailer; this is a different
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13290 feature from that of defining aliases in `.mailrc' to be expanded in Emacs.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13291 This variable has no effect unless your system uses sendmail as its mailer.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13292
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13293 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file "~/.mailrc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13294 *If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13295 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13296 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13297 This file need not actually exist.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13298
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13299 (defvar mail-signature nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13300 *Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13301 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13302 If a string, that string is inserted.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13303 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13304 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13305 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13306 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13307
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13308 (autoload (quote mail-mode) "sendmail" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13309 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13310 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13311 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message) \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13312 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13313 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subject:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13314 \\[mail-cc] move to CC: \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13315 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13316 \\[mail-text] mail-text (move to beginning of message text).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13317 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13318 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13319 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13320 \\[mail-sent-via] mail-sent-via (add a Sent-via field for each To or CC)." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13321
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13322 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13323 *Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13324 This has higher priority than `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13325 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13326 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13327 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13328
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13329 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system (quote iso-latin-1) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13330 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13331 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13332
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13333 This variable is set/changed by the command set-language-environment.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13334 User should not set this variable manually,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13335 instead use sendmail-coding-system to get a constant encoding
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13336 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13337 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13338 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*mail*")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13339
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13340 (autoload (quote mail) "sendmail" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13341 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13342 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13343 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13344
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13345 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13346 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13347
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13348 \\<mail-mode-map>
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13349 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13350
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13351 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13352 to move to message header fields:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13353 \\{mail-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13354
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13355 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13356 when the message is initialized.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13357
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13358 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13359 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13360
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13361 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13362 is inserted.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13363
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13364 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13365 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13366
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13367 When calling from a program, the first argument if non-nil says
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13368 not to erase the existing contents of the `*mail*' buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13369
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13370 The second through fifth arguments,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13371 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13372 the initial contents of those header fields.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13373 These arguments should not have final newlines.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13374 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13375 original message being replied to, or else an action
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13376 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13377 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13378 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13379 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13380 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13381 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13382
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13383 (autoload (quote mail-other-window) "sendmail" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13384 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13385
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13386 (autoload (quote mail-other-frame) "sendmail" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13387 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13388
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13389 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13390
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
13391 ;;;### (autoloads (server-start) "server" "server.el" (14753 16033))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13392 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13393
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13394 (autoload (quote server-start) "server" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13395 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13396 This starts a server communications subprocess through which
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13397 client \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs job.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13398 To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13399 Emacs distribution as your standard \"editor\".
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13400
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13401 Prefix arg means just kill any existing server communications subprocess." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13402
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13403 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13404
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13405 ;;;### (autoloads (html-mode sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el"
27949
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
13406 ;;;;;; (14501 37288))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13407 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13408
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13409 (autoload (quote sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13410 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13411 Makes > match <. Makes / blink matching /.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13412 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \" and ' can be electric depending on
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13413 `sgml-quick-keys'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13414
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13415 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13416 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13417 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13418
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13419 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation 'upcase) in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13420 your `.emacs' file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13421
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13422 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13423
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13424 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13425 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13426 \\{sgml-mode-map}" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13427
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13428 (autoload (quote html-mode) "sgml-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13429 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13430 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13431 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13432 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13433 which this is based.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13434
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13435 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13436
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13437 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13438 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13439 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13440 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13441
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13442 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13443 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13444 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13445
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13446 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13447 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13448 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-g or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13449 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13450
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13451 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13452 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13453 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13454 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13455
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13456 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13457
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13458 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13459 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `&apos;'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13460 To work around that, do:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13461 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" '(aset sgml-char-names ?' nil))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13462
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13463 \\{html-mode-map}" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13464
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13465 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13466
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13467 ;;;### (autoloads (sh-mode) "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el"
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
13468 ;;;;;; (14750 26820))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13469 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13470
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13471 (put (quote sh-mode) (quote mode-class) (quote special))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13472
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13473 (autoload (quote sh-mode) "sh-script" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13474 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13475 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13476 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13477 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13478 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13479
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13480 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13481 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13482 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13483 shell-specific features.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13484
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13485 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13486 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13487 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13488
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13489 \\[sh-case] case statement
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13490 \\[sh-for] for loop
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13491 \\[sh-function] function definition
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13492 \\[sh-if] if statement
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13493 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13494 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13495 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13496 \\[sh-select] select loop
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13497 \\[sh-until] until loop
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13498 \\[sh-while] while loop
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13499
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13500 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13501 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13502 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13503 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13504 would indent to the way it currently is.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13505 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
13506 buffer indents as it currently is indented.
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13507
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13508
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13509 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13510 \\[sh-newline-and-indent] Delete unquoted space and indent new line same as this one.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13511 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13512 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13513 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13514 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13515
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13516 \\[sh-maybe-here-document] Without prefix, following an unquoted < inserts here document.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13517 {, (, [, ', \", `
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13518 Unless quoted with \\, insert the pairs {}, (), [], or '', \"\", ``.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13519
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13520 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13521 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13522 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13523
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13524 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13525 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13526
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13527 (defalias (quote shell-script-mode) (quote sh-mode))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13528
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13529 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13530
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13531 ;;;### (autoloads (list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13532 ;;;;;; (13667 35245))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13533 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13534
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13535 (autoload (quote list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13536 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13537
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13538 This function lists potential load-path problems. Directories in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13539 `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13540 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13541 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13542 the earlier.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13543
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13544 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13545
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13546 \(\"/usr/gnu/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/gnu/emacs/share/emacs/19.30/lisp\")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13547
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13548 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13549 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13550 \(require 'XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13551
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13552 The first XXX.el file prevents emacs from seeing the second (unless
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13553 the second is loaded explicitly via load-file).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13554
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13555 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13556 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13557 XXX package was not distributed with versions of emacs prior to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13558 19.30. An emacs maintainer downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13559 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the emacs distribution.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13560 Unless the emacs maintainer checks for this, the new version of XXX
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13561 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13562 emacs version).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13563
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13564 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13565 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13566 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13567 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13568 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13569
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13570 When run interactively, the shadowings (if any) are displayed in a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13571 buffer called `*Shadows*'. Shadowings are located by calling the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13572 \(non-interactive) companion function, `find-emacs-lisp-shadows'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13573
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13574 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13575
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13576 ;;;### (autoloads (shell shell-prompt-pattern) "shell" "shell.el"
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
13577 ;;;;;; (14755 36371))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13578 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13579
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13580 (defvar shell-prompt-pattern "^[^#$%>\n]*[#$%>] *" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13581 Regexp to match prompts in the inferior shell.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13582 Defaults to \"^[^#$%>\\n]*[#$%>] *\", which works pretty well.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13583 This variable is used to initialise `comint-prompt-regexp' in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13584 shell buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13585
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
13586 This variable is only used if the variable
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
13587 `comint-use-prompt-regexp-instead-of-fields' is non-nil.
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
13588
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13589 The pattern should probably not match more than one line. If it does,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13590 Shell mode may become confused trying to distinguish prompt from input
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13591 on lines which don't start with a prompt.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13592
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13593 This is a fine thing to set in your `.emacs' file.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13594
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13595 (autoload (quote shell) "shell" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13596 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through buffer *shell*.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13597 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13598 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to buffer `*shell*'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13599 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13600 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13601 or else from SHELL if there is no ESHELL.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13602 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, it is given as initial input
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13603 (Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the shell
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13604 discards input when it starts up.)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13605 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13606 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13607 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13608
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13609 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13610 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13611 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13612 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13613 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13614 `default-process-coding-system'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13615
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13616 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13617 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13618 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13619 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13620
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13621 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13622 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*shell*")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13623
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13624 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13625
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13626 ;;;### (autoloads (simula-mode) "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (14256
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13627 ;;;;;; 23740))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13628 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13629
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13630 (autoload (quote simula-mode) "simula" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13631 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13632 \\{simula-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13633 Variables controlling indentation style:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13634 simula-tab-always-indent
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13635 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13636 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13637 simula-indent-level
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13638 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13639 simula-substatement-offset
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13640 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13641 simula-continued-statement-offset 3
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13642 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13643 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13644 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13645 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13646 simula-label-offset -4711
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13647 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13648 simula-if-indent '(0 . 0)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13649 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13650 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13651 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13652 simula-inspect-indent '(0 . 0)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13653 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13654 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13655 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13656 simula-electric-indent nil
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13657 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13658 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13659 simula-abbrev-keyword 'upcase
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13660 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13661 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13662 or nil if they should not be changed.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13663 simula-abbrev-stdproc 'abbrev-table
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13664 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13665 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13666 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13667
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13668 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13669 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13670
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13671 Warning: simula-mode-hook should not read in an abbrev file without calling
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13672 the function simula-install-standard-abbrevs afterwards, preferably not
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13673 at all." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13674
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13675 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13676
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13677 ;;;### (autoloads (skeleton-pair-insert-maybe skeleton-insert skeleton-proxy
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13678 ;;;;;; skeleton-proxy-new define-skeleton) "skeleton" "skeleton.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13679 ;;;;;; (13940 33497))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13680 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13681
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13682 (defvar skeleton-filter (quote identity) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13683 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13684
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13685 (autoload (quote define-skeleton) "skeleton" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13686 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13687 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command, while the variable of the same name,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13688 which contains the skeleton, has a documentation to that effect.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13689 INTERACTOR and ELEMENT ... are as defined under `skeleton-insert'." nil (quote macro))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13690
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13691 (autoload (quote skeleton-proxy-new) "skeleton" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13692 Insert skeleton defined by variable of same name (see `skeleton-insert').
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13693 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13694 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13695 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13696 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13697 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13698
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13699 When called as a function, optional first argument STR may also be a string
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13700 which will be the value of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13701 ignored." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13702
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13703 (autoload (quote skeleton-proxy) "skeleton" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13704 Insert skeleton defined by variable of same name (see `skeleton-insert').
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13705 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13706 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13707 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13708 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13709 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13710
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13711 When called as a function, optional first argument STR may also be a string
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13712 which will be the value of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13713 ignored." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13714
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13715 (autoload (quote skeleton-insert) "skeleton" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13716 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13717
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13718 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13719 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13720 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13721 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13722
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13723 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13724 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13725 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13726 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13727
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13728 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13729 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13730 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13731
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13732 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13733 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13734
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13735 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13736 `skeleton-transformation'). Other possibilities are:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13737
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13738 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13739 _ interesting point, interregion here, point after termination
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13740 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13741 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13742 & do next ELEMENT if previous moved point
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13743 | do next ELEMENT if previous didn't move point
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13744 -num delete num preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13745 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13746 nil skipped
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13747
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13748 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'. ELEMENT may
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13749 itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted repeatedly for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13750 different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as the user enters a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13751 non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13752 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in such
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13753 a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13754 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13755 strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13756
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13757 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13758 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13759 Note that expressions may not return `t' since this implies an
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13760 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13761 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13762 available:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13763
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13764 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13765 then: insert previously read string once more
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13766 help help-form during interaction with the user or `nil'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13767 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13768 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13769
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13770 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13771 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-`nil'." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13772
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13773 (autoload (quote skeleton-pair-insert-maybe) "skeleton" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13774 Insert the character you type ARG times.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13775
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13776 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13777 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13778 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13779 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter' returns nil, pairing is performed.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13780
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13781 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13782 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13783 symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13784
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13785 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13786
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
13787 ;;;### (autoloads (smerge-mode) "smerge-mode" "smerge-mode.el" (14747
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
13788 ;;;;;; 44772))
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
13789 ;;; Generated autoloads from smerge-mode.el
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
13790
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
13791 (autoload (quote smerge-mode) "smerge-mode" "\
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
13792 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
13793 \\{smerge-mode-map}" t nil)
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
13794
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
13795 ;;;***
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
13796
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13797 ;;;### (autoloads (smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail" "mail/smtpmail.el"
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
13798 ;;;;;; (14342 21398))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13799 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13800
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13801 (autoload (quote smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13802
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13803 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13804
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13805 ;;;### (autoloads (snake) "snake" "play/snake.el" (13700 16733))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13806 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13807
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13808 (autoload (quote snake) "snake" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13809 Play the Snake game.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13810 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13811
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13812 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13813
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13814 snake-mode keybindings:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13815 \\<snake-mode-map>
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13816 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13817 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13818 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13819 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13820 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13821 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13822 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13823
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13824 " t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13825
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13826 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13827
28212
7252a5d43f22 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28162
diff changeset
13828 ;;;### (autoloads (snmpv2-mode snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13829 ;;;;;; (14082 18459))
28212
7252a5d43f22 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28162
diff changeset
13830 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13831
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13832 (autoload (quote snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13833 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13834 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13835 Tab indents for C code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13836 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13837 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13838 \\{snmp-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13839 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13840 `snmp-mode-hook'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13841
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13842 (autoload (quote snmpv2-mode) "snmp-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13843 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13844 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13845 Tab indents for C code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13846 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13847 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13848 \\{snmp-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13849 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13850 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13851
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13852 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13854 ;;;### (autoloads (solar-equinoxes-solstices sunrise-sunset calendar-location-name
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13855 ;;;;;; calendar-longitude calendar-latitude calendar-time-display-form)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13856 ;;;;;; "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (13462 53924))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13857 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13858
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13859 (defvar calendar-time-display-form (quote (12-hours ":" minutes am-pm (if time-zone " (") time-zone (if time-zone ")"))) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13860 *The pseudo-pattern that governs the way a time of day is formatted.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13861
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13862 A pseudo-pattern is a list of expressions that can involve the keywords
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13863 `12-hours', `24-hours', and `minutes', all numbers in string form,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13864 and `am-pm' and `time-zone', both alphabetic strings.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13865
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13866 For example, the form
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13867
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13868 '(24-hours \":\" minutes
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13869 (if time-zone \" (\") time-zone (if time-zone \")\"))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13870
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13871 would give military-style times like `21:07 (UTC)'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13872
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13873 (defvar calendar-latitude nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13874 *Latitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13875
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13876 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13877 sufficient), + north, - south, such as 40.7 for New York City, or the value
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13878 can be a vector [degrees minutes north/south] such as [40 50 north] for New
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13879 York City.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13880
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13881 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13882
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13883 (defvar calendar-longitude nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13884 *Longitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13885
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13886 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13887 sufficient), + east, - west, such as -73.9 for New York City, or the value
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13888 can be a vector [degrees minutes east/west] such as [73 55 west] for New
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13889 York City.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13890
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13891 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13892
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13893 (defvar calendar-location-name (quote (let ((float-output-format "%.1f")) (format "%s%s, %s%s" (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (abs calendar-latitude) (+ (aref calendar-latitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-latitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (if (> calendar-latitude 0) "N" "S") (if (equal (aref calendar-latitude 2) (quote north)) "N" "S")) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (abs calendar-longitude) (+ (aref calendar-longitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-longitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (if (> calendar-longitude 0) "E" "W") (if (equal (aref calendar-longitude 2) (quote east)) "E" "W"))))) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13894 *Expression evaluating to name of `calendar-longitude', `calendar-latitude'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13895 For example, \"New York City\". Default value is just the latitude, longitude
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13896 pair.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13897
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13898 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13899
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13900 (autoload (quote sunrise-sunset) "solar" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13901 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13902 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompt for date.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13903
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13904 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for longitude,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13905 latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13906
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13907 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13908
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13909 (autoload (quote solar-equinoxes-solstices) "solar" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13910 *local* date and time of equinoxes and solstices, if visible in the calendar window.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13911 Requires floating point." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13912
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13913 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13914
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13915 ;;;### (autoloads (solitaire) "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (13672
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13916 ;;;;;; 20348))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13917 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13918
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13919 (autoload (quote solitaire) "solitaire" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13920 Play Solitaire.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13921
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13922 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13923 \\<solitaire-mode-map>
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13924 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13925 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13926 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13927 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13928 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13929 check after each move or undo)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13930
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13931 What is Solitaire?
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13932
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13933 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13934 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13935 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13936
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13937 Le Solitaire
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13938 ============
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13939
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13940 o o o
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13941
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13942 o o o
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13943
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13944 o o o o o o o
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13945
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13946 o o o . o o o
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13947
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13948 o o o o o o o
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13949
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13950 o o o
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13951
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13952 o o o
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13953
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13954 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13955 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13956 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13957 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13958
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13959 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13960 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13961 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13962 this: o o .
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13963
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13964 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13965 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13966
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13967 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13968
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13969 o o o
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13970
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13971 . o o
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13972
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13973 o o . o o o o
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13974
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13975 o . o o o o o
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13976
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13977 o o o o o o o
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13978
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13979 o o o
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13980
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13981 o o o
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13982
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13983 Pick your favourite shortcuts:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13984
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13985 \\{solitaire-mode-map}" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13986
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13987 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13988
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13989 ;;;### (autoloads (reverse-region sort-columns sort-regexp-fields
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13990 ;;;;;; sort-fields sort-numeric-fields sort-pages sort-paragraphs
27545
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
13991 ;;;;;; sort-lines sort-subr) "sort" "sort.el" (14481 36636))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13992 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13993
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13994 (autoload (quote sort-subr) "sort" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13995 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13996 Arguments are REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13997
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13998 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13999 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14000 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14001 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14002 contiguous.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14003
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14004 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14005 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14006 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14007 the sort order.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14008
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14009 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14010 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14011
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14012 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14013 It moves point to the start of the next record.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14014 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14015 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14016 is called.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14017
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14018 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14019 It should move point to the end of the record.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14020
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14021 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14022 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14023 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14024 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14025 starts at the beginning of the record.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14026
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14027 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14028 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14029 same as ENDRECFUN." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14030
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14031 (autoload (quote sort-lines) "sort" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14032 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14033 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14034 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14035 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14036 the sort order." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14037
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14038 (autoload (quote sort-paragraphs) "sort" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14039 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14040 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14041 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14042 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14043 the sort order." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14044
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14045 (autoload (quote sort-pages) "sort" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14046 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14047 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14048 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14049 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14050 the sort order." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14051
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14052 (autoload (quote sort-numeric-fields) "sort" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14053 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14054 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
27545
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
14055 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
14056 which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values.
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
14057 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14058 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14059 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14060 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14061
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14062 (autoload (quote sort-fields) "sort" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14063 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14064 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14065 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14066 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14067 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14068 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14069 the sort order." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14070
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14071 (autoload (quote sort-regexp-fields) "sort" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14072 Sort the region lexicographically as specified by RECORD-REGEXP and KEY.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14073 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units which should be sorted.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14074 For example, to sort lines RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14075 KEY specifies the part of each record (ie each match for RECORD-REGEXP)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14076 is to be used for sorting.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14077 If it is \"\\\\digit\" then the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\" match field from
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14078 RECORD-REGEXP is used.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14079 If it is \"\\\\&\" then the whole record is used.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14080 Otherwise, it is a regular-expression for which to search within the record.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14081 If a match for KEY is not found within a record then that record is ignored.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14082
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14083 With a negative prefix arg sorts in reverse order.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14084
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14085 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14086 the sort order.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14087
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14088 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14089 starting with the letter \"f\",
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14090 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14091
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14092 (autoload (quote sort-columns) "sort" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14093 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14094 For the purpose of this command, the region includes
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14095 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14096 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14097 A prefix argument means sort into reverse order.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14098 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14099 the sort order.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14100
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14101 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14102 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14103 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14104 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14105 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14106
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14107 (autoload (quote reverse-region) "sort" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14108 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14109 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14110
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14111 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14112
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14113 ;;;### (autoloads (speedbar-get-focus speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar"
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
14114 ;;;;;; "speedbar.el" (14642 23986))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14115 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14116
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14117 (defalias (quote speedbar) (quote speedbar-frame-mode))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14118
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14119 (autoload (quote speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14120 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14121 nil means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14122 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14123 supported at a time.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14124 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14125 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14126
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14127 (autoload (quote speedbar-get-focus) "speedbar" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14128 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14129 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14130 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14131
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14132 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14133
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14134 ;;;### (autoloads (spell-string spell-region spell-word spell-buffer)
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14135 ;;;;;; "spell" "textmodes/spell.el" (13553 46858))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14136 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/spell.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14137
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14138 (put (quote spell-filter) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14139
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14140 (autoload (quote spell-buffer) "spell" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14141 Check spelling of every word in the buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14142 For each incorrect word, you are asked for the correct spelling
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14143 and then put into a query-replace to fix some or all occurrences.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14144 If you do not want to change a word, just give the same word
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14145 as its \"correct\" spelling; then the query replace is skipped." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14146
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14147 (autoload (quote spell-word) "spell" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14148 Check spelling of word at or before point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14149 If it is not correct, ask user for the correct spelling
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14150 and `query-replace' the entire buffer to substitute it." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14151
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14152 (autoload (quote spell-region) "spell" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14153 Like `spell-buffer' but applies only to region.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14154 Used in a program, applies from START to END.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14155 DESCRIPTION is an optional string naming the unit being checked:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14156 for example, \"word\"." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14157
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14158 (autoload (quote spell-string) "spell" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14159 Check spelling of string supplied as argument." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14160
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14161 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14162
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14163 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-spooks spook) "spook" "play/spook.el" (13607
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14164 ;;;;;; 43485))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14165 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14166
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14167 (autoload (quote spook) "spook" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14168 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14169
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14170 (autoload (quote snarf-spooks) "spook" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14171 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14172
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14173 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14174
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14175 ;;;### (autoloads (sql-postgres sql-ms sql-ingres sql-solid sql-mysql
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14176 ;;;;;; sql-informix sql-sybase sql-oracle sql-mode sql-help) "sql"
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
14177 ;;;;;; "progmodes/sql.el" (14747 51309))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14178 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14179
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14180 (autoload (quote sql-help) "sql" "\
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14181 Show short help for the SQL modes.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14182
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14183 Use an entry function to open an interactive SQL buffer. This buffer is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14184 usually named `*SQL*'. The name of the major mode is SQLi.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14185
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14186 Use the following commands to start a specific SQL interpreter:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14187
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14188 PostGres: \\[sql-postgres]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14189
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14190 Other non-free SQL implementations are also supported:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14191
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14192 MySQL: \\[sql-mysql]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14193 Solid: \\[sql-solid]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14194 Oracle: \\[sql-oracle]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14195 Informix: \\[sql-informix]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14196 Sybase: \\[sql-sybase]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14197 Ingres: \\[sql-ingres]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14198 Microsoft: \\[sql-ms]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14199
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14200 But we urge you to choose a free implementation instead of these.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14201
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14202 Once you have the SQLi buffer, you can enter SQL statements in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14203 buffer. The output generated is appended to the buffer and a new prompt
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14204 is generated. See the In/Out menu in the SQLi buffer for some functions
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14205 that help you navigate through the buffer, the input history, etc.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14206
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14207 If you have a really complex SQL statement or if you are writing a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14208 procedure, you can do this in a separate buffer. Put the new buffer in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14209 `sql-mode' by calling \\[sql-mode]. The name of this buffer can be
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14210 anything. The name of the major mode is SQL.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14211
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14212 In this SQL buffer (SQL mode), you can send the region or the entire
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14213 buffer to the interactive SQL buffer (SQLi mode). The results are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14214 appended to the SQLi buffer without disturbing your SQL buffer." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14215
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14216 (autoload (quote sql-mode) "sql" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14217 Major mode to edit SQL.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14218
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14219 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14220 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14221 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14222
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14223 \\{sql-mode-map}
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14224 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14225
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14226 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14227 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14228 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14229 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14230 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14231 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14232
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14233 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14234 `sql-interactive-mode'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14235
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14236 (autoload (quote sql-oracle) "sql" "\
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14237 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14238
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14239 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14240 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14241 `*SQL*'.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14242
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14243 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14244 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14245 defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14246 the list `sql-oracle-options'.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14247
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14248 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14249 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14250
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14251 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14252 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14253 before \\[sql-oracle]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14254 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14255 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14256 `default-process-coding-system'.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14257
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14258 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14259
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14260 (autoload (quote sql-sybase) "sql" "\
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14261 Run isql by SyBase as an inferior process.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14262
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14263 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14264 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14265 `*SQL*'.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14266
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14267 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14268 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14269 defaults, if set.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14270
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14271 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14272 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14273
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14274 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14275 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14276 before \\[sql-sybase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14277 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14278 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14279 `default-process-coding-system'.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14280
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14281 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14282
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14283 (autoload (quote sql-informix) "sql" "\
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14284 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14285
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14286 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14287 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14288 `*SQL*'.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14289
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14290 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14291 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14292
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14293 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14294 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14295
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14296 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14297 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14298 before \\[sql-informix]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14299 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14300 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14301 `default-process-coding-system'.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14302
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14303 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14304
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14305 (autoload (quote sql-mysql) "sql" "\
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14306 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14307
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14308 Note that the widespread idea that mysql is free software is inaccurate;
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14309 its license is too restrictive. We urge you to use PostGres instead.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14310
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14311 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14312 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14313 `*SQL*'.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14314
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14315 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14316 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14317 `sql-server' as defaults, if set.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14318
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14319 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14320 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14321
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14322 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14323 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14324 before \\[sql-mysql]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14325 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14326 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14327 `default-process-coding-system'.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14328
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14329 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14330
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14331 (autoload (quote sql-solid) "sql" "\
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14332 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14333
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14334 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14335 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14336 `*SQL*'.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14337
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14338 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14339 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14340 defaults, if set.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14341
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14342 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14343 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14344
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14345 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14346 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14347 before \\[sql-solid]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14348 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14349 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14350 `default-process-coding-system'.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14351
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14352 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14353
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14354 (autoload (quote sql-ingres) "sql" "\
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14355 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14356
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14357 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14358 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14359 `*SQL*'.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14360
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14361 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14362 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14363
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14364 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14365 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14366
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14367 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14368 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14369 before \\[sql-ingres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14370 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14371 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14372 `default-process-coding-system'.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14373
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14374 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14375
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14376 (autoload (quote sql-ms) "sql" "\
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14377 Run isql by Microsoft as an inferior process.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14378
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14379 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14380 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14381 `*SQL*'.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14382
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14383 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14384 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server'
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14385 as defaults, if set.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14386
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14387 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14388 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14389
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14390 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14391 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14392 before \\[sql-ms]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14393 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14394 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14395 `default-process-coding-system'.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14396
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14397 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14398
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14399 (autoload (quote sql-postgres) "sql" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14400 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14401
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14402 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14403 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14404 `*SQL*'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14405
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14406 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14407 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14408
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14409 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14410 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14411
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14412 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14413 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14414 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14415 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14416 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14417 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14418 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14419 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14420
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14421 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14422 '(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14423
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14424 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14425
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14426 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14427
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14428 ;;;### (autoloads (strokes-mode strokes-load-user-strokes strokes-help
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14429 ;;;;;; strokes-describe-stroke strokes-do-complex-stroke strokes-do-stroke
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14430 ;;;;;; strokes-read-complex-stroke strokes-read-stroke strokes-global-set-stroke)
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14431 ;;;;;; "strokes" "strokes.el" (14726 36008))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14432 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14433
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14434 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14435 Non-nil when `strokes' is globally enabled")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14436
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14437 (autoload (quote strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14438 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14439 Operated just like `global-set-key', except for strokes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14440 COMMAND is a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14441 is a list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14442 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14443
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14444 (defalias (quote global-set-stroke) (quote strokes-global-set-stroke))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14445
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14446 (autoload (quote strokes-read-stroke) "strokes" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14447 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14448 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14449 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14450 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14451 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14452 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke" nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14453
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14454 (autoload (quote strokes-read-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14455 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14456 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14457 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14458 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button1 or button2 and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14459 then complete the stroke with button3.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14460 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke" nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14461
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14462 (autoload (quote strokes-do-stroke) "strokes" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14463 Read a simple stroke from the user and then exectute its comand.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14464 This must be bound to a mouse event." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14465
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14466 (autoload (quote strokes-do-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14467 Read a complex stroke from the user and then exectute its command.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14468 This must be bound to a mouse event." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14469
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14470 (autoload (quote strokes-describe-stroke) "strokes" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14471 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14472
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14473 (defalias (quote describe-stroke) (quote strokes-describe-stroke))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14474
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14475 (autoload (quote strokes-help) "strokes" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14476 Get instructional help on using the the `strokes' package." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14477
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14478 (autoload (quote strokes-load-user-strokes) "strokes" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14479 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14480
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14481 (defalias (quote load-user-strokes) (quote strokes-load-user-strokes))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14482
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14483 (autoload (quote strokes-mode) "strokes" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14484 Toggle strokes being enabled.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14485 With ARG, turn strokes on if and only if ARG is positive or true.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14486 Note that `strokes-mode' is a global mode. Think of it as a minor
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14487 mode in all buffers when activated.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14488 By default, strokes are invoked with mouse button-2. You can define
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14489 new strokes with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14490
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14491 > M-x global-set-stroke
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14492
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14493 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14494 Sh-button-2, which draws strokes and inserts them. Encode/decode your
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14495 strokes with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14496
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14497 > M-x strokes-encode-buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14498 > M-x strokes-decode-buffer" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14499
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14500 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14501
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14502 ;;;### (autoloads (sc-cite-original) "supercite" "mail/supercite.el"
28523
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
14503 ;;;;;; (14565 55801))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14504 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14505
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14506 (autoload (quote sc-cite-original) "supercite" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14507 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14508 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14509 function according to the agreed upon standard. See `\\[sc-describe]'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14510 for more details. `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14511 original message but it does require a few things:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14512
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14513 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14514
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14515 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14516 reply buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14517
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14518 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14519 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14520 original message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14521
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14522 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14523
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14524 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14525
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14526 For Emacs 19's, the region need not be active (and typically isn't
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14527 when this function is called. Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14528 before, and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14529
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14530 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14531
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
14532 ;;;### (autoloads (tabify untabify) "tabify" "tabify.el" (13227 8639))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14533 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14534
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14535 (autoload (quote untabify) "tabify" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14536 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14537 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14538 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14539 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14540
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14541 (autoload (quote tabify) "tabify" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14542 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14543 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14544 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14545 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14546 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14547 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14548
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14549 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14550
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14551 ;;;### (autoloads (talk-connect) "talk" "talk.el" (13229 29630))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14552 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14553
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14554 (autoload (quote talk-connect) "talk" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14555 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14556
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14557 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14558
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14559 ;;;### (autoloads (tar-mode) "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (14664 40536))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14560 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14561
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14562 (autoload (quote tar-mode) "tar-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14563 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14564 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14565 Letters no longer insert themselves.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14566 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14567 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14568 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14569
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14570 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14571 save it with Control-x Control-s, the contents of that buffer will be
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14572 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14573 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14574
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14575 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14576 \\{tar-mode-map}" nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14577
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14578 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14579
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14580 ;;;### (autoloads (tcl-help-on-word inferior-tcl tcl-mode) "tcl"
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
14581 ;;;;;; "progmodes/tcl.el" (14651 36906))
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14582 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14583
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14584 (autoload (quote tcl-mode) "tcl" "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14585 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14586 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14587 Tab indents for Tcl code.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14588 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14589 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14590
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14591 Variables controlling indentation style:
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14592 tcl-indent-level
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14593 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14594 tcl-continued-indent-level
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14595 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14596
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14597 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14598 documentation for details):
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14599 tcl-tab-always-indent
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14600 Controls action of TAB key.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14601 tcl-auto-newline
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14602 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14603 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14604 tcl-electric-hash-style
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14605 Controls action of `#' key.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14606 tcl-use-hairy-comment-detector
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14607 If t, use more complicated, but slower, comment detector.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14608 This variable is only used in Emacs 19.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14609 tcl-use-smart-word-finder
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14610 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14611 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14612
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14613 Turning on Tcl mode calls the value of the variable `tcl-mode-hook'
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14614 with no args, if that value is non-nil. Read the documentation for
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14615 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14616 already exist.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14617
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14618 Commands:
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14619 \\{tcl-mode-map}" t nil)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14620
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14621 (autoload (quote inferior-tcl) "tcl" "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14622 Run inferior Tcl process.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14623 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14624 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information." t nil)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14625
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14626 (autoload (quote tcl-help-on-word) "tcl" "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14627 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14628 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'." t nil)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14629
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14630 ;;;***
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14631
28212
7252a5d43f22 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28162
diff changeset
14632 ;;;### (autoloads (rsh telnet) "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (13858 52416))
7252a5d43f22 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28162
diff changeset
14633 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14634 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*telnet-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14635
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14636 (autoload (quote telnet) "telnet" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14637 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14638 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14639 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14640 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14641 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14642 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14643 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*rsh-[^-]*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]*>\\)")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14644
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14645 (autoload (quote rsh) "telnet" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14646 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14647 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14648 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14649
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14650 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14651
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14652 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-term term make-term) "term" "term.el" (14700
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14653 ;;;;;; 46635))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14654 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14655
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14656 (autoload (quote make-term) "term" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14657 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14658 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14659 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14660 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14661 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14662
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14663 (autoload (quote term) "term" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14664 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14665
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14666 (autoload (quote ansi-term) "term" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14667 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14668
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14669 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14670
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
14671 ;;;### (autoloads (terminal-emulator) "terminal" "terminal.el" (14758
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
14672 ;;;;;; 10468))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14673 ;;; Generated autoloads from terminal.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14674
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14675 (autoload (quote terminal-emulator) "terminal" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14676 Under a display-terminal emulator in BUFFER, run PROGRAM on arguments ARGS.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14677 ARGS is a list of argument-strings. Remaining arguments are WIDTH and HEIGHT.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14678 BUFFER's contents are made an image of the display generated by that program,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14679 and any input typed when BUFFER is the current Emacs buffer is sent to that
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14680 program as keyboard input.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14681
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14682 Interactively, BUFFER defaults to \"*terminal*\" and PROGRAM and ARGS
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14683 are parsed from an input-string using your usual shell.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14684 WIDTH and HEIGHT are determined from the size of the current window
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14685 -- WIDTH will be one less than the window's width, HEIGHT will be its height.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14686
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14687 To switch buffers and leave the emulator, or to give commands
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14688 to the emulator itself (as opposed to the program running under it),
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14689 type Control-^. The following character is an emulator command.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14690 Type Control-^ twice to send it to the subprogram.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14691 This escape character may be changed using the variable `terminal-escape-char'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14692
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14693 `Meta' characters may not currently be sent through the terminal emulator.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14694
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14695 Here is a list of some of the variables which control the behaviour
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14696 of the emulator -- see their documentation for more information:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14697 terminal-escape-char, terminal-scrolling, terminal-more-processing,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14698 terminal-redisplay-interval.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14699
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14700 This function calls the value of terminal-mode-hook if that exists
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14701 and is non-nil after the terminal buffer has been set up and the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14702 subprocess started." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14703
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14704 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14705
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14706 ;;;### (autoloads (tetris) "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (13700 16411))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14707 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14708
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14709 (autoload (quote tetris) "tetris" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14710 Play the Tetris game.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14711 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14712 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14713 as to form complete rows.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14714
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14715 tetris-mode keybindings:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14716 \\<tetris-mode-map>
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14717 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14718 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14719 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14720 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14721 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14722 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14723 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14724 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14725
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14726 " t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14727
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14728 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14729
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14730 ;;;### (autoloads (tex-start-shell slitex-mode latex-mode plain-tex-mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14731 ;;;;;; tex-mode tex-close-quote tex-open-quote tex-default-mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14732 ;;;;;; tex-show-queue-command tex-dvi-view-command tex-alt-dvi-print-command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14733 ;;;;;; tex-dvi-print-command tex-bibtex-command latex-block-names
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14734 ;;;;;; tex-start-options-string slitex-run-command latex-run-command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14735 ;;;;;; tex-run-command tex-offer-save tex-main-file tex-first-line-header-regexp
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14736 ;;;;;; tex-directory tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el"
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
14737 ;;;;;; (14747 44776))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14738 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14739
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14740 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14741 *If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14742
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14743 (defvar tex-directory "." "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14744 *Directory in which temporary files are written.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14745 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14746 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14747 `\\input' commands with relative directories.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14748
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14749 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14750 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14751 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14752 if it matches the first line of the file,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14753 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14754
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14755 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14756 *The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14757 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14758 if the variable is non-nil.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14759
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14760 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14761 *If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14762
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14763 (defvar tex-run-command "tex" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14764 *Command used to run TeX subjob.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14765 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14766 See the documentation of that variable.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14767
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14768 (defvar latex-run-command "latex" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14769 *Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14770 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14771 See the documentation of that variable.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14772
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14773 (defvar slitex-run-command "slitex" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14774 *Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14775 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14776 See the documentation of that variable.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14777
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14778 (defvar tex-start-options-string "\\nonstopmode\\input" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14779 *TeX options to use when running TeX.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14780 These precede the input file name. If nil, TeX runs without option.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14781 See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14782
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14783 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14784 *User defined LaTeX block names.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14785 Combined with `standard-latex-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14786
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14787 (defvar tex-bibtex-command "bibtex" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14788 *Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14789 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14790 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14791
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14792 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14793 *Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14794 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14795 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14796
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14797 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14798 *Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14799 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14800 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14801
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14802 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14803 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14804 for example,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14805
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14806 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14807 '(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \")))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14808
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14809 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14810 use.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14811
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14812 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14813 *Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14814 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14815 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14816
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14817 This can be set conditionally so that the previewer used is suitable for the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14818 window system being used. For example,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14819
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14820 (setq tex-dvi-view-command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14821 (if (eq window-system 'x) \"xdvi\" \"dvi2tty * | cat -s\"))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14822
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14823 would tell \\[tex-view] to use xdvi under X windows and to use dvi2tty
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14824 otherwise.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14825
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14826 (defvar tex-show-queue-command "lpq" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14827 *Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14828 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14829
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
14830 (defvar tex-default-mode (quote latex-mode) "\
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14831 *Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14832 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14833 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14834 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14835
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14836 (defvar tex-open-quote "``" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14837 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14838
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14839 (defvar tex-close-quote "''" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14840 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14841
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14842 (autoload (quote tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14843 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14844 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14845 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14846 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14847 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14848 says which mode to use." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14849
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14850 (defalias (quote TeX-mode) (quote tex-mode))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14851
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14852 (defalias (quote plain-TeX-mode) (quote plain-tex-mode))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14854 (defalias (quote LaTeX-mode) (quote latex-mode))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14855
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14856 (autoload (quote plain-tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14857 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14858 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14859 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14860 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14861
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14862 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14863 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14864 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14865 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14866 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14867 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14868 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14869
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14870 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14871 mismatched $'s or braces.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14872
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14873 Special commands:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14874 \\{tex-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14875
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14876 Mode variables:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14877 tex-run-command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14878 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14879 tex-directory
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14880 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14881 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14882 tex-dvi-print-command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14883 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14884 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14885 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14886 argument) to print a .dvi file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14887 tex-dvi-view-command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14888 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14889 tex-show-queue-command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14890 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14891 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14892
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14893 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14894 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14895 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14896
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14897 (autoload (quote latex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14898 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14899 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14900 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14901 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14902
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14903 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14904 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14905 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14906 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14907 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14908 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14909 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14910
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14911 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14912 mismatched $'s or braces.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14913
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14914 Special commands:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14915 \\{tex-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14916
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14917 Mode variables:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14918 latex-run-command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14919 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14920 tex-directory
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14921 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14922 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14923 tex-dvi-print-command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14924 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14925 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14926 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14927 argument) to print a .dvi file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14928 tex-dvi-view-command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14929 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14930 tex-show-queue-command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14931 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14932 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14933
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14934 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14935 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14936 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14937
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14938 (autoload (quote slitex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14939 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14940 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14941 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14942 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14943
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14944 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14945 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14946 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14947 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14948 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14949 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14950 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14951
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14952 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14953 mismatched $'s or braces.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14954
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14955 Special commands:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14956 \\{tex-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14957
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14958 Mode variables:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14959 slitex-run-command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14960 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14961 tex-directory
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14962 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14963 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14964 tex-dvi-print-command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14965 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14966 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14967 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14968 argument) to print a .dvi file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14969 tex-dvi-view-command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14970 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14971 tex-show-queue-command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14972 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14973 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14974
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14975 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14976 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14977 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14978 `tex-shell-hook' is run." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14979
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14980 (autoload (quote tex-start-shell) "tex-mode" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14981
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14982 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14983
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14984 ;;;### (autoloads (texi2info texinfo-format-region texinfo-format-buffer)
28764
a94b3ce0fa8c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28724
diff changeset
14985 ;;;;;; "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (14600 18796))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14986 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14987
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14988 (autoload (quote texinfo-format-buffer) "texinfmt" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14989 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14990 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14991 name specified in the @setfilename command.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14992
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14993 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14994 and don't split the file if large. You can use Info-tagify and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14995 Info-split to do these manually." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14996
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14997 (autoload (quote texinfo-format-region) "texinfmt" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14998 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14999 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15000 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15001 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15002
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15003 (autoload (quote texi2info) "texinfmt" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15004 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15005 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15006 names specified in the @setfilename command.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15007
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15008 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15009 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15010 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15011 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15012
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15013 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15014 if large. You can use Info-split to do this manually." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15015
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15016 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15017
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15018 ;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-mode) "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el"
28710
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
15019 ;;;;;; (14587 10351))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15020 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15021
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15022 (autoload (quote texinfo-mode) "texinfo" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15023 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15024
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15025 It has these extra commands:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15026 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15027
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15028 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15029 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15030 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15031 modified version of TeX input format.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15032
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15033 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15034 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15035 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15036 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15037
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15038 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15039 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15040 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15041 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15042 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15043 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15044 in the Texinfo file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15045
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15046 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15047 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15048 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15049 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15050 move forward past the closing brace.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15051
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15052 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15053 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15054
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15055 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15056 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15057 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15058
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15059 Here are the functions:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15060
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15061 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15062 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15063 texinfo-sequential-node-update
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15064
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15065 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15066 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15067 texinfo-master-menu
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15068
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15069 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15070
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15071 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15072 which menu descriptions are indented.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15073
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15074 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15075 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15076 in the region.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15077
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15078 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15079 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15080 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15081 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15082
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15083 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15084 be the first node in the file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15085
28710
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
15086 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
15087 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15088
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15089 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15090
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15091 ;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-sequential-node-update texinfo-every-node-update
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15092 ;;;;;; texinfo-update-node) "texnfo-upd" "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15093 ;;;;;; (14263 36019))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15094 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texnfo-upd.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15095
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15096 (autoload (quote texinfo-update-node) "texnfo-upd" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15097 Without any prefix argument, update the node in which point is located.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15098 Interactively, a prefix argument means to operate on the region.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15099
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15100 The functions for creating or updating nodes and menus, and their
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15101 keybindings, are:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15102
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15103 texinfo-update-node (&optional beginning end) \\[texinfo-update-node]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15104 texinfo-every-node-update () \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15105 texinfo-sequential-node-update (&optional region-p)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15106
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15107 texinfo-make-menu (&optional region-p) \\[texinfo-make-menu]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15108 texinfo-all-menus-update () \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15109 texinfo-master-menu ()
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15110
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15111 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15112
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15113 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15114 which menu descriptions are indented. Its default value is 32." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15115
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15116 (autoload (quote texinfo-every-node-update) "texnfo-upd" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15117 Update every node in a Texinfo file." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15118
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15119 (autoload (quote texinfo-sequential-node-update) "texnfo-upd" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15120 Update one node (or many) in a Texinfo file with sequential pointers.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15121
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15122 This function causes the `Next' or `Previous' pointer to point to the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15123 immediately preceding or following node, even if it is at a higher or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15124 lower hierarchical level in the document. Continually pressing `n' or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15125 `p' takes you straight through the file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15126
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15127 Without any prefix argument, update the node in which point is located.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15128 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means update the nodes in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15129 marked region.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15130
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15131 This command makes it awkward to navigate among sections and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15132 subsections; it should be used only for those documents that are meant
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15133 to be read like a novel rather than a reference, and for which the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15134 Info `g*' command is inadequate." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15135
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15136 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15137
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
15138 ;;;### (autoloads (thai-composition-function thai-post-read-conversion
28919
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
15139 ;;;;;; thai-compose-buffer thai-compose-string thai-compose-region)
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
15140 ;;;;;; "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el" (14647 32047))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15141 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15142
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15143 (autoload (quote thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15144 Compose Thai characters in the region.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15145 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15146 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15147
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15148 (autoload (quote thai-compose-string) "thai-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15149 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15150
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15151 (autoload (quote thai-compose-buffer) "thai-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15152 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15153
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15154 (autoload (quote thai-post-read-conversion) "thai-util" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15155
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
15156 (autoload (quote thai-composition-function) "thai-util" "\
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
15157 Compose Thai text in the region FROM and TO.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
15158 The text matches the regular expression PATTERN.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
15159 Optional 4th argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string containing text
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
15160 to compose.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
15161
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
15162 The return value is number of composed characters." nil nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15163
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15164 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15165
27949
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
15166 ;;;### (autoloads (list-at-point number-at-point symbol-at-point
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
15167 ;;;;;; sexp-at-point thing-at-point bounds-of-thing-at-point forward-thing)
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
15168 ;;;;;; "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (14746 24125))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15169 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15170
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15171 (autoload (quote forward-thing) "thingatpt" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15172 Move forward to the end of the next THING." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15173
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15174 (autoload (quote bounds-of-thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15175 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15176 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15177 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15178 `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15179
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15180 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15181 a symbol as a valid THING.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15182
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15183 The value is a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end positions
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15184 of the textual entity that was found." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15185
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15186 (autoload (quote thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15187 Return the THING at point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15188 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15189 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15190 `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15191
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15192 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15193 a symbol as a valid THING." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15194
27949
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
15195 (autoload (quote sexp-at-point) "thingatpt" nil nil nil)
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
15196
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
15197 (autoload (quote symbol-at-point) "thingatpt" nil nil nil)
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
15198
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
15199 (autoload (quote number-at-point) "thingatpt" nil nil nil)
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
15200
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
15201 (autoload (quote list-at-point) "thingatpt" nil nil nil)
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
15202
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15203 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15204
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15205 ;;;### (autoloads (tibetan-pre-write-conversion tibetan-post-read-conversion
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
15206 ;;;;;; tibetan-compose-buffer tibetan-decompose-buffer tibetan-composition-function
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
15207 ;;;;;; tibetan-decompose-string tibetan-decompose-region tibetan-compose-region
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
15208 ;;;;;; tibetan-compose-string tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
15209 ;;;;;; tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util" "language/tibet-util.el" (14672
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
15210 ;;;;;; 33974))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15211 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15212
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
15213 (autoload (quote tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util" "\
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15214 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15215 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15216
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
15217 (autoload (quote tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription) "tibet-util" "\
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
15218 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string." nil nil)
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
15219
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
15220 (autoload (quote tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan) "tibet-util" "\
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
15221 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
15222 The returned string has no composition information." nil nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15223
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15224 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-string) "tibet-util" "\
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
15225 Compose Tibetan string STR." nil nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15226
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15227 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-region) "tibet-util" "\
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
15228 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END." t nil)
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
15229
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
15230 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-region) "tibet-util" "\
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
15231 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
15232 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
15233 are decomposed into normal Tiebtan character sequences." t nil)
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
15234
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
15235 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-string) "tibet-util" "\
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
15236 Decompose Tibetan string STR.
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
15237 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
15238 are decomposed into normal Tiebtan character sequences." nil nil)
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
15239
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
15240 (autoload (quote tibetan-composition-function) "tibet-util" nil nil nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15241
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15242 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15243 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
15244 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15245
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15246 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15247 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15248 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15249
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15250 (autoload (quote tibetan-post-read-conversion) "tibet-util" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15251
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15252 (autoload (quote tibetan-pre-write-conversion) "tibet-util" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15253
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15254 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15255
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
15256 ;;;### (autoloads (tildify-buffer tildify-region) "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el"
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
15257 ;;;;;; (14357 30776))
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
15258 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
15259
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
15260 (autoload (quote tildify-region) "tildify" "\
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
15261 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
15262 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
15263 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
15264 parameters.
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
15265 This function performs no refilling of the changed text." t nil)
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
15266
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
15267 (autoload (quote tildify-buffer) "tildify" "\
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
15268 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
15269 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
15270 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
15271 parameters.
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
15272 This function performs no refilling of the changed text." t nil)
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
15273
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
15274 ;;;***
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
15275
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15276 ;;;### (autoloads (display-time-mode display-time display-time-day-and-date
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
15277 ;;;;;; display-time-mode) "time" "time.el" (14667 40846))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15278 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15279
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15280 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15281 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15282 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15283 use either \\[customize] or the function `display-time-mode'.")
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15284
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15285 (custom-add-to-group (quote display-time) (quote display-time-mode) (quote custom-variable))
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15286
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15287 (custom-add-load (quote display-time-mode) (quote time))
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15288
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15289 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15290 *Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15291
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15292 (autoload (quote display-time) "time" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15293 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15294 This display updates automatically every minute.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15295 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15296 are displayed as well.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15297 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15298
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15299 (autoload (quote display-time-mode) "time" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15300 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15301 With a numeric arg, enable this display if arg is positive.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15302
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15303 When this display is enabled, it updates automatically every minute.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15304 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15305 are displayed as well.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15306 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15307
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15308 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15309
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15310 ;;;### (autoloads (time-stamp-toggle-active time-stamp) "time-stamp"
28764
a94b3ce0fa8c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28724
diff changeset
15311 ;;;;;; "time-stamp.el" (14599 11147))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15312 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15313
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15314 (autoload (quote time-stamp) "time-stamp" "\
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15315 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15316 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15317 every time you save the file. Add this line to your .emacs file:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15318 (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15319 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15320 look like one of the following:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15321 Time-stamp: <>
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15322 Time-stamp: \" \"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15323 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15324 Time-stamp: <1998-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15325 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15326 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-format'.
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15327 The variables `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15328 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding the
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15329 template." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15330
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15331 (autoload (quote time-stamp-toggle-active) "time-stamp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15332 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15333 With arg, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15334
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15335 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15336
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
15337 ;;;### (autoloads (timeclock-when-to-leave-string timeclock-workday-elapsed-string
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
15338 ;;;;;; timeclock-workday-remaining-string timeclock-reread-log timeclock-query-out
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
15339 ;;;;;; timeclock-change timeclock-status-string timeclock-out timeclock-in
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
15340 ;;;;;; timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el"
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
15341 ;;;;;; (14745 1586))
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
15342 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
15343
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
15344 (autoload (quote timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "\
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
15345 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the modeline.
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
15346 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil, the modeline will be
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
15347 updated whenever the time display is updated. Otherwise, the
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
15348 timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its updating.
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
15349 With prefix ARG, turn modeline display on if and only if ARG is
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
15350 positive. Returns the new status of timeclock modeline display
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
15351 \(non-nil means on)." t nil)
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
15352
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
15353 (autoload (quote timeclock-in) "timeclock" "\
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
15354 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
15355 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
15356 many hours in it to be worked. If arg is a non-numeric prefix arg
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
15357 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
15358 weekend). *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
15359 _seconds_ worked today*. This feature only has effect the first time
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
15360 this function is called within a day.
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
15361
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
15362 PROJECT as the project being clocked into. If PROJECT is nil, and
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
15363 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in'
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
15364 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
15365 discover the name of the project." t nil)
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
15366
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
15367 (autoload (quote timeclock-out) "timeclock" "\
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
15368 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
15369 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
15370 begun during the last time segment.
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
15371
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
15372 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out. If REASON is nil, and
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
15373 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out'
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
15374 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
15375 discover the reason." t nil)
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
15376
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
15377 (autoload (quote timeclock-status-string) "timeclock" "\
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
15378 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment." t nil)
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
15379
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
15380 (autoload (quote timeclock-change) "timeclock" "\
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
15381 Change to working on a different project, by clocking in then out.
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
15382 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as having been
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
15383 finished at the time of changeover. PROJECT is the name of the last
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
15384 project you were working on." t nil)
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
15385
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
15386 (autoload (quote timeclock-query-out) "timeclock" "\
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
15387 Ask the user before clocking out.
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
15388 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-hook'." nil nil)
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
15389
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
15390 (autoload (quote timeclock-reread-log) "timeclock" "\
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
15391 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes.
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
15392 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'." t nil)
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
15393
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
15394 (autoload (quote timeclock-workday-remaining-string) "timeclock" "\
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
15395 Return a string representing the amount of time left today.
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
15396 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If TODAY-ONLY
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
15397 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today.
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
15398 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
15399 \"relative to today\"." t nil)
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
15400
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
15401 (autoload (quote timeclock-workday-elapsed-string) "timeclock" "\
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
15402 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today.
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
15403 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If RELATIVE is
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
15404 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked." t nil)
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
15405
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
15406 (autoload (quote timeclock-when-to-leave-string) "timeclock" "\
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
15407 Return a string representing at what time the workday ends today.
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
15408 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'. If
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
15409 NO-MESSAGE is non-nil, no messages will be displayed in the
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
15410 minibuffer. If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
15411 will include seconds. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
15412 will be relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time.
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
15413 This argument only makes a difference if `timeclock-relative' is
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
15414 non-nil." t nil)
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
15415
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
15416 ;;;***
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
15417
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15418 ;;;### (autoloads (with-timeout run-with-idle-timer add-timeout run-with-timer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15419 ;;;;;; run-at-time cancel-function-timers cancel-timer) "timer"
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
15420 ;;;;;; "timer.el" (14766 7772))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15421 ;;; Generated autoloads from timer.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15422
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15423 (defalias (quote disable-timeout) (quote cancel-timer))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15424
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15425 (autoload (quote cancel-timer) "timer" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15426 Remove TIMER from the list of active timers." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15427
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15428 (autoload (quote cancel-function-timers) "timer" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15429 Cancel all timers scheduled by `run-at-time' which would run FUNCTION." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15430
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15431 (autoload (quote run-at-time) "timer" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15432 Perform an action at time TIME.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15433 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15434 TIME should be a string like \"11:23pm\", nil meaning now, a number of seconds
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15435 from now, a value from `current-time', or t (with non-nil REPEAT)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15436 meaning the next integral multiple of REPEAT.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15437 REPEAT may be an integer or floating point number.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15438 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15439
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15440 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15441
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15442 (autoload (quote run-with-timer) "timer" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15443 Perform an action after a delay of SECS seconds.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15444 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15445 SECS and REPEAT may be integers or floating point numbers.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15446 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15447
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15448 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15449
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15450 (autoload (quote add-timeout) "timer" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15451 Add a timer to run SECS seconds from now, to call FUNCTION on OBJECT.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15452 If REPEAT is non-nil, repeat the timer every REPEAT seconds.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15453 This function is for compatibility; see also `run-with-timer'." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15454
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15455 (autoload (quote run-with-idle-timer) "timer" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15456 Perform an action the next time Emacs is idle for SECS seconds.
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
15457 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15458 SECS may be an integer or a floating point number.
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
15459
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
15460 If REPEAT is non-nil, do the action each time Emacs has been idle for
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
15461 exactly SECS seconds (that is, only once for each time Emacs becomes idle).
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15462
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15463 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15464 (put 'with-timeout 'lisp-indent-function 1)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15465
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15466 (autoload (quote with-timeout) "timer" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15467 Run BODY, but if it doesn't finish in SECONDS seconds, give up.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15468 If we give up, we run the TIMEOUT-FORMS and return the value of the last one.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15469 The call should look like:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15470 (with-timeout (SECONDS TIMEOUT-FORMS...) BODY...)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15471 The timeout is checked whenever Emacs waits for some kind of external
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15472 event (such as keyboard input, input from subprocesses, or a certain time);
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15473 if the program loops without waiting in any way, the timeout will not
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15474 be detected." nil (quote macro))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15475
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15476 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15477
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15478 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-titdic-convert titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15479 ;;;;;; "international/titdic-cnv.el" (13618 46800))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15480 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15481
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15482 (autoload (quote titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15483 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15484 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15485 the generated Quail package is saved." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15486
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15487 (autoload (quote batch-titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15488 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15489 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15490 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15491 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15492 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\".
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15493 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\"." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15494
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15495 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15496
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15497 ;;;### (autoloads (tmm-prompt tmm-menubar-mouse tmm-menubar) "tmm"
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
15498 ;;;;;; "tmm.el" (14642 26672))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15499 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15500 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15501 (define-key global-map [f10] 'tmm-menubar)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15502 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15503
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15504 (autoload (quote tmm-menubar) "tmm" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15505 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15506 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15507 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15508 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15509
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15510 (autoload (quote tmm-menubar-mouse) "tmm" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15511 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15512 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15513 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15514 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15515
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15516 (autoload (quote tmm-prompt) "tmm" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15517 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15518 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15519 in the menu in two ways:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15520 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15521 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15522 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15523
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15524 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15525 keymap or an alist of alists.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15526 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15527 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15528
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15529 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15530
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
15531 ;;;### (autoloads (todo-print todo-save-top-priorities todo-top-priorities)
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
15532 ;;;;;; "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (14690 14754))
28919
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
15533 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
15534
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
15535 (autoload (quote todo-top-priorities) "todo-mode" "\
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
15536 List top priorities for each category.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
15537
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
15538 Number of entries for each category is given by NOF-PRIORITIES which
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
15539 defaults to 'todo-show-priorities'.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
15540
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
15541 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator '^L' is inserted
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
15542 between each category." t nil)
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
15543
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
15544 (autoload (quote todo-save-top-priorities) "todo-mode" "\
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
15545 Save top priorities for each category in `todo-file-top'.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
15546
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
15547 Number of entries for each category is given by NOF-PRIORITIES which
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
15548 defaults to `todo-show-priorities'." t nil)
28919
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
15549
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
15550 (autoload (quote todo-print) "todo-mode" "\
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
15551 Print todo summary using `todo-print-function'.
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
15552 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator `^L' is inserted
28919
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
15553 between each category.
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
15554
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
15555 Number of entries for each category is given by `todo-print-priorities'." t nil)
28919
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
15556
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
15557 ;;;***
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
15558
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15559 ;;;### (autoloads (tooltip-mode tooltip-mode) "tooltip" "tooltip.el"
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
15560 ;;;;;; (14720 1500))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15561 ;;; Generated autoloads from tooltip.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15562
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15563 (autoload (quote tooltip-mode) "tooltip" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15564 Mode for tooltip display.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15565 With ARG, turn tooltip mode on if and only if ARG is positive." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15566
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15567 (defvar tooltip-mode nil "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15568 Toggle tooltip-mode.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15569 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15570 use either \\[customize] or the function `tooltip-mode'.")
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15571
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15572 (custom-add-to-group (quote tooltip) (quote tooltip-mode) (quote custom-variable))
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15573
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15574 (custom-add-load (quote tooltip-mode) (quote tooltip))
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15575
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15576 ;;;***
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15577
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15578 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-edt-on) "tpu-edt" "emulation/tpu-edt.el" (14299
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15579 ;;;;;; 63726))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15580 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-edt.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15581
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15582 (fset (quote tpu-edt-mode) (quote tpu-edt-on))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15583
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15584 (fset (quote tpu-edt) (quote tpu-edt-on))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15585
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15586 (autoload (quote tpu-edt-on) "tpu-edt" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15587 Turn on TPU/edt emulation." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15588
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15589 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15590
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15591 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-set-cursor-bound tpu-set-cursor-free tpu-set-scroll-margins)
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15592 ;;;;;; "tpu-extras" "emulation/tpu-extras.el" (13623 36919))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15593 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-extras.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15594
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15595 (autoload (quote tpu-set-scroll-margins) "tpu-extras" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15596 Set scroll margins." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15597
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15598 (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-free) "tpu-extras" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15599 Allow the cursor to move freely about the screen." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15600
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15601 (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-bound) "tpu-extras" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15602 Constrain the cursor to the flow of the text." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15603
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15604 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15605
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15606 ;;;### (autoloads (tq-create) "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (13509 34547))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15607 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15608
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15609 (autoload (quote tq-create) "tq" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15610 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15611 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15612 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15613 to a tcp server on another machine." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15614
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15615 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15616
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15617 ;;;### (autoloads (trace-function-background trace-function trace-buffer)
28710
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
15618 ;;;;;; "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (14583 8560))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15619 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15620
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15621 (defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15622 *Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15623
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15624 (autoload (quote trace-function) "trace" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15625 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going to BUFFER.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15626 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15627 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15628 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15629 there might be!! The trace BUFFER will popup whenever FUNCTION is called.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15630 Do not use this to trace functions that switch buffers or do any other
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15631 display oriented stuff, use `trace-function-background' instead." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15632
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15633 (autoload (quote trace-function-background) "trace" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15634 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going quietly to BUFFER.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15635 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15636 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15637 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15638 there might be!! Trace output will quietly go to BUFFER without changing
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15639 the window or buffer configuration at all." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15640
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15641 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15642
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15643 ;;;### (autoloads (2C-split 2C-associate-buffer 2C-two-columns) "two-column"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15644 ;;;;;; "textmodes/two-column.el" (13940 33924))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15645 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15646 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15647 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15648 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15649
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15650 (autoload (quote 2C-two-columns) "two-column" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15651 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15652 When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15653 buffer in two-column minor mode (see \\[describe-mode] ).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15654 Runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15655 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15656 first and the associated buffer to its right." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15657
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15658 (autoload (quote 2C-associate-buffer) "two-column" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15659 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15660 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15661 accepting the proposed default buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15662
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15663 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15664
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15665 (autoload (quote 2C-split) "two-column" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15666 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15667 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15668 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15669 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15670 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15671 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15672
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15673 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15674 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15675
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15676 First column's text sSs Second column's text
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15677 \\___/\\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15678 / \\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15679 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15680
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15681 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15682
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15683 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15684
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15685 ;;;### (autoloads (type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold type-break-statistics
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15686 ;;;;;; type-break type-break-mode type-break-keystroke-threshold
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15687 ;;;;;; type-break-good-rest-interval type-break-interval type-break-mode)
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
15688 ;;;;;; "type-break" "type-break.el" (14716 1568))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15689 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15690
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15691 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15692 Toggle typing break mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15693 See the docstring for the `type-break-mode' command for more information.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15694 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15695 use either \\[customize] or the function `type-break-mode'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15696
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15697 (custom-add-to-group (quote type-break) (quote type-break-mode) (quote custom-variable))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15698
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15699 (custom-add-load (quote type-break-mode) (quote type-break))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15700
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15701 (defvar type-break-interval (* 60 60) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15702 *Number of seconds between scheduled typing breaks.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15703
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15704 (defvar type-break-good-rest-interval (/ type-break-interval 6) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15705 *Number of seconds of idle time considered to be an adequate typing rest.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15706
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15707 When this variable is non-`nil', emacs checks the idle time between
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15708 keystrokes. If this idle time is long enough to be considered a \"good\"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15709 rest from typing, then the next typing break is simply rescheduled for later.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15710
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15711 If a break is interrupted before this much time elapses, the user will be
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15712 asked whether or not really to interrupt the break.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15713
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15714 (defvar type-break-keystroke-threshold (let* ((wpm 35) (avg-word-length 5) (upper (* wpm avg-word-length (/ type-break-interval 60))) (lower (/ upper 5))) (cons lower upper)) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15715 *Upper and lower bound on number of keystrokes for considering typing break.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15716 This structure is a pair of numbers (MIN . MAX).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15717
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15718 The first number is the minimum number of keystrokes that must have been
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15719 entered since the last typing break before considering another one, even if
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15720 the scheduled time has elapsed; the break is simply rescheduled until later
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15721 if the minimum threshold hasn't been reached. If this first value is nil,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15722 then there is no minimum threshold; as soon as the scheduled time has
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15723 elapsed, the user will always be queried.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15724
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15725 The second number is the maximum number of keystrokes that can be entered
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15726 before a typing break is requested immediately, pre-empting the originally
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15727 scheduled break. If this second value is nil, then no pre-emptive breaks
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15728 will occur; only scheduled ones will.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15729
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15730 Keys with bucky bits (shift, control, meta, etc) are counted as only one
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15731 keystroke even though they really require multiple keys to generate them.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15732
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15733 The command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' can be used to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15734 guess a reasonably good pair of values for this variable.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15735
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15736 (autoload (quote type-break-mode) "type-break" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15737 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15738 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15739
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15740 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15741 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15742 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15743 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, emacs will ask
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15744 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15745 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15746 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15747
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15748 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15749 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15750
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15751 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15752 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15753 reset the keystroke counter.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15754
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15755 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15756 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15757 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15758 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15759
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15760 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15761 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15762 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15763 `type-break-schedule' command.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15764
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15765 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15766 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15767 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15768 later even if emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15769 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15770 or not to continue.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15771
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15772 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15773 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15774 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15775 approximate good values for this.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15776
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15777 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15778 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15779
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15780 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15781 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15782 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15783 `type-break-warning-repeat'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15784 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15785 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15786
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15787 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15788 a typing break occur. They include:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15789
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15790 `type-break-query-mode'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15791 `type-break-query-function'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15792 `type-break-query-interval'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15793
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15794 Finally, the command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15795
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15796 (autoload (quote type-break) "type-break" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15797 Take a typing break.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15798
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15799 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15800 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15801
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15802 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15803 as per the function `type-break-schedule'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15804
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15805 (autoload (quote type-break-statistics) "type-break" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15806 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15807 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15808 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15809
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15810 (autoload (quote type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold) "type-break" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15811 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15812
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15813 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15814 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15815 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15816 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15817 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15818 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15819 average typing speed.)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15820
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15821 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15822 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15823 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15824 the computed maximum threshold.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15825
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15826 When called from lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15827 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15828 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15829 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15830 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15831
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15832 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15833
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15834 ;;;### (autoloads (ununderline-region underline-region) "underline"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15835 ;;;;;; "textmodes/underline.el" (14228 39817))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15836 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15837
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15838 (autoload (quote underline-region) "underline" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15839 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15840 Works by overstriking underscores.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15841 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15842 which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15843
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15844 (autoload (quote ununderline-region) "underline" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15845 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15846 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15847 which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15848
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15849 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15850
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15851 ;;;### (autoloads (unforward-rmail-message undigestify-rmail-message)
27545
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
15852 ;;;;;; "undigest" "mail/undigest.el" (14473 58848))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15853 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/undigest.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15854
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15855 (autoload (quote undigestify-rmail-message) "undigest" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15856 Break up a digest message into its constituent messages.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15857 Leaves original message, deleted, before the undigestified messages." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15858
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15859 (autoload (quote unforward-rmail-message) "undigest" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15860 Extract a forwarded message from the containing message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15861 This puts the forwarded message into a separate rmail message
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15862 following the containing message." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15863
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15864 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15865
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15866 ;;;### (autoloads (unrmail batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15867 ;;;;;; (13229 29740))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15868 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15869
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15870 (autoload (quote batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15871 Convert Rmail files to system inbox format.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15872 Specify the input Rmail file names as command line arguments.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15873 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15874 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15875 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15877 (autoload (quote unrmail) "unrmail" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15878 Convert Rmail file FILE to system inbox format file TO-FILE." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15879
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15880 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15881
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15882 ;;;### (autoloads (ask-user-about-supersession-threat ask-user-about-lock)
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
15883 ;;;;;; "userlock" "userlock.el" (14365 43297))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15884 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15885
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15886 (autoload (quote ask-user-about-lock) "userlock" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15887 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15888 This function has a choice of three things to do:
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
15889 do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15890 to refrain from editing the file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15891 return t (grab the lock on the file)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15892 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15893 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15894 in any way you like." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15895
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15896 (autoload (quote ask-user-about-supersession-threat) "userlock" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15897 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15898 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15899 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)),
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15900 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15901
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15902 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15903 The buffer in question is current when this function is called." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15904
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15905 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15906
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15907 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-annotate vc-update-change-log vc-rename-file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15908 ;;;;;; vc-cancel-version vc-revert-buffer vc-print-log vc-retrieve-snapshot
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
15909 ;;;;;; vc-create-snapshot vc-directory vc-dired-resynch-file vc-resolve-conflicts
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
15910 ;;;;;; vc-merge vc-insert-headers vc-version-other-window vc-diff
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
15911 ;;;;;; vc-register vc-next-action edit-vc-file with-vc-file vc-before-checkin-hook
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
15912 ;;;;;; vc-checkin-hook) "vc" "vc.el" (14771 65325))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15913 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15914
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15915 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15916 *Normal hook (list of functions) run after a checkin is done.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15917 See `run-hooks'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15918
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15919 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
15920 *Normal hook (list of functions) run before a file gets checked in.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15921 See `run-hooks'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15922
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15923 (autoload (quote with-vc-file) "vc" "\
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
15924 Check out a writable copy of FILE if necessary and execute the body.
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
15925 Check in FILE with COMMENT (a string) after BODY has been executed.
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
15926 FILE is passed through `expand-file-name'; BODY executed within
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
15927 `save-excursion'. If FILE is not under version control, or locked by
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15928 somebody else, signal error." nil (quote macro))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15929
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15930 (autoload (quote edit-vc-file) "vc" "\
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
15931 Edit FILE under version control, executing body.
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
15932 Checkin with COMMENT after executing BODY.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15933 This macro uses `with-vc-file', passing args to it.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15934 However, before executing BODY, find FILE, and after BODY, save buffer." nil (quote macro))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15935
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15936 (autoload (quote vc-next-action) "vc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15937 Do the next logical checkin or checkout operation on the current file.
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
15938
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
15939 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer with no files marked,
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15940 it will operate on the file in the current line.
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
15941
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
15942 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer, and one or more
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15943 files are marked, it will accept a log message and then operate on
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15944 each one. The log message will be used as a comment for any register
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15945 or checkin operations, but ignored when doing checkouts. Attempted
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15946 lock steals will raise an error.
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
15947
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
15948 A prefix argument lets you specify the version number to use.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15949
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15950 For RCS and SCCS files:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15951 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15952 control.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15953 If the file is registered and not locked by anyone, this checks out
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15954 a writable and locked file ready for editing.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15955 If the file is checked out and locked by the calling user, this
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15956 first checks to see if the file has changed since checkout. If not,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15957 it performs a revert.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15958 If the file has been changed, this pops up a buffer for entry
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15959 of a log message; when the message has been entered, it checks in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15960 resulting changes along with the log message as change commentary. If
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15961 the variable `vc-keep-workfiles' is non-nil (which is its default), a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15962 read-only copy of the changed file is left in place afterwards.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15963 If the file is registered and locked by someone else, you are given
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15964 the option to steal the lock.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15965
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15966 For CVS files:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15967 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15968 control. This does a \"cvs add\", but no \"cvs commit\".
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15969 If the file is added but not committed, it is committed.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15970 If your working file is changed, but the repository file is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15971 unchanged, this pops up a buffer for entry of a log message; when the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15972 message has been entered, it checks in the resulting changes along
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15973 with the logmessage as change commentary. A writable file is retained.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15974 If the repository file is changed, you are asked if you want to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15975 merge in the changes into your working copy." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15976
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15977 (autoload (quote vc-register) "vc" "\
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
15978 Register the current file into a version-control system.
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
15979 With prefix argument SET-VERSION, allow user to specify initial version
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
15980 level. If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment.
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
15981
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
15982 The version-control system to use is found by cycling through the list
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
15983 `vc-handled-backends'. The first backend in that list which declares
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
15984 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
15985 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
15986 register the file. If no backend declares itself responsible, the
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
15987 first backend that could register the file is used." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15988
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15989 (autoload (quote vc-diff) "vc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15990 Display diffs between file versions.
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
15991 Normally this compares the current file and buffer with the most recent
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15992 checked in version of that file. This uses no arguments.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15993 With a prefix argument, it reads the file name to use
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15994 and two version designators specifying which versions to compare." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15995
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15996 (autoload (quote vc-version-other-window) "vc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15997 Visit version REV of the current buffer in another window.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15998 If the current buffer is named `F', the version is named `F.~REV~'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15999 If `F.~REV~' already exists, it is used instead of being re-created." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16000
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16001 (autoload (quote vc-insert-headers) "vc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16002 Insert headers in a file for use with your version-control system.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16003 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16004 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'." t nil)
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16005
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16006 (autoload (quote vc-merge) "vc" "\
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16007 Merge changes between two revisions into the work file.
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16008 With prefix arg, merge news, i.e. recent changes from the current branch.
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16009
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16010 See Info node `Merging'." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16011
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16012 (autoload (quote vc-resolve-conflicts) "vc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16013 Invoke ediff to resolve conflicts in the current buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16014 The conflicts must be marked with rcsmerge conflict markers." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16015
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16016 (autoload (quote vc-dired-resynch-file) "vc" "\
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16017 Update the entries for FILE in any VC Dired buffers that list it." nil nil)
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16018
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16019 (autoload (quote vc-directory) "vc" "\
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16020 Create a buffer in VC Dired Mode for directory DIR.
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16021
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16022 See Info node `VC Dired Mode'.
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16023
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16024 With prefix arg READ-SWITCHES, specify a value to override
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16025 `dired-listing-switches' when generating the listing." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16026
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16027 (autoload (quote vc-create-snapshot) "vc" "\
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16028 Descending recursively from DIR, make a snapshot called NAME.
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16029 For each registered file, the version level of its latest version
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16030 becomes part of the named configuration. If the prefix argument
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16031 BRANCHP is given, the snapshot is made as a new branch and the files
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16032 are checked out in that new branch." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16033
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16034 (autoload (quote vc-retrieve-snapshot) "vc" "\
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16035 Descending recursively from DIR, retrieve the snapshot called NAME,
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16036 or latest versions if NAME is empty. If locking is used for the files
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16037 in DIR, then there must not be any locked files at or below DIR (but
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16038 if NAME is empty, locked files are allowed and simply skipped)." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16039
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16040 (autoload (quote vc-print-log) "vc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16041 List the change log of the current buffer in a window." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16042
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16043 (autoload (quote vc-revert-buffer) "vc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16044 Revert the current buffer's file back to the version it was based on.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16045 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16046 to that version. Note that for RCS and CVS, this function does not
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16047 automatically pick up newer changes found in the master file;
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16048 use \\[universal-argument] \\[vc-next-action] to do so." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16049
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16050 (autoload (quote vc-cancel-version) "vc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16051 Get rid of most recently checked in version of this file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16052 A prefix argument means do not revert the buffer afterwards." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16053
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16054 (autoload (quote vc-rename-file) "vc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16055 Rename file OLD to NEW, and rename its master file likewise." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16056
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16057 (autoload (quote vc-update-change-log) "vc" "\
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16058 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16059 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16060 directory.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16061
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16062 With prefix arg of C-u, only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16063
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16064 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16065 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16066 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16067
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16068 From a program, any arguments are assumed to be filenames for which
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16069 log entries should be gathered." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16070
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16071 (autoload (quote vc-annotate) "vc" "\
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16072 Display the result of the \"Annotate\" command using colors.
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16073 \"Annotate\" is defined by `vc-BACKEND-annotate-command'. New lines
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16074 are displayed in red, old in blue. A prefix argument specifies a
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16075 factor for stretching the time scale.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16076
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16077 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16078 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16079 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' defines the mapping of time to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16080 colors. `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16081
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16082 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16083
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16084 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc-cvs.el" (14771 64628))
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16085 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-cvs.el
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16086 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f)
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16087 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16088 "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f)))
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16089 (require 'vc-cvs)
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16090 (vc-cvs-registered f)))
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16091
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16092 ;;;***
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16093
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16094 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-rcs-master-templates) "vc-rcs" "vc-rcs.el"
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16095 ;;;;;; (14771 64607))
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16096 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-rcs.el
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16097
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16098 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates (quote ("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s")) "\
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16099 *Where to look for RCS master files.
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16100 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16101
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16102 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered (quote RCS) f))
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16103
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16104 ;;;***
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16105
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16106 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-sccs-master-templates) "vc-sccs" "vc-sccs.el"
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16107 ;;;;;; (14771 64647))
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16108 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-sccs.el
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16109
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16110 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates (quote ("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir)) "\
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16111 *Where to look for SCCS master files.
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16112 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16113
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16114 (defun vc-sccs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered (quote SCCS) f))
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16115
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16116 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (dirname basename) "\
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16117 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory.
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16118 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16119 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir)))))
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16120
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16121 ;;;***
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16122
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16123 ;;;### (autoloads (vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el"
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
16124 ;;;;;; (14385 10956))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16125 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16126
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16127 (autoload (quote vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16128 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16129
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16130 Usage:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16131 ------
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16132
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16133 - TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification): After typing a VHDL keyword and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16134 entering `\\[vhdl-electric-space]', you are prompted for arguments while a template is generated
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16135 for that VHDL construct. Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-return]' or `\\[keyboard-quit]' at the first (mandatory)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16136 prompt aborts the current template generation. Optional arguments are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16137 indicated by square brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16138 Prompts for mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16139 left empty. They can be queried again by `\\[vhdl-template-search-prompt]'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16140 Typing `\\[just-one-space]' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the template
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16141 generator. Automatic template generation (i.e. electrification) can be
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16142 disabled (enabled) by typing `\\[vhdl-electric-mode]' or by setting custom variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16143 `vhdl-electric-mode' (see CUSTOMIZATION).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16144 Enabled electrification is indicated by `/e' in the modeline.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16145 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key bindings, by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16146 typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing the keyword (i.e.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16147 first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and `\\[vhdl-electric-space]'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16148 The following abbreviations can also be used:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16149 arch, attr, cond, conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16150 Template styles can be customized in customization group `vhdl-electric'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16151 (see CUSTOMIZATION).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16152
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16153 - HEADER INSERTION: A file header can be inserted by `\\[vhdl-template-header]'. A
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16154 file footer (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16155 `\\[vhdl-template-footer]'. See customization group `vhdl-header'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16156
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16157 - STUTTERING: Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16158 elements. Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `\\[vhdl-stutter-mode]' or by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16159 variable `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16160 the modeline. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16161 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16162 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16163 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16164 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16165 == --> \" == \" '' --> \\\"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16166
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16167 - WORD COMPLETION: Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16168 keyword or a word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16169 case. Re-typing `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' toggles through alternative word completions.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16170 This also works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16171 Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16172 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as standard
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16173 types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations (e.g. type \"std\"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16174 and `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' will toggle through all standard types beginning with \"std\").
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16175
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16176 Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' after a non-word character indents the line if at the beginning
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16177 of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters),and inserts a tabulator
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16178 stop otherwise. `\\[tab-to-tab-stop]' always inserts a tabulator stop.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16179
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16180 - COMMENTS:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16181 `--' puts a single comment.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16182 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16183 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines with a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16184 comment in between.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16185 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments out
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16186 following lines.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16187 `\\[vhdl-comment-uncomment-region]' comments out a region if not commented out,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16188 uncomments a region if already commented out.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16189
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16190 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16191 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process specifications
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16192 if variable `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil. Comments are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16193 automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after begin statements) and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16194 as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16195 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line) are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16196 indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at maximum to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16197 `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `\\[vhdl-electric-return]' after a space in a comment will open a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16198 new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column' in a comment
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16199 automatically opens a new comment line. `\\[fill-paragraph]' re-fills
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16200 multi-line comments.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16201
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16202 - INDENTATION: `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' indents a line if at the beginning of the line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16203 The amount of indentation is specified by variable `vhdl-basic-offset'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16204 `\\[vhdl-indent-line]' always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16205 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil). Indentation can be done for an entire region
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16206 (`\\[vhdl-indent-region]') or buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are indented normally
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16207 (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil) according to variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16208 `vhdl-argument-list-indent'. If variable `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16209 spaces are used instead of tabs. `\\[tabify]' and `\\[untabify]' allow
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16210 to convert spaces to tabs and vice versa.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16211
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16212 - ALIGNMENT: The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16213 comment to beautify argument lists, port maps, etc. `\\[vhdl-align-group]' aligns a group
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16214 of consecutive lines separated by blank lines. `\\[vhdl-align-noindent-region]' aligns an
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16215 entire region. If variable `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16216 lines separated by empty lines are aligned individually. `\\[vhdl-align-inline-comment-group]' aligns
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16217 inline comments for a group of lines, and `\\[vhdl-align-inline-comment-region]' for a region.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16218 Some templates are automatically aligned after generation if custom variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16219 `vhdl-auto-align' is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16220 `\\[vhdl-fixup-whitespace-region]' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator symbols
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16221 are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16222
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16223 - PORT TRANSLATION: Generic and port clauses from entity or component
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16224 declarations can be copied (`\\[vhdl-port-copy]') and pasted as entity and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16225 component declarations, as component instantiations and corresponding
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16226 internal constants and signals, as a generic map with constants as actual
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16227 parameters, and as a test bench (menu).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16228 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be flattened
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16229 (`\\[vhdl-port-flatten]') so that only one name per line exists. Names for actual
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16230 ports, instances, test benches, and design-under-test instances can be
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16231 derived from existing names according to variables `vhdl-...-name'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16232 Variables `vhdl-testbench-...' allow the insertion of additional templates
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16233 into a test bench. New files are created for the test bench entity and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16234 architecture according to variable `vhdl-testbench-create-files'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16235 See customization group `vhdl-port'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16236
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16237 - TEST BENCH GENERATION: See PORT TRANSLATION.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16238
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16239 - KEY BINDINGS: Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16240 menu).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16241
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16242 - VHDL MENU: All commands can be invoked from the VHDL menu.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16243
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16244 - FILE BROWSER: The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16245 It can be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16246 variable `vhdl-speedbar' is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16247 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16248 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16249
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16250 - DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER: The speedbar can also be used for browsing the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16251 hierarchy of design units contained in the source files of the current
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16252 directory or in the source files/directories specified for a project (see
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16253 variable `vhdl-project-alist').
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16254 The speedbar can be switched between file and hierarchy browsing mode in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16255 VHDL menu or by typing `f' and `h' in speedbar.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16256 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse their
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16257 hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. The hierarchy can be rescanned and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16258 ports directly be copied from entities by using the speedbar menu.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16259
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16260 - PROJECTS: Projects can be defined in variable `vhdl-project-alist' and a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16261 current project be selected using variable `vhdl-project' (permanently) or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16262 from the menu (temporarily). For each project, a title string (for the file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16263 headers) and source files/directories (for the hierarchy browser) can be
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16264 specified.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16265
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16266 - SPECIAL MENUES: As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16267 be added (set variable `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16268 as a mouse menu (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16269 your start-up file) for browsing the file contents. Also, a source file menu
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16270 can be added (set variable `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16271 the current directory for VHDL source files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16272
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16273 - SOURCE FILE COMPILATION: The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16274 by calling a VHDL compiler (menu, `\\[vhdl-compile]'). The compiler to be used is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16275 specified by variable `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16276 in variable `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16277 destination directory, and error message syntax information. New compilers
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16278 can be added. Additional compile command options can be set in variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16279 `vhdl-compiler-options'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16280 An entire hierarchy of source files can be compiled by the `make' command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16281 (menu, `\\[vhdl-make]'). This only works if an appropriate Makefile exists.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16282 The make command itself as well as a command to generate a Makefile can also
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16283 be specified in variable `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16284
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16285 - VHDL STANDARDS: The VHDL standards to be used are specified in variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16286 `vhdl-standard'. Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93, VHDL-AMS,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16287 Math Packages.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16288
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16289 - KEYWORD CASE: Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16290 attributes, and enumeration values is supported. If the variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16291 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in lower
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16292 case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for types,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16293 attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords, types,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16294 attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire region (menu)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16295 or buffer (`\\[vhdl-fix-case-buffer]') according to the variables
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16296 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16297
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16298 - HIGHLIGHTING (fontification): Keywords and standardized types, attributes,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16299 enumeration values, and function names (controlled by variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16300 `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well as comments, strings, and template
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16301 prompts are highlighted using different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16302 variable, constant, parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16303 as labels are highlighted if variable `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16304
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16305 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words that
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16306 should be avoided) can be specified in variable `vhdl-forbidden-words' or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16307 `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in a warning color (variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16308 `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog keywords are highlighted as
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16309 forbidden words if variable `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16310
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16311 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their syntax and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16312 color in variable `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16313 `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows to establish some
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16314 naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds of signals or other
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16315 objects by using name suffices) and to support them visually.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16316
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16317 Variable `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16318 support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16319 highlighted if written in lower case.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16320
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16321 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is highlighted
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16322 using a different background color if variable `vhdl-highlight-translate-off'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16323 is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16324
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16325 All colors can be customized by command `\\[customize-face]'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16326 For highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16327 `paren-showing' (`\\[customize-group]').
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16328
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16329 - USER MODELS: VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16330 accessible in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16331 electrification. See custom variable `vhdl-model-alist'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16332
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16333 - HIDE/SHOW: The code of entire VHDL design units can be hidden using the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16334 `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within the code (variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16335 `vhdl-hideshow-menu').
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16336
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16337 - PRINTING: Postscript printing with different faces (an optimized set of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16338 faces is used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16339 (if `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16340 postscript printing commands. Variable `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16341 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing. The
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16342 paper format can be set by variable `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16343 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white printers.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16344
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16345 - CUSTOMIZATION: All variables can easily be customized using the `Customize'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16346 menu entry or `\\[customize-option]' (`\\[customize-group]' for groups).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16347 Some customizations only take effect after some action (read the NOTE in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16348 the variable documentation). Customization can also be done globally (i.e.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16349 site-wide, read the INSTALL file).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16350
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16351 - FILE EXTENSIONS: As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16352 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension \".xxx\",
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16353 add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16354 (setq auto-mode-alist (cons '(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\'\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16355
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16356 - HINTS:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16357 - Type `\\[keyboard-quit] \\[keyboard-quit]' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16358
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16359
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16360 Maintenance:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16361 ------------
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16362
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16363 To submit a bug report, enter `\\[vhdl-submit-bug-report]' within VHDL Mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16364 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16365
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16366 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <vhdl-mode@geocities.com>.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16367
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16368 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16369 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta releases.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16370 You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe to above
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16371 mailing lists by sending an email to <vhdl-mode@geocities.com>.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16372
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16373 VHDL Mode is officially distributed on the Emacs VHDL Mode Home Page
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16374 <http://www.geocities.com/SiliconValley/Peaks/8287>, where the latest
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16375 version and release notes can be found.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16376
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16377
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16378 Bugs and Limitations:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16379 ---------------------
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16380
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16381 - Re-indenting large regions or expressions can be slow.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16382 - Indentation bug in simultaneous if- and case-statements (VHDL-AMS).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16383 - Hideshow does not work under XEmacs.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16384 - Index menu and file tagging in speedbar do not work under XEmacs.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16385 - Parsing compilation error messages for Ikos and Viewlogic VHDL compilers
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16386 does not work under XEmacs.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16387
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16388
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16389 The VHDL Mode Maintainers
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16390 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16391
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16392 Key bindings:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16393 -------------
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16394
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16395 \\{vhdl-mode-map}" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16396
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16397 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16398
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
16399 ;;;### (autoloads (vi-mode) "vi" "emulation/vi.el" (13229 29773))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16400 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vi.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16401
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16402 (autoload (quote vi-mode) "vi" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16403 Major mode that acts like the `vi' editor.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16404 The purpose of this mode is to provide you the combined power of vi (namely,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16405 the \"cross product\" effect of commands and repeat last changes) and Emacs.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16406
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16407 This command redefines nearly all keys to look like vi commands.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16408 It records the previous major mode, and any vi command for input
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16409 \(`i', `a', `s', etc.) switches back to that mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16410 Thus, ordinary Emacs (in whatever major mode you had been using)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16411 is \"input\" mode as far as vi is concerned.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16412
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16413 To get back into vi from \"input\" mode, you must issue this command again.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16414 Therefore, it is recommended that you assign it to a key.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16415
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16416 Major differences between this mode and real vi :
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16417
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16418 * Limitations and unsupported features
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16419 - Search patterns with line offset (e.g. /pat/+3 or /pat/z.) are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16420 not supported.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16421 - Ex commands are not implemented; try ':' to get some hints.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16422 - No line undo (i.e. the 'U' command), but multi-undo is a standard feature.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16423
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16424 * Modifications
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16425 - The stopping positions for some point motion commands (word boundary,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16426 pattern search) are slightly different from standard 'vi'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16427 Also, no automatic wrap around at end of buffer for pattern searching.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16428 - Since changes are done in two steps (deletion then insertion), you need
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16429 to undo twice to completely undo a change command. But this is not needed
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16430 for undoing a repeated change command.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16431 - No need to set/unset 'magic', to search for a string with regular expr
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16432 in it just put a prefix arg for the search commands. Replace cmds too.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16433 - ^R is bound to incremental backward search, so use ^L to redraw screen.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16434
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16435 * Extensions
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16436 - Some standard (or modified) Emacs commands were integrated, such as
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16437 incremental search, query replace, transpose objects, and keyboard macros.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16438 - In command state, ^X links to the 'ctl-x-map', and ESC can be linked to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16439 esc-map or set undefined. These can give you the full power of Emacs.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16440 - See vi-com-map for those keys that are extensions to standard vi, e.g.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16441 `vi-name-last-change-or-macro', `vi-verify-spelling', `vi-locate-def',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16442 `vi-mark-region', and 'vi-quote-words'. Some of them are quite handy.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16443 - Use \\[vi-switch-mode] to switch among different modes quickly.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16444
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16445 Syntax table and abbrevs while in vi mode remain as they were in Emacs." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16446
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16447 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16448
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16449 ;;;### (autoloads (viqr-pre-write-conversion viqr-post-read-conversion
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16450 ;;;;;; viet-encode-viqr-buffer viet-encode-viqr-region viet-decode-viqr-buffer
28919
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
16451 ;;;;;; viet-decode-viqr-region viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util"
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
16452 ;;;;;; "language/viet-util.el" (14623 45992))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16453 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16454
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16455 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16456 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16457
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16458 (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16459 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characaters.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16460 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16461 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16462
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16463 (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16464 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characaters." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16465
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16466 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16467 Convert Vietnamese characaters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16468 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16469 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16470
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16471 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16472 Convert Vietnamese characaters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16473
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16474 (autoload (quote viqr-post-read-conversion) "viet-util" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16475
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16476 (autoload (quote viqr-pre-write-conversion) "viet-util" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16477
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16478 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16479
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16480 ;;;### (autoloads (View-exit-and-edit view-mode-enter view-mode view-buffer-other-frame
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16481 ;;;;;; view-buffer-other-window view-buffer view-file-other-frame
28212
7252a5d43f22 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28162
diff changeset
16482 ;;;;;; view-file-other-window view-file) "view" "view.el" (14550
7252a5d43f22 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28162
diff changeset
16483 ;;;;;; 6934))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16484 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16485
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16486 (defvar view-mode nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16487 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16488 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16489 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16490
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16491 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote view-mode))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16492
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16493 (autoload (quote view-file) "view" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16494 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16495 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16496 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16497 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16498 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16499 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16500
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16501 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16502
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16503 (autoload (quote view-file-other-window) "view" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16504 View FILE in View mode in another window.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16505 Return that window to its previous buffer when done.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16506 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16507 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16508 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16509 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16510 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16511
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16512 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16513
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16514 (autoload (quote view-file-other-frame) "view" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16515 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16516 Maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous buffer when done.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16517 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16518 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16519 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16520 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16521 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16522
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16523 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16524
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16525 (autoload (quote view-buffer) "view" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16526 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16527 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16528 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16529 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16530 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16531 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16532
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16533 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16534
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16535 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16536 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16537 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16538
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16539 (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-window) "view" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16540 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16541 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16542 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16543 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16544 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16545 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16546 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16547
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16548 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16549
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16550 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16551 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16552 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16553
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16554 (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-frame) "view" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16555 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16556 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16557 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16558 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16559 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16560 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16561 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16562
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16563 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16564
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16565 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16566 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16567 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16568
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16569 (autoload (quote view-mode) "view" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16570 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
27949
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
16571 With ARG, turn View mode on iff ARG is positive.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16572
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16573 Emacs commands that do not change the buffer contents are available as usual.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16574 Kill commands insert text in kill buffers but do not delete. Other commands
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16575 \(among them most letters and punctuation) beep and tell that the buffer is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16576 read-only.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16577 \\<view-mode-map>
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16578 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands take prefix
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16579 arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\" lines which is almost a whole
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16580 window full, or number of lines set by \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size]. Half page commands default to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16581 and set \"half page size\" lines which initially is half a window full. Search
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16582 commands default to a repeat count of one.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16583
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16584 H, h, ? This message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16585 Digits provide prefix arguments.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16586 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16587 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16588 > move to the end of buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16589 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window.
27949
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
16590 SPC scroll forward \"page size\" lines.
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
16591 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
16592 DEL scroll backward \"page size\" lines.
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
16593 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
16594 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
16595 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
16596 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
16597 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much.
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
16598 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
16599 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much.
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
16600 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
16601 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16602 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16603 Use this to view a changing file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16604 \\[what-line] prints the current line number.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16605 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16606 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16607 . set the mark.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16608 x exchanges point and mark.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16609 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16610 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16611 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16612 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16613 ' go to position saved in character register.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16614 s do forward incremental search.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16615 r do reverse incremental search.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16616 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16617 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16618 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16619 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16620 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16621 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16622 p searches backward for last regular expression.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16623 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, trying to restore window and buffer to previous state.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16624 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16625 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16626 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16627 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16628 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, trying to restore windows and buffer to previous state.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16629 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16630 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16631
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16632 The effect of \\[View-leave] , \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
27949
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
16633 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window or view-file-other-frame
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
16634 \(\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window], \\[view-file-other-frame] or the dired mode v command), then \\[View-quit] will
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
16635 try to kill the current buffer. If view-mode was entered from another buffer
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
16636 as is done by View-buffer, View-buffer-other-window, View-buffer-other frame,
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
16637 View-file, View-file-other-window or View-file-other-frame then \\[View-leave] , \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave]
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
16638 will return to that buffer.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16639
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16640 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16641
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16642 (autoload (quote view-mode-enter) "view" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16643 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16644 If RETURN-TO is non-nil it is added as an element to the buffer local alist
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16645 `view-return-to-alist'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16646 Save EXIT-ACTION in buffer local variable `view-exit-action'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16647 It should be either nil or a function that takes a buffer as argument.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16648 This function will be called by `view-mode-exit'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16649
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16650 RETURN-TO is either nil, meaning do nothing when exiting view mode, or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16651 it has the format (WINDOW OLD-WINDOW . OLD-BUF-INFO).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16652 WINDOW is a window used for viewing.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16653 OLD-WINDOW is nil or the window to select after viewing.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16654 OLD-BUF-INFO tells what to do with WINDOW when exiting. It is one of:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16655 1) nil Do nothing.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16656 2) t Delete WINDOW or, if it is the only window, its frame.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16657 3) (OLD-BUFF START POINT) Display buffer OLD-BUFF with displayed text
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16658 starting at START and point at POINT in WINDOW.
27949
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
16659 4) quit-window Do `quit-window' in WINDOW.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16660
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16661 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16662
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16663 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16664
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16665 (autoload (quote View-exit-and-edit) "view" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16666 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16667
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16668 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16669
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
16670 ;;;### (autoloads (vip-mode) "vip" "emulation/vip.el" (13650 13703))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16671 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vip.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16672
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16673 (autoload (quote vip-mode) "vip" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16674 Turn on VIP emulation of VI." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16675
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16676 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16677
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16678 ;;;### (autoloads (viper-mode toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "emulation/viper.el"
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
16679 ;;;;;; (14651 36650))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16680 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16681
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16682 (autoload (quote toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16683 Toggle Viper on/off.
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
16684 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16685
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16686 (autoload (quote viper-mode) "viper" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16687 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16688
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16689 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16690
28212
7252a5d43f22 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28162
diff changeset
16691 ;;;### (autoloads (webjump) "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (14223 54012))
7252a5d43f22 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28162
diff changeset
16692 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16693
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16694 (autoload (quote webjump) "webjump" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16695 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16696
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16697 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16698 hotlist.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16699
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16700 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16701 <nwv@acm.org>." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16702
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16703 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16704
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16705 ;;;### (autoloads (which-func-mode which-func-mode-global) "which-func"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
16706 ;;;;;; "which-func.el" (14281 33928))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16707 ;;; Generated autoloads from which-func.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16708
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16709 (defvar which-func-mode-global nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16710 *Toggle `which-func-mode' globally.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16711 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16712 use either \\[customize] or the function `which-func-mode'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16713
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16714 (custom-add-to-group (quote which-func) (quote which-func-mode-global) (quote custom-variable))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16715
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16716 (custom-add-load (quote which-func-mode-global) (quote which-func))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16717
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16718 (defalias (quote which-function-mode) (quote which-func-mode))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16719
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16720 (autoload (quote which-func-mode) "which-func" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16721 Toggle Which Function mode, globally.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16722 When Which Function mode is enabled, the current function name is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16723 continuously displayed in the mode line, in certain major modes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16724
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16725 With prefix arg, turn Which Function mode on iff arg is positive,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16726 and off otherwise." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16727
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16728 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16729
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
16730 ;;;### (autoloads (whitespace-describe whitespace-cleanup-region
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
16731 ;;;;;; whitespace-cleanup whitespace-region whitespace-buffer) "whitespace"
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
16732 ;;;;;; "whitespace.el" (14655 26079))
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
16733 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
16734
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
16735 (autoload (quote whitespace-buffer) "whitespace" "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
16736 Find five different types of white spaces in buffer:
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
16737
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
16738 1. Leading space (empty lines at the top of a file).
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
16739 2. Trailing space (empty lines at the end of a file).
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
16740 3. Indentation space (8 or more spaces, that should be replaced with TABS).
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
16741 4. Spaces followed by a TAB. (Almost always, we never want that).
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
16742 5. Spaces or TABS at the end of a line.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
16743
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
16744 Check for whitespace only if this buffer really contains a non-empty file
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
16745 and:
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
16746 1. the major mode is one of the whitespace-modes, or
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
16747 2. `whitespace-buffer' was explicitly called with a prefix argument." t nil)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
16748
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
16749 (autoload (quote whitespace-region) "whitespace" "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
16750 Check a region specified by point and mark for whitespace errors." t nil)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
16751
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
16752 (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup) "whitespace" "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
16753 Cleanup the five different kinds of whitespace problems.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
16754
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
16755 Use \\[describe-function] whitespace-describe to read a summary of the
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
16756 whitespace problems." t nil)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
16757
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
16758 (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup-region) "whitespace" "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
16759 Whitespace cleanup on a region specified by point and mark." t nil)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
16760
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
16761 (autoload (quote whitespace-describe) "whitespace" "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
16762 A summary of whitespaces and what this library can do about them.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
16763
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
16764 The whitespace library is intended to find and help fix five different types
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
16765 of whitespace problems that commonly exist in source code.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
16766
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
16767 1. Leading space (empty lines at the top of a file).
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
16768 2. Trailing space (empty lines at the end of a file).
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
16769 3. Indentation space (8 or more spaces at beginning of line, that should be
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
16770 replaced with TABS).
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
16771 4. Spaces followed by a TAB. (Almost always, we never want that).
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
16772 5. Spaces or TABS at the end of a line.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
16773
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
16774 Whitespace errors are reported in a buffer, and on the modeline.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
16775
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
16776 Modeline will show a W:<x>!<y> to denote a particular type of whitespace,
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
16777 where `x' and `y' can be one (or more) of:
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
16778
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
16779 e - End-of-Line whitespace.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
16780 i - Indentation whitespace.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
16781 l - Leading whitespace.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
16782 s - Space followed by Tab.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
16783 t - Trailing whitespace.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
16784
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
16785 If any of the whitespace checks is turned off, the modeline will display a
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
16786 !<y>.
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
16787
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
16788 (since (3) is the most controversial one, here is the rationale: Most
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
16789 terminal drivers and printer drivers have TAB configured or even
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
16790 hardcoded to be 8 spaces. (Some of them allow configuration, but almost
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
16791 always they default to 8.)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
16792
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
16793 Changing tab-width to other than 8 and editing will cause your code to
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
16794 look different from within Emacs, and say, if you cat it or more it, or
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
16795 even print it.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
16796
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
16797 Almost all the popular programming modes let you define an offset (like
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
16798 c-basic-offset or perl-indent-level) to configure the offset, so you
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
16799 should never have to set your tab-width to be other than 8 in all these
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
16800 modes. In fact, with an indent level of say, 4, 2 TABS will cause Emacs
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
16801 to replace your 8 spaces with one (try it). If vi users in your
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
16802 office complain, tell them to use vim, which distinguishes between
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
16803 tabstop and shiftwidth (vi equivalent of our offsets), and also ask them
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
16804 to set smarttab.)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
16805
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
16806 All the above have caused (and will cause) unwanted codeline integration and
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
16807 merge problems.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
16808
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
16809 whitespace.el will complain if it detects whitespaces on opening a file, and
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
16810 warn you on closing a file also. (if in case you had inserted any
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
16811 whitespaces during the process of your editing.)" t nil)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
16812
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
16813 ;;;***
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
16814
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16815 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-minor-mode widget-browse-other-window widget-browse
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
16816 ;;;;;; widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (13218 28813))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16817 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16818
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16819 (autoload (quote widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16820 Browse the widget under point." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16821
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16822 (autoload (quote widget-browse) "wid-browse" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16823 Create a widget browser for WIDGET." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16824
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16825 (autoload (quote widget-browse-other-window) "wid-browse" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16826 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16827
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16828 (autoload (quote widget-minor-mode) "wid-browse" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16829 Togle minor mode for traversing widgets.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16830 With arg, turn widget mode on if and only if arg is positive." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16831
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16832 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16833
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16834 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-delete widget-create widget-prompt-value)
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16835 ;;;;;; "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (14771 32908))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16836 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16837
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16838 (autoload (quote widget-prompt-value) "wid-edit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16839 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16840 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16841
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16842 (autoload (quote widget-create) "wid-edit" "\
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
16843 Create widget of TYPE.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16844 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16845
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16846 (autoload (quote widget-delete) "wid-edit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16847 Delete WIDGET." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16848
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16849 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16850
27545
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
16851 ;;;### (autoloads (windmove-default-keybindings windmove-down windmove-right
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16852 ;;;;;; windmove-up windmove-left) "windmove" "windmove.el" (14747
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16853 ;;;;;; 44775))
27545
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
16854 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
16855
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
16856 (autoload (quote windmove-left) "windmove" "\
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
16857 Select the window to the left of the current one.
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
16858 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
16859 \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
16860 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
16861 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
16862 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled." t nil)
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
16863
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
16864 (autoload (quote windmove-up) "windmove" "\
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
16865 Select the window above the current one.
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
16866 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\"
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
16867 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
16868 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
16869 negative ARG) of the current window.
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
16870 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled." t nil)
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
16871
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
16872 (autoload (quote windmove-right) "windmove" "\
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
16873 Select the window to the right of the current one.
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
16874 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
16875 \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window;
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
16876 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
16877 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
16878 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled." t nil)
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
16879
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
16880 (autoload (quote windmove-down) "windmove" "\
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
16881 Select the window below the current one.
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
16882 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
16883 \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
16884 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
16885 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
16886 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled." t nil)
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
16887
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
16888 (autoload (quote windmove-default-keybindings) "windmove" "\
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
16889 Set up default keybindings for `windmove'." t nil)
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
16890
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
16891 ;;;***
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
16892
28077
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
16893 ;;;### (autoloads (winner-mode winner-mode) "winner" "winner.el"
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
16894 ;;;;;; (14535 44846))
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
16895 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
16896
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
16897 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
16898 Toggle winner-mode.
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
16899 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
16900 use either \\[customize] or the function `winner-mode'.")
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
16901
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
16902 (custom-add-to-group (quote winner) (quote winner-mode) (quote custom-variable))
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
16903
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
16904 (custom-add-load (quote winner-mode) (quote winner))
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
16905
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
16906 (autoload (quote winner-mode) "winner" "\
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
16907 Toggle Winner mode.
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
16908 With arg, turn Winner mode on if and only if arg is positive." t nil)
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
16909
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
16910 ;;;***
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
16911
28919
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
16912 ;;;### (autoloads (woman-find-file woman-dired-find-file woman) "woman"
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
16913 ;;;;;; "woman.el" (14689 44350))
28919
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
16914 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
16915
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
16916 (autoload (quote woman) "woman" "\
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
16917 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
28919
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
16918 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
16919 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
16920 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
16921 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
16922 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
16923 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
16924
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
16925 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
16926 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching." t nil)
28919
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
16927
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
16928 (autoload (quote woman-dired-find-file) "woman" "\
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
16929 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file." t nil)
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
16930
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
16931 (autoload (quote woman-find-file) "woman" "\
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
16932 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
16933 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
16934 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
16935 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
28919
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
16936 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
16937 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
16938 `woman' command for further details." t nil)
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
16939
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
16940 ;;;***
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
16941
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16942 ;;;### (autoloads (wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "emulation/ws-mode.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
16943 ;;;;;; (13415 51576))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16944 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/ws-mode.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16945
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16946 (autoload (quote wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16947 Major mode with WordStar-like key bindings.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16948
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16949 BUGS:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16950 - Help menus with WordStar commands (C-j just calls help-for-help)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16951 are not implemented
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16952 - Options for search and replace
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16953 - Show markers (C-k h) is somewhat strange
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16954 - Search and replace (C-q a) is only available in forward direction
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16955
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16956 No key bindings beginning with ESC are installed, they will work
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16957 Emacs-like.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16958
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16959 The key bindings are:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16960
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16961 C-a backward-word
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16962 C-b fill-paragraph
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16963 C-c scroll-up-line
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16964 C-d forward-char
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16965 C-e previous-line
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16966 C-f forward-word
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16967 C-g delete-char
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16968 C-h backward-char
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16969 C-i indent-for-tab-command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16970 C-j help-for-help
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16971 C-k ordstar-C-k-map
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16972 C-l ws-repeat-search
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16973 C-n open-line
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16974 C-p quoted-insert
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16975 C-r scroll-down-line
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16976 C-s backward-char
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16977 C-t kill-word
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16978 C-u keyboard-quit
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16979 C-v overwrite-mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16980 C-w scroll-down
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16981 C-x next-line
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16982 C-y kill-complete-line
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16983 C-z scroll-up
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16984
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16985 C-k 0 ws-set-marker-0
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16986 C-k 1 ws-set-marker-1
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16987 C-k 2 ws-set-marker-2
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16988 C-k 3 ws-set-marker-3
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16989 C-k 4 ws-set-marker-4
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16990 C-k 5 ws-set-marker-5
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16991 C-k 6 ws-set-marker-6
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16992 C-k 7 ws-set-marker-7
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16993 C-k 8 ws-set-marker-8
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16994 C-k 9 ws-set-marker-9
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16995 C-k b ws-begin-block
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16996 C-k c ws-copy-block
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16997 C-k d save-buffers-kill-emacs
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16998 C-k f find-file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16999 C-k h ws-show-markers
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17000 C-k i ws-indent-block
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17001 C-k k ws-end-block
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17002 C-k p ws-print-block
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17003 C-k q kill-emacs
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17004 C-k r insert-file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17005 C-k s save-some-buffers
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17006 C-k t ws-mark-word
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17007 C-k u ws-exdent-block
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17008 C-k C-u keyboard-quit
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17009 C-k v ws-move-block
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17010 C-k w ws-write-block
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17011 C-k x kill-emacs
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17012 C-k y ws-delete-block
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17013
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17014 C-o c wordstar-center-line
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17015 C-o b switch-to-buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17016 C-o j justify-current-line
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17017 C-o k kill-buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17018 C-o l list-buffers
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17019 C-o m auto-fill-mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17020 C-o r set-fill-column
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17021 C-o C-u keyboard-quit
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17022 C-o wd delete-other-windows
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17023 C-o wh split-window-horizontally
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17024 C-o wo other-window
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17025 C-o wv split-window-vertically
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17026
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17027 C-q 0 ws-find-marker-0
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17028 C-q 1 ws-find-marker-1
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17029 C-q 2 ws-find-marker-2
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17030 C-q 3 ws-find-marker-3
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17031 C-q 4 ws-find-marker-4
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17032 C-q 5 ws-find-marker-5
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17033 C-q 6 ws-find-marker-6
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17034 C-q 7 ws-find-marker-7
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17035 C-q 8 ws-find-marker-8
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17036 C-q 9 ws-find-marker-9
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17037 C-q a ws-query-replace
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17038 C-q b ws-to-block-begin
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17039 C-q c end-of-buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17040 C-q d end-of-line
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17041 C-q f ws-search
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17042 C-q k ws-to-block-end
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17043 C-q l ws-undo
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17044 C-q p ws-last-cursorp
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17045 C-q r beginning-of-buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17046 C-q C-u keyboard-quit
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17047 C-q w ws-last-error
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17048 C-q y ws-kill-eol
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17049 C-q DEL ws-kill-bol
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17050 " t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17051
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17052 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17053
27949
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
17054 ;;;### (autoloads (xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (14516
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
17055 ;;;;;; 149))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17056 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17057
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17058 (autoload (quote xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17059 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17060 With prefix arg, turn XTerm mouse mode on iff arg is positive.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17061
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17062 Turn it on to use emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17063
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17064 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17065
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17066 ;;;### (autoloads (psychoanalyze-pinhead apropos-zippy insert-zippyism
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
17067 ;;;;;; yow) "yow" "play/yow.el" (13607 43571))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17068 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/yow.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17069
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17070 (autoload (quote yow) "yow" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17071 Return or display a random Zippy quotation. With prefix arg, insert it." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17072
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17073 (autoload (quote insert-zippyism) "yow" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17074 Prompt with completion for a known Zippy quotation, and insert it at point." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17075
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17076 (autoload (quote apropos-zippy) "yow" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17077 Return a list of all Zippy quotes matching REGEXP.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17078 If called interactively, display a list of matches." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17079
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17080 (autoload (quote psychoanalyze-pinhead) "yow" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17081 Zippy goes to the analyst." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17082
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17083 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17084
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
17085 ;;;### (autoloads (zone) "zone" "play/zone.el" (14734 30510))
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
17086 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
17087
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
17088 (autoload (quote zone) "zone" "\
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
17089 Zone out, completely." t nil)
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
17090
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
17091 ;;;***
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
17092
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17093 ;;;### (autoloads (zone-mode zone-mode-update-serial-hook) "zone-mode"
28212
7252a5d43f22 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28162
diff changeset
17094 ;;;;;; "net/zone-mode.el" (13674 20513))
7252a5d43f22 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28162
diff changeset
17095 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/zone-mode.el
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17096
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17097 (autoload (quote zone-mode-update-serial-hook) "zone-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17098 Update the serial number in a zone if the file was modified" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17099
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
17100 (autoload (quote zone-mode) "zone-mode" "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
17101 A mode for editing DNS zone files.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
17102
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
17103 Zone-mode does two things:
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
17104
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
17105 - automatically update the serial number for a zone
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
17106 when saving the file
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
17107
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
17108 - fontification" t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17109
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17110 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17111
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17112 ;;; Local Variables:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17113 ;;; version-control: never
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17114 ;;; no-byte-compile: t
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17115 ;;; no-update-autoloads: t
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17116 ;;; End:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17117 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here